2002 Sonata Manual

D R I V I N G IS B E L I E V I N G

2002

A010A02A-AAT

WARRANTIES FOR YOUR HYUNDAI VEHICLEWARRANTIES FOR YOUR HYUNDAI VEHICLEWARRANTIES FOR YOUR HYUNDAI VEHICLEWARRANTIES FOR YOUR HYUNDAI VEHICLEWARRANTIES FOR YOUR HYUNDAI VEHICLE

o New Vehicle 60 Months/60,000 Miles Limited Warrantyo New Vehicle 120 Months/100,000 Miles Limited Powertrain Warranty (first owner only)o Anti-Perforation Limited Warrantyo Emission Defect Warranty - Federal Vehicleo California Emission Control System Warranty (if applicable)o Emission Performance Warranty - Federal Vehicleo Replacement Parts and Accessories Limited Warranty

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:Detailed warranty information is provided in your Hyundai Owner's Handbook.Detailed warranty information is provided in your Hyundai Owner's Handbook.Detailed warranty information is provided in your Hyundai Owner's Handbook.Detailed warranty information is provided in your Hyundai Owner's Handbook.Detailed warranty information is provided in your Hyundai Owner's Handbook.

A020A01A-AAT

RESPONSIBILITY FOR MAINTENANCERESPONSIBILITY FOR MAINTENANCERESPONSIBILITY FOR MAINTENANCERESPONSIBILITY FOR MAINTENANCERESPONSIBILITY FOR MAINTENANCE

The maintenance requirements for your new Hyundai are found in Section 5. As theowner, it is your responsibility to see that all maintenance operations specified by themanufacturer are carried out at the appropriate intervals. When the vehicle is used insevere driving conditions, more frequent maintenance is required for some operations.Maintenance requirements for severe operating conditions are also included in Section5.

OWNER'S I.D

ORIGINAL OWNER

ADDRESS

CITY STATE ZIP CODE

DELIVERY DATE

(Date Sold to Original Retail purchaser)

DEALER NAME DEALER NO.

ADDRESS

CITY STATE ZIP CODE

A000A01A-AAT

This Owner's Manual should be considered a part of the car and remain with it when it is sold for theuse of the next owner.

OWNER’S MANUALOWNER’S MANUALOWNER’S MANUALOWNER’S MANUALOWNER’S MANUAL

A030A04Y-AAT

OperationOperationOperationOperationOperationMaintenanceMaintenanceMaintenanceMaintenanceMaintenanceSpecificationsSpecificationsSpecificationsSpecificationsSpecifications

All information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of publication. However, Hyundai reserves the right to makeAll information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of publication. However, Hyundai reserves the right to makeAll information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of publication. However, Hyundai reserves the right to makeAll information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of publication. However, Hyundai reserves the right to makeAll information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of publication. However, Hyundai reserves the right to makechanges at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement may be carried out.changes at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement may be carried out.changes at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement may be carried out.changes at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement may be carried out.changes at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement may be carried out.

This manual applies to all Hyundai Sonatas and includes descriptions and explanations of optional as well as standardThis manual applies to all Hyundai Sonatas and includes descriptions and explanations of optional as well as standardThis manual applies to all Hyundai Sonatas and includes descriptions and explanations of optional as well as standardThis manual applies to all Hyundai Sonatas and includes descriptions and explanations of optional as well as standardThis manual applies to all Hyundai Sonatas and includes descriptions and explanations of optional as well as standardequipment. As a result, you may find material in this manual that does not apply to your specific vehicle.equipment. As a result, you may find material in this manual that does not apply to your specific vehicle.equipment. As a result, you may find material in this manual that does not apply to your specific vehicle.equipment. As a result, you may find material in this manual that does not apply to your specific vehicle.equipment. As a result, you may find material in this manual that does not apply to your specific vehicle.

HEF-080A

A040A01A-AAT

FOREWORDFOREWORDFOREWORDFOREWORDFOREWORD

Thank you for choosing Hyundai. We are pleased to welcome you to the growing number of discriminatingpeople who drive Hyundais. The advanced engineering and high-quality construction of each Hyundai webuild is something of which we're very proud.

Your Owner's Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new Hyundai. It is suggestedthat you read it carefully since the information it contains can contribute greatly to the satisfaction youreceive from your new car.

The manufacturer also recommends that all service and maintenance on your car be performed by anauthorized Hyundai dealer. Hyundai dealers are prepared to provide high-quality service, maintenance andany other assistance that may be required.

A050A04A-AAT

HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANYHYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANYHYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANYHYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANYHYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY

Note:Note:Note:Note:Note: Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell thisHyundai, please leave the manual in the vehicle for their use. Thank you.

CAUTION: Severe engine and transaxle damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels andCAUTION: Severe engine and transaxle damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels andCAUTION: Severe engine and transaxle damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels andCAUTION: Severe engine and transaxle damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels andCAUTION: Severe engine and transaxle damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels andlubricants that do not meet Hyundai specifications. You must always use high quality fuels andlubricants that do not meet Hyundai specifications. You must always use high quality fuels andlubricants that do not meet Hyundai specifications. You must always use high quality fuels andlubricants that do not meet Hyundai specifications. You must always use high quality fuels andlubricants that do not meet Hyundai specifications. You must always use high quality fuels andlubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page 9-3 in the Vehicle Specifications section oflubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page 9-3 in the Vehicle Specifications section oflubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page 9-3 in the Vehicle Specifications section oflubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page 9-3 in the Vehicle Specifications section oflubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page 9-3 in the Vehicle Specifications section ofthe Owner's Manual and which also appear in the Service Station Information on the back coverthe Owner's Manual and which also appear in the Service Station Information on the back coverthe Owner's Manual and which also appear in the Service Station Information on the back coverthe Owner's Manual and which also appear in the Service Station Information on the back coverthe Owner's Manual and which also appear in the Service Station Information on the back coverof the Owner's Manual.of the Owner's Manual.of the Owner's Manual.of the Owner's Manual.of the Owner's Manual.

Copyright 2001 Hyundai Motor Company. All rights reserved. The material in this publication may not bereproduced in any form without written permission from Hyundai Motor Company.

A070A01A-AAT

CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAICAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAICAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAICAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAICAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAI

Your Hyundai should not be modified in any way. Such modifications may adverselyaffect the performance, safety or durability of your Hyundai and may, in addition, violateconditions of the limited warranties covering the vehicle. Certain modifications may alsobe in violation of regulations established by the U.S. Department of Transportation andother federal or state agencies.

A080A01S-AAT

TWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR TELEPHONE INSTALLATIONTWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR TELEPHONE INSTALLATIONTWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR TELEPHONE INSTALLATIONTWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR TELEPHONE INSTALLATIONTWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR TELEPHONE INSTALLATION

Your vehicle is equipped with electronic fuel injection and other electronic components.It is possible for an improperly installed/adjusted two-way radio or cellular telephone toadversely affect electronic systems. For this reason, we recommend that you carefullyfollow the radio manufacturer's instructions or consult your Hyundai dealer for precau-tionary measures or special instructions if you choose to install one of these devices.

A090A01A-AAT

SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNINGSAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNINGSAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNINGSAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNINGSAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING

This manual includes information titled as WARNING, CAUTION and NOTE.These titles indicate the following:

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:This indicates that a condition may result in harm, serious injury or death to you orThis indicates that a condition may result in harm, serious injury or death to you orThis indicates that a condition may result in harm, serious injury or death to you orThis indicates that a condition may result in harm, serious injury or death to you orThis indicates that a condition may result in harm, serious injury or death to you orother persons if the warning is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with theother persons if the warning is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with theother persons if the warning is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with theother persons if the warning is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with theother persons if the warning is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with thewarning.warning.warning.warning.warning.

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:This indicates that a condition may result in damage to your vehicle or its equipmentThis indicates that a condition may result in damage to your vehicle or its equipmentThis indicates that a condition may result in damage to your vehicle or its equipmentThis indicates that a condition may result in damage to your vehicle or its equipmentThis indicates that a condition may result in damage to your vehicle or its equipmentif the caution is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the caution.if the caution is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the caution.if the caution is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the caution.if the caution is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the caution.if the caution is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the caution.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:This indicates that interesting or helpful information is being provided.This indicates that interesting or helpful information is being provided.This indicates that interesting or helpful information is being provided.This indicates that interesting or helpful information is being provided.This indicates that interesting or helpful information is being provided.

A100A03A-AAT

GUIDE TO HYUNDAI GENUINEGUIDE TO HYUNDAI GENUINEGUIDE TO HYUNDAI GENUINEGUIDE TO HYUNDAI GENUINEGUIDE TO HYUNDAI GENUINEPARTSPARTSPARTSPARTSPARTS1. What are Hyundai Genuine Parts?

Hyundai Genuine Parts are the sameparts used by Hyundai Motor Compa-ny to manufacture vehicles. They aredesigned and tested for the optimumsafety, performance, and reliability toour customers.

2. Why should you use genuine parts?Hyundai Genuine Parts are engineeredand built to meet rigid original manu-facturing requirements. Using imita-tion, counterfeit or used salvage partsis not covered under the Hyundai NewVehicle Limited Warranty or any other

Hyundai warranty. In addition, anydamage to or failure of GenuineHyundai Parts caused by the installa-tion or failure of an imitation, counter-feit or used salvage part is not cov-ered by Any Hyundai Warranty.

3. How can you tell if you are pur-chasing Hyundai Genuine Parts?Look for the Hyundai Genuine PartsLogo on the package (see below).

Hyundai Genuine Parts exported tothe United States are packaged withlabels written only in English.

Hyundai Genuine Parts are only soldthrough authorized HyundaiDealerships.

" To find the closest authorized" To find the closest authorized" To find the closest authorized" To find the closest authorized" To find the closest authorizeddealer call 1-800-826-CARS "dealer call 1-800-826-CARS "dealer call 1-800-826-CARS "dealer call 1-800-826-CARS "dealer call 1-800-826-CARS "

A100A01L A100A02L A100A04L

A100A03L

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION PAGE

1. FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI .......................................................................... 1-1

2. DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI .................................................................................... 2-1

3. WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY ...................................................................... 3-1

4. CORROSION PREVENTION & APPEARANCE CARE .......................................... 4-1

5. VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS ........................................................ 5-1

6. DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE ...................................................................... 6-1

7. EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMS ......................................................................... 7-1

8. CONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS ........................ 8-1

9. VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS ................................................................................. 9-1

10. INDEX ................................................................................................................. 10-1

11111

22222

33333

44444

55555

66666

77777

88888

99999

1010101010

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 1

1. FEATURES OFYOUR HYUNDAI

B010A02A-AAT

FUEL RECOMMENDATIONSUse Unleaded Gasoline

vice stations cannot be inserted into the fueltank opening of your Hyundai.

WARNING:o Do not "TOP-OFF" after the first nozzle

shut off when refueling.o The fuel cap must be tightened at least 3

clicks, otherwise " " light may illumi-nate.

Unleaded gasoline with a Pump Octane Rat-ing of 87 (Research Octane Number 91) orhigher must be used in your Hyundai.

If leaded gasoline is used, it will cause thecatalytic converter to become ineffective andthe emission control system to malfunction.This can also result in increased maintenanceexpense.

To avoid accidental use of leaded fuel, thelarger nozzle used with leaded gasoline at ser-

UNLEADEDFUEL ONLY

B010B01A-AAT

What About Gasohol?Gasohol (a mixture of 90% unleaded gasolineand 10% ethanol or grain alcohol) may be usedin your Hyundai. However, if your engine devel-ops driveability problems, the use of 100%unleaded gasoline is recommended. Fuels withunspecified quantities of alcohol, or alcoholsother than ethanol, should not be used.

B010C01A-AAT

Use of MTBEHyundai recommends that fuels containingMTBE (Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether) over 15.0%vol. (Oxygen Content 2.7% weight) should notbe used in your Hyundai.Fuel containing MTBE over 15.0% vol. (OxygenContent 2.7% weight) may reduce vehicle per-formance and produce vapor lock or hard start-ing.

B010D01A-AAT

Do Not Use MethanolFuels containing methanol (wood alcohol) shouldnot be used in your Hyundai. This type of fuelcan reduce vehicle performance and damagecomponents of the fuel system.

CAUTION:Your Hyundai's New Vehicle Limited War-ranty may not cover damage to the fuelsystem and any performance problems thatare caused by the use of fuels containingmethanol or fuels containing MTBE (MethylTertiary Butyl Ether) over 15.0% vol. (Oxy-gen Content 2.7% weight.)

B010F01A-AAT

Operation in Foreign CountriesIf you are going to drive your Hyundai in anothercountry, be sure to:

o Observe all regulations regarding registra-tion and insurance.

o Determine that acceptable fuel is available.

B010E01A-AAT

Gasolines for Cleaner AirTo help contribute to cleaner air, Hyundai rec-ommends that you use gasolines treated withdetergent additives, which help prevent depositformation in the engine. These gasolines willhelp the engine run cleaner and the EmissionControl System performance.

1

B010A03Y-1


1- 2

B020A01S-AAT

BREAKING IN YOUR NEW HYUNDAIDuring the First 1,200 Miles (2,000Km)No formal “break-in” procedure is required withyour new Hyundai. However, you can contrib-ute to the economical operation and durability ofyour Hyundai by observing the following recom-mendations during the first 1,200 miles (2,000km).

o Don't drive faster than 55 MPH (88 km/h).o While driving, keep your engine speed (rpm,

or revolutions per minute) between 2,000rpm and 4,000 rpm.

o Use moderate acceleration. Don't start quick-ly or depress the accelerator pedal fully.

o For the first 200 miles (300 km), try to avoidhard stops.

o Don't lug the engine (in other words, don'tdrive so slowly in too high a gear that theengine "bucks"-shift to a lower gear).

o Whether going fast or slow, vary your speedfrom time to time.

o Don't let the engine idle longer than 3 min-utes at one time.

o Don't tow a trailer during the first 1,200 miles(2,000 km) of operation.

B030A01Y-AAT

KEYS

YR10041AMaster key Sub key

S

For greater convenience, your Hyundai has twomaster keys and a sub key. The master keyswill open all locks on your vehicle. The sub keywill only function in the ignition and the doorlocks.

Leaving your sub key with a parking attendantwill ensure that your vehicle's trunk, trunk lidrelease, glovebox compartment and rear trunkaccess may not be unlocked in your absence.

NOTE:Before leaving your sub key with a parkingattendant, make sure that the lock levers ofthe rear seat back lock and the trunk lid lockare switched to the "LOCK" position.

B030B01A-AAT

Record Your Key Number

AS10040A

A code number is stamped on the number platethat came with the keys to your Hyundai. Thiskey number plate should not be left with the keysbut kept in a safe place, not in the vehicle. Thekey number should also be recorded in a placewhere it can be found in an emergency.If you need additional keys, or if you should loseyour keys, your authorized Hyundai dealer canmake new keys if you can supply the key num-ber.


1- 3

B030C01Y-AAT

ILLUMINATED IGNITION SWITCH(If installed)

when combined with the proper use ofseat belts, locking the doors helps keepoccupants from being ejected from thecar in case of an accident.

o Before opening the door, always look forand avoid oncoming traffic.

Whenever a door is opened, the ignition switchwill be illuminated for your convenience, provid-ed the ignition switch is not in the "ON" position.The light will go off approximately 10 secondsafter closing the door or when the ignition switchis turned on.

B040A01A-AAT

DOOR LOCKS

WARNING:o Unlocked doors can be dangerous. Be-

fore you drive away (especially if thereare children in the car), be sure that allthe doors are securely closed and lockedso that the doors cannot be opened fromthe inside. This helps assure that doorswill not be opened accidentally. Also,

B040B01A-AAT

Locking and unlocking front doorswith a key

B040B01Y

LOCK

UNLOCK

o The door can be locked or unlocked with akey.

o Lock the door by turning the key toward thefront of the vehicle and unlock it by turningthe key toward the rear.

B040C02Y-AAT

Locking From the Outside

B040C01Y

The doors can be locked without a key. To lockthe doors from the outside, first push the insidelock switch to the “LOCK” position, so that thered mark on the switch is not visible, then closethe door.The door will not lock if the key is left in theignition switch when the front doors are closed.This is normal.

NOTE:o When locking the door this way, be care-

ful not to lock the door with the ignitionkey left in the vehicle.

o To prevent theft, always remove the igni-tion key, close all windows, and lock alldoors when leaving your vehicle unat-tended.

YL10041A


1- 4

B040F01Y-AAT

Illuminated Door Key Cylinder(If installed)

B040D01Y-AAT

Locking From the Inside

B040D02Y

o To lock the doors from the inside, simplyclose the door and push the lock switch tothe "LOCK" position. When this is done,neither the outside nor the inside door handlecan be used.

o The driver's door can be opened by pullingthe inside door handle even if the lock switchis depressed.

NOTE:When the door is locked, the red mark onthe switch is not visible.

B040F01Y

Whenever the driver's door handle is pulled, thekey cylinder of the door handle will be illumi-nated for your convenience.The light will go off 10 seconds after pulling thedoor handle.

B040G01Y-AAT

Central Door Locks (If installed)

The central door locking switch is located onthe driver's arm rest. It is operated by depress-ing the door lock switch. If any door is openwhen the switch is depressed, the door willremain locked when closed.

NOTE:o When pushing the front portion of the

driver's door lock switch, all vehicle doorswill lock.

o When pushing the rear portion of theswitch, all vehicle doors will unlock.

LOCK

UNLOCKB040G02Y

UNLOCK

LOCK


1- 5

B040E03A-AAT

CHILD-PROTECTOR REAR DOORLOCK

Your Hyundai is equipped with a “child-protec-tor” rear door lock assembly. When the lockmechanism is engaged, the rear door cannot beopened from the inside. It's use is recommend-ed whenever there are small children in the rearseat.

To engage the child-protector feature so thatthe door cannot be opened from the inside,move the child-protector lever to the “ ”position and close the door. Move the lever tothe opposite direction of " " position whennormal door operation is desired.

If you wish to be able to open the door from theoutside, the outside door handle will functionnormally.

B070A01S-AAT

THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM (If installed)This system is designed to provide protectionfrom unauthorized entry into the car. This sys-tem is operated in three stages : the first is the“Armed” stage, the second is the “Alarm” stage,and the third is the “Disarmed” stage. If trig-gered, the system provides an audible alarm.

B070B03Y-AAT

Armed StagePark the car and stop the engine. Arm thesystem as described below.

1) Remove the ignition key from the ignitionswitch.

2) Make sure that the engine hood and trunk lidare locked.

3) Lock the doors using the transmitter of thekeyless entry system.

After completion of the steps above, the turnsignal lamp will blink once to indicate that thesystem is armed

NOTE:1) If any door, trunk lid or engine hood

remains open, the system will not bearmed.

2) If this happens, rearm the system asdescribed above.

CAUTION:Do not arm the system until all passengershave left the car. If the system is armedwhile a passenger(s) remains in the car, thealarm may be activated when the remainingpassenger(s) leaves the car.

B070C03L-AAT

Alarm Stage

YR10181A

The alarm will be activated if any of the follow-ing occurs while the car is parked and thesystem is armed.

1) A front or rear door is opened without thetransmitter.

2) The trunk lid is opened without using thekey.

3) The engine hood is opened.

HEF-131


1- 6

The siren will sound for 30 seconds (This hap-pens 3 times). To turn off the system, unlockthe door or trunk lid with the transmitter.

CAUTION:Avoid trying to start the engine while thesystem is armed.

B070D04Y-AAT

Disarmed Stage

B070D02Y

The system will be disarmed when the followingstep is taken:

The driver's or passenger's door is unlocked bydepressing the "UNLOCK" button on the trans-mitter.After completion of the steps above, the turnsignal lamp will blink twice to indicate that thesystem is disarmed.

NOTE:Once the system has been disarmed, it cannot be rearmed except by repeating thearming procedures.

CAUTION:Only the transmitter can disarm the armedstage. If the transmitter does not disarm thesystem, it is necessary to take the followingsteps;

1. Unlock the door with the key, which willcause the alarm to be activated.

2. Insert the key in the ignition key cylinderand turn the ignition key to "ON" posi-tion.

3. Wait for 30 seconds.

After completing the steps above, the sys-tem will be disarmed.

Keyless Entry SystemLocking doors1. Close all doors.2. Push the "LOCK" button on the transmitter.3. All doors will lock and the turn signal lamp

will blink once to indicate that the system isarmed.

Unlocking doors1. Push the "UNLOCK" button on the transmit-

ter.2. All doors will unlock and the turn signal lamp

will blink twice to indicate that the system isdisarmed.

Releasing the trunk lidPush and hold the trunk release button on trans-mitter.

Unlock

B070E02HP-GAT

Replacing the batteryWhen the transmitter's battery begins to getweak, it may take several pushes on the buttonto lock or unlock the doors, and the LED will notlight. Replace the battery as soon as possible.

Battery type : CR2032

Replacement instructions:

Lock

Trunk


1- 7

B050A01A-AAT

WINDOW GLASS

To raise or lower the window, turn the windowregulator handle clockwise or counterclockwise.

WARNING:When opening or closing the windows, makesure your passenger's arms, hands and bodyare safely out of the way.

B060A02Y-AAT

POWER WINDOWS (If installed)

The power windows operate when the ignitionkey is in the "ON" position. The main switchesare located on the driver's armrest and controlthe front and rear windows on both sides of thevehicle. The windows may be opened by de-pressing the appropriate window switch andclosed by pulling up the switch. To open thewindow on the driver's side, press the switch(1)halfway down. The window moves as long asthe switch is operated. To fully open the driver'swindow automatically, press the switch fullydown. In automatic operation, the window willfully open even if you let go of the switch. Tostop at the desired opening, pull up and releasethe switch. In order to prevent operation of thepassenger front and rear windows, a windowlock switch(2) is provided on the armrest of thedriver's door. To disable the power windows,press the window lock switch. To revert to

1. Separate the case with a blade screwdriveras shown in the illustration.

HEF-192

Screwdriver

2. Remove the old battery from the case andnote the polarity. Make sure the polarity ofthe new battery is the same(+side facingdown), then insert it in the transmitter.

HEF-193

Battery

B050A02Y B060A02Y

OpenClose

(1)

(2)


1- 8

normal operation, press the window lock switcha second time. The power windows can beoperated for 30 seconds after the ignition key isturned to the "ACC" or the "LOCK" position.However while the front doors are opened withthe key turned to "LOCK" and removed, thepower windows cannot be operated.

B060A02Y

Close

Open

WARNING:(1) Be careful that someone's head, hands

and body are not trapped by a closingwindow.

(2) Never try to operate the main switch onthe driver's door and the individual doorwindow switch in opposing directionsat the same time. If this is done, thewindow will stop and cannot be openedor closed.

(3) Do not leave children alone in the car.Always remove the ignition key for theirsafety.

B080A01A-AAT

ADJUSTABLE FRONT SEATS

WARNING:Never attempt to adjust the seat while thevehicle is moving. This could result in lossof control, or an accident which may causedeath, serious injury, or property damage.

B080B01A-AAT

Adjusting Seat Forward and RearwardAdjusting Seat Forward and RearwardAdjusting Seat Forward and RearwardAdjusting Seat Forward and RearwardAdjusting Seat Forward and Rearward

To move the seat toward the front or rear, pullthe lock release lever upward. This will releasethe seat on its track so you can move it forwardor rearward to the desired position. When youfind the position you want, release the lever andslide the seat forward or rearward on its trackuntil it locks into the desired position and cannotbe moved further.

B080C01A-AAT

Adjusting Seatback Angle

To recline the seatback, lean forward to takeyour weight off it, then pull up on the reclinercontrol lever at the outside edge of the seat.Now lean back until the desired seatback angleis achieved. To lock the seatback into position,release the recliner control lever.

WARNING:To minimize risk of severe injury in theevent of a collision or a sudden stop, boththe driver and passenger seatbacks shouldalways be in an upright position while thevehicle is in motion. The protection provid-ed by the seat belts and airbags may bereduced significantly when the seatbacksare reclined. There is greater risk that thedriver and passenger will slide under theseat belt which may result in serious injuryif a crash occurs when the seatbacks are

HEF-179

B080C02Y


1- 9

reclined. The seat belt cannot provide fullprotection to an occupant if the seat back isreclined.

B080D01L-GAT

Adjustable Headrests

B080D01Y

Headrests are designed to help reduce the riskof neck injuries.To raise the headrest, pull it up. To lower it,push it down while pressing the lock knob.If equipped with a horizontally adjustable typeof headrest, pull on the top.

WARNING:o For maximum effectiveness in case of an

accident, the headrest should be adjust-ed so the top of the headrest is at thesame height as the top of the occupant'sears. The use of a cushion that holds thebody away from the seatback is not rec-ommended.

o Do not operate the vehicle with the head-rests removed as severe injury to anoccupant may occur in the event of anaccident. Headrests may provide protec-tion against severe neck injuries whenproperly adjusted.

B080E01Y-AAT

Lumbar Support Control(Driver's seat only) (If installed)

To adjust the lumber support, turn the handle onthe outboard or left side of the seat. To increasethe amount of lumbar support, pull the leverforward. To decrease it, push the lever towardthe rear.

1. Minimum support2. Maximum support

B080F01S-AAT

Seat Cushion Height Adjustment(If Installed) (Driver's Seat Only)

To raise or lower the front part of the seatcushion, turn the front knob forward or rear-ward. To raise or lower the rear part of the seatcushion, turn the rear knob forward or rearward.

B090A01Y-AAT

POWER DRIVER’S SEAT (If installed)The driver's seat can be adjusted appropriatelyby using the control knob on the left side of theseat. Before driving, adjust the seat to theproper position so as to easily control thesteering wheel, pedals and switches on theinstrument panel.

CAUTION:Do not operate two knobs at the same time.

Lock Knob

B080E03Y

B080F02Y

2

1


1- 10

WARNING:o Never attempt to adjust the seat while the

vehicle is moving. This could result inloss of control, and an accident causingdeath, serious injury, or property dam-age.

o Do not sit or lean unnecessarily close tothe airbag to get better protection duringits deployment in case of an accident.

B090B01Y-AAT

Adjusting Seat Forward and Rearward

Pull the control knob forward or backward tomove the seat forward or backward to thedesired position. Release the knob and then theseat will remain at that position.

1. Seat Back Reclining Control Knob2. Seat Cushion Forward, Rearward and Height

Adjusting Control Knob

WARNING:To ensure the seat is locked securely, at-tempt to move the seat forward or rearwardwithout using the control knob.

B090C01Y-AAT

Seat Cushion Height Adjustment

Move the front portion of the control knob up ordown to raise or lower the front part of the seatcushion. Move the rear portion of the controlknob up or down to raise or lower the rear partof the seat cushion.

B090D01Y-AAT

Adjusting Seatback Angle

Rotate the upper portion of the control knobforward or backward to recline the seatback tothe desired position. Release the control knoband the seatback will remain in that position.

WARNING:To minimize the risk of personal injury inthe event of a collision or a sudden stop,both the driver's and passenger's seatbackshould remain in an upright position whilethe car is in motion. The protection providedby the seat belts and airbags may be re-duced significantly when the seatbacks arereclined. There is a greater risk that the seatoccupants will slide under the seat belt re-sulting in serious injury if a crash occurswhen the seatbacks are reclined. The seatbelt cannot provide full protection to anoccupant if the seatback is reclined.

HEF-182

HEF-181

HEF-180

1

2


1- 11

B140A01S-AAT

REAR SEAT WARNING

For the safety of all passengers, luggage orother cargo should not be piled higher than thetop of the seatback. In addition, do not placeobjects on the rear shelf as they may moveforward during braking or in an accident andstrike vehicle passengers.

B110A01Y-AAT

FOLDING REAR SEATBACKS(If installed)

o To unlock the seatback, depress theseatback locking button, then pull forwardon the seatback panel.

o When you return the seatback to its uprightposition, always be sure it has locked intoposition by pulling and pushing on the top ofthe seatback.

WARNING:The purpose of the folding rear seatbacks isto allow you to carry longer objects thancould otherwise be accommodated. Do notallow passengers to sit on top of the foldeddown seatback while the car is moving asthis is not a proper seating position and noseat belts are available for use. This couldresult in serious injury or death in case of anaccident or sudden stop. Objects carried on

FREE

HEF-137

B140A02Y

HEF-135

LOCK

the folded down seatback should not extendhigher than the top of the front seats. Thiscould allow cargo to slide forward and causeinjury or damage during sudden stops.

B120A01Y-AAT

REAR SEATBACK LOCK

If the rear seatback lock lever (located on thebackside of the rear seatback) is in the "LOCK"position when the rear seatbacks are closed, itwill not be possible to fold the rear seatback byusing the release lock lever. In this instance,move the lock lever to the "FREE" position andfold the rear seatback. The rear seatback locklever is designed to provide protection fromunauthorized entry into the trunk.


1- 12

B150D01A-AAT

Pregnant WomenThe use of a seat belt is recommended forpregnant women to lessen the chance of injuryin an accident. When a seat belt is used, the lapbelt portion should be placed as low and snuglyas possible on the hips, not across the abdo-men. For specific recommendations, consult aphysician.

B150E01A-AAT

Injured PersonA seat belt should be used when an injuredperson is being transported. When this is nec-essary, you should consult a physician forrecommendations.

B150F01A-AAT

One Person Per BeltTwo people (including children) should neverattempt to use a single seat belt. This couldincrease the severity of injuries in case of anaccident.

B150G02A-AAT

Do Not Lie DownTo reduce the chance of injuries in the event ofan accident, and to achieve maximum effec-tiveness of the restraint system, all passengersshould be sitting up and the front seats shouldbe in an upright position when the car is mov-

B150A02A-AAT

SEAT BELT PRECAUTIONS

WARNING:All occupants of the vehicle must wear theirseat belts at all times. Note that this vehicleis equipped with a Supplemental Restraint(Airbag) System as discussed beginning onpage 1-21. The seat belts must be used inconjunction with the supplemental airbagsystem. State laws require that some or alloccupants of the vehicle use seat belts. Thepossibility of increased injury or severity ofinjury in an accident will be increased if thiselementary safety precaution is not ob-served.

the vehicle should always be in a properrestraint in the rear seat of the vehicle.

NOTE:Small children are best protected from in-jury in an accident when properly restrainedin the rear seat by a child restraint systemthat meets the requirements of the FederalMotor Vehicle Safety Standards. Before buy-ing any child restraint system, make surethat it has a label certifying that it meetsMotor VehicleSafety Standard 213. The restraint must beappropriate for your child's height andweight. Check the label on the child re-straint for this information. See page 1-16.

B150B03Y-AAT

Infant or Small ChildAll 50 states have child restraint laws. Youshould be aware of the specific requirements inyour state. Child and/or infant safety seats mustbe properly placed and installed in the rearseat. Information about the use of these re-straints begins on page 1-16.

WARNING:Every person in your vehicle needs to beproperly restrained at all times, includinginfants and children. In a collision, an unre-strained child can become a "missile" in-side the car. The force required to hold achild on your lap could be so great that youcould not hold the child. Any child riding in

B150C02A-AAT

Larger ChildrenChildren who are too large for child restraintsystems should occupy the rear seat and usethe available lap/shoulder belts. The lap portionshould be fastened snug on the hips and as lowas possible. Check belt fit periodically. A child'ssquirming could put the belt out of position.Children are afforded the most safety in theevent of an accident when they are restrainedby a proper restraint system in the rear seat. Ifa larger child (over age 13) must be seated inthe front seat, the child should be securelyrestrained by the available lap/shoulder beltand the seat should be placed in the rearmostposition. Children under the age of 13 should berestrained securely in the rear seat. NEVER

place a rear facing child seat in the front seat ofa vehicle.


1- 13

ing. A seat belt cannot provide proper protec-tion if the person is lying down in the rear seator if the front seat is in a reclined position.

WARNING:Sitting in a reclined position or lying downwhen your vehicle is in motion can be dan-gerous. Even if you buckle up, your seatbelts can't do their job when you're reclined.The shoulder belt can't do its job because itwon't be against your body.Instead, it will be in front of you. In a crashyou could go into it with great force, receiv-ing serious neck or other injuries.The lap belt can't do its job either. In a crashthe belt could go up over your abdomen.The belt forces would be applied there, notat your pelvic bones.This could cause serious internal injuries.For proper protection when the vehicle is inmotion, have the seatback upright.Then sit back in the seat and wear your seatbelt properly.

B160A01A-AAT

CARE OF SEAT BELTSSeat belt systems should never be disassem-bled or modified. In addition, care should betaken to assure that seat belts and belt hard-ware are not damaged by seat hinges, doors orother abuse.

WARNING:When you return the rear seatback to itsupright position after the rear seatback wasfolded down, be careful not to damage theseat belt webbing or buckle. Be sure that thewebbing or buckle does not get caught orpinched in the rear seat.

B160B01A-AAT

Periodic InspectionIt is recommended that all seat belts be inspectedperiodically for wear or damage of any kind.Parts of the system that are damaged should bereplaced as soon as possible.

B160C01A-AAT

Keep Belts Clean and DrySeat belts should be kept clean and dry. If beltsbecome dirty, they can be cleaned by using amild soap solution and warm water. Bleach, dye,strong detergents or abrasives should not beused because they may damage and weaken thefabric.

B160D01A-AAT

When to Replace Seat BeltsEntire in-use seat belt assembly or assembliesshould be replaced if the vehicle has been in-volved in an accident. This should be done evenif no damage is visible. Additional questionsconcerning seat belt operation should be direct-ed to your Hyundai Dealer.

B170A04A-AAT

HEIGHT ADJUSTABLE FRONT SEATSHOULDER BELT

B170A01Y

You can adjust the height of the shoulder beltanchor to one of the 4 positions.If the height of the adjusting seat belt is too nearyour neck, you will not be getting the mosteffective protection. The shoulder portion shouldbe adjusted so that it lies across your chest andmidway over your shoulder nearest the doorand not your neck.To adjust the height of the seat belt anchor,lower or raise the height adjuster into an appro-priate position. To raise the height adjuster, pullit up. To lower it, push it down while pressingthe height adjuster button.Release the button to lock the anchor intoposition. Try sliding the release button to makesure that it has locked into the position.


1- 14

B190A01Y-AAT

SEAT BELTS-Front Passenger andRear Seat 3-Point System with Com-bination Locking RetractorTo Fasten Your Belt

YR10301B

Combination retractor type seat belts are in-stalled in the rear seat positions to help accom-modate the installation of child restraint sys-tems. Although a combination retractor is alsoinstalled in the front passenger seat position,Hyundai strongly recommends that children al-ways be seated in the rear seat. NEVER placeany infant restraint system in the front seat ofthe vehicle.This type of seat belt combines the features ofboth an emergency locking retractor seat beltand an automatic locking retractor seat belt. Tofasten your seat belt, pull it out of the retractorand insert the metal tab into the buckle. Therewill be an audible "click" when the tab locks into

the buckle. When not securing a child restraint,the seat belt operates in the same way as thedriver's seat belt (Emergency Locking Retrac-tor Type). It automatically adjusts to the properlength only after the lap belt portion of the seatbelt is adjusted manually so that it fits snuglyaround your hips. When the seat belt is fullyextended from the retractor to allow the instal-lation of a child restraint system, the seat beltoperation changes to allow the belt to retract,but not to extend. (Automatic Locking RetractorType). See page 1-19.

NOTE:Although the combination retractor providesthe same level of protection for seated pas-sengers in either emergency or automaticlocking modes, it is recommended that seat-ed passengers use the emergency lockingfeature for improved convenience. The au-tomatic locking function is intended to facil-itate child restraint installation. To convertfrom the automatic locking feature to theemergency locking operation mode, allowthe unbuckled seat belt to fully retract.

WARNING:o For maximum restraint system protec-

tion, the seat belts must always be usedwhenever the car is moving.

o Seat belts are most effective whenseatbacks are in the upright position.

o Children must always be seatbelted inthe rear seats. Never allow children toride in the front passenger seat.

WARNING:o The height adjuster must be in the locked

position when the vehicle is moving.o The misadjustment of height of the shoul-

der belt could reduce the effectivenessof the seat belt in a crash.

B180A01S-AAT

SEAT BELT-Driver's 3-Point Systemwith Emergency Locking RetractorTo Fasten Your BeltTo fasten your seat belt, pull it out of theretractor and insert the metal tab into the buckle.There will be an audible "click" when the tablocks into the buckle.The seat belt automatically adjusts to the properlength only after the lap belt portion is adjustedmanually so that it fits snugly around your hips.If you lean forward in a slow, easy motion, thebelt will extend and let you move around. Ifthere is a sudden stop or impact, the belt willlock into position. It will also lock if you try tolean forward too quickly. Check to make surethat the belt is properly locked and that the beltis not twisted.

NOTE:If the driver's seat belt is not fastened whenthe ignition key is in the "ON" position, theseat belt warning light will flash and thewarning chime will sound for approximatelysix seconds.


1- 15

B200A01A-AAT

ADJUSTING YOUR SEAT BELT

WARNING:You should place the lap belt portion as lowas possible and snugly across your hips,not on your waist. If the lap belt is locatedtoo high on your waist, it may increase thechance of injury in the event of a collision.Both arms should not be under or over thebelt. Rather, one should be over and theother under, as shown in the illustration.Never wear the seatbelt under the arm near-est the door.

B210A01A-AAT

To Release the Seat Belt

YR10321B

The seat belt is released by pressing the releasebutton in the locking buckle. When it is released,the belt should automatically draw back into theretractor.If this does not happen, check the belt to be sureit is not twisted, then try again.

o The shoulder belt should be positionedmidway over the shoulder nearest thedoor for the most effective protection.Never wear the seat belt under the armnearest the door. Wearing the belt underthe arm nearest the door could causeserious or fatal injuries in an accident.

o Avoid wearing twisted seat belts. A twist-ed belt can't do its job as well. In acollision, it could even cut into you. Besure the belt is straight and not twisted.

o Be careful not to damage the belt web-bing or hardware. If the belt webbing orhardware is damaged, replace it.

YR10311B

1. Before fastening the rear seat center belt,confirm the metal tab (a) and buckle (b) arelatched together.

2. After confirming that (a) and (b) are latched,pull the seat belt out of the retractor andinsert the metal tab (c) into the buckle (d).

There will be an audible "click" when the tablocks in the buckle. The seat belt automaticallyadjusts to the proper length only after the lapbelt is adjusted manually so that it fits snuglyaround your hips. If you lean forward in a slow,easy motion, the belt will extend and let youmove around. If there is a sudden stop orimpact, the belt will lock into position. It will alsolock if you try to lean forward too quickly.

B220A02Y-AAT

SEAT BELTS - Rear Seat Center's 3-Point System With Combination Lock-ing Retractor

B220A02Y

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)


1- 16

accident statistics provided by the National High-way Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA),children are safer when properly restrained inthe rear seats than in the front seat. Largerchildren should use one of the seat belts provid-ed.All 50 states have child restraint laws. Youshould be aware of the specific requirements inyour state. Child and/or infant safety seats mustbe properly placed and installed in the rearseat. You must use a commercially availablechild restraint system that meets the require-ments of the Federal Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards (FMVSS).Children could be injured or killed in a crash iftheir restraints are not properly secured. Forsmall children and babies, a child seat or infantseat must be used. Before buying a particularchild restraint system, make sure it fits your carand seat belts, and fits your child. Follow all theinstructions provided by the manufacturer wheninstalling the child restraint system.

WARNING:o A child restraint system must be placed

in the rear seat. Never install a child orinfant seat on the front passenger's seat.Should an accident occur and cause thepassenger side airbag to deploy, it couldseverely injure or kill an infant or childseated in an infant or child seat. Thus,only use a child restraint in the rear seatof your vehicle.

B220C01Y-AAT

To Release the Seat Belt

B220C02Y

When you want to release the seat belt, press thebutton in the locking buckle.

WARNING:The rear seat center belt latching mecha-nism is different from those for the out-board rear seat shoulder belts. When fas-tening the outboard rear seat shoulder beltsor the rear seat center belt, make sure theyare inserted into the correct buckles to ob-tain maximum protection from the seat beltsystem and assure proper operation.

B230A02Y-AAT

CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEMChildren riding in the car should sit in the rearseat and must always be properly restrained tominimize the risk of injury in an accident, sud-den stop or sudden maneuver. According to

B220A02Y

WARNING:o When using the rear seat center belt, you

must lock all metal tabs and buckles. Ifany metal tab or buckle is not locked, itwill increase the chance of injury in theevent of collision.

o Never unlock the metal tab (a) and thebuckle (b) with the following exceptions.(1) In case of folding rear seatbacks down.(2) If transporting an object on the rear

seat may cause damage to the rearseat center belt.

o Lock the metal tab (a) and the buckle (b)immediately after folding rear seatbacksup.

o To disconnect the metal tab (a) from thebuckle (b) , insert a sharp-ended tool intothe groove located on the buckle (b).


1- 17

o Since a safety belt or child restraint sys-tem can become very hot if it is left in aclosed vehicle, be sure and check theseat cover and buckles before placing achild there.

o When the child restraint system is not inuse, store it in the trunk or fasten it witha safety belt so that it will not be thrownforward in the case of a sudden stop oran accident.

o Children who are too large to be in achild restraint should still sit in the rearseat and be restrained with the availablelap/shoulder belts. Never allow childrento ride in the front passenger seat.

o Always make sure that the shoulder beltportion of the lap/shoulder belt is posi-tioned midway over the shoulder andnever across the neck or behind the back.Moving the child closer to the center ofthe vehicle may help provide a goodshoulder belt fit. The lap belt portion ofthe lap/shoulder belt must always bepositioned as low as possible on thechild's hips, and as snug as possible.

o If the seat belt will not properly fit thechild, we recommend the use of an ap-proved booster seat in the rear seat inorder to raise the child's seating heightso that the seat belt will properly fit thechild.

Before purchasing a booster seat, makesure that it meets applicable FederalMotor Vehicle Safety Standards and thatit is satisfactory for use with this vehicle.

o Never allow a child to stand up or kneelon the seat.

o Never use an infant carrier or a childsafety seat that "hooks" over a seatback;it may not provide adequate security inan accident.

o Never allow a child to be held in a per-son's arms while they are in a movingvehicle, as this could result in seriousinjury to the child in the event of anaccident or a sudden stop. Holding achild in a moving vehicle does not pro-vide the child with any means of protec-tion during an accident, even if the per-son holding the child is wearing a seatbelt.

B230B01Y-AAT

Using a Child Restraint System

For small children and babies, the use of a childseat or infant seat is strongly recommendedand may be required in your state. This childseat or infant seat should be of appropriate sizefor the child and should be installed in accor-dance with the manufacturer's instructions. It isfurther recommended that the seat be placed in

Rear seat package tray

B230C02Y-2

Anchorage

Front of Vehicle

Tether StrapHook Holder


1- 18

B230C02Y-AAT

Installing a Child Restraint Seat1. Position the child restraint seat on the rear

passenger seat cushion.2. Route the child restraint seat tether strap

over the back of the seat.For vehicles with adjustable head restraints,route the tether strap under the head re-straint and between the head restraint posts,otherwise route the tether strap over the topof the seatback.

3. Locate the correct anchor on the rear seatpackage tray for the selected seating posi-tion.

WARNING:The tether strap may not work properly ifattached somewhere other than the correcttether anchor.

4. Open the tether anchor cover.

the vehicle's rear seat since this can make animportant contribution to safety. Your vehicle isprovided with three child restraint hook holderson the rear seat package tray for installing thechild seat or infant seat.

B230C03Y

B230C04Y

5. Clip the tether strap hook to the tether straphook holder.

WARNING:If the tether strap is clipped incorrectly, thechild restraint seat may not be restrainedproperly in the event of a collision.

6. Tighten the tether strap to secure the seat.

Tether strap hook

Tether anchor cover

Tether strap hook holder

To install a child restraint system in the rearseats, extend the shoulder/lap belt entirely fromits retractor until a "click" is felt. This will engagethe seat belt retractor automatic locking feature,which allows the seat belt to retract but notextend. Install the child restraint system, bucklethe seat belt and allow the seat belt to take upany slack. Make sure that the lap portion of thebelt is tight around the child restraint systemand the shoulder portion of the belt is positionedso that it can not interfere with the child's heador neck. Also, double check to be sure that theretractor has engaged the Automatic Lockingfeature by trying to extend webbing out of theretractor. If the retractor is in the AutomaticLocking mode, the belt will be locked. Afterinstallation of the child restraint system, try tomove it in all directions to be sure the childrestraint system is securely installed. If you

B230G03Y-AAT

Installation on Rear Seats

YR10400B


1- 19

need to tighten the belt, pull more webbingtoward the retractor. When you unbuckle theseat belt and allow it to retract, the retractor willautomatically revert back to its normal seatedpassenger Emergency Locking usage condi-tion.

NOTE:o Before installing the child restraint sys-

tem in any seating position, read theinstructions supplied by the child restraintsystem manufacturer.

o If the seat belt does not operate as de-scribed, have the system checked imme-diately by your authorized Hyundai deal-er.

WARNING:o If the retractor is not in the Automatic

Locking mode, the child restraint systemcan move when your vehicle turns orstops abruptly.

o Do not install any child restraint systemin the front passenger seat. Should anaccident occur and cause the passengerside airbag to deploy, it could severelyinjure or kill an infant or child seated inan infant or child seat. Therefore, onlyuse a child restraint system in the rearseat of your vehicle.

B230D03E-AAT

Securing the Child Restraint Seat withthe "ISOFIX" System

B230F01E

Some child seat manufacturers make child re-straint seats that are labeled as ISOFIX orISOFIX-compatible child restraint seats. Theseseats include two rigid or webbing mountedattachments that connect to two ISOFIX an-chors at specific seating positions in your ve-hicle. This type of child restraint seat eliminatesthe need to use seat belts to attach the childseat for forward-facing child restraint seats.ISOFIX anchors have been provided in yourvehicle. The ISOFIX anchors are located in theleft and right outboard rear seating positions.Their locations are shown in the illustration.There is no center rear seating position.

WARNING:o There is no center rear seat position.o Do not install a child restraint seat at the

center of the rear seat using the vehicle'sISOFIX anchors. The ISOFIX anchors areonly provided for the left and right out-board of the rear seat. Do not misuse theISOFIX anchors by attempting to attach achild restraint seat in the middle of rearseat position position to the ISOFIX an-chors. In a crash, the child restraint seatISOFIX attachments may not be strongenough to secure the child restraint seatproperly in the center of the rear seat andmay break, causing serious injury ordeath.

o Do not mount more than one child re-straint to a single tether or to a childrestraint lower anchorage point. The im-proper increased load may cause theanchorage points or tether anchor tobreak, causing serious injury or death.

o Attach the ISOFIX or ISOFIX-compatiblechild restraint seat only to the appropri-ate locations shown in the illustration.

o Always follow the installation and useinstructions provided by the manufac-turer of the child restraint.


1- 20

The pre-tensioner seat belt operates in thesame way as an Emergency Locking Retractor(ELR) type of seat belt. When the vehicle stopssuddenly, or if the occupant tries to lean for-ward too quickly, the seat belt retractor will lockinto position. However, in certain frontal colli-sions, the pre-tensioner will activate and pullthe seat belt into tighter contact against theoccupant's body.

The seat belt pre-tensioner system consistsmainly of the following components.

Their locations are shown in the illustration.

1. SRS airbag warning light2. Seat belt pre-tensioner assembly3. SRS control module

B180B02S

Driver's airbag

1

2 3

Passenger'sairbag

B180B01HP-AAT

Pre-tensioner Seat Belt

B180B01S

Your Hyundai vehicle is equipped with driver'sand front passenger's pre-tensioner seat belts.The purpose of the pre-tensioner is to makesure that the seat belts fit tightly against theoccupant's body in certain frontal collisions.The pre-tensioner seat belts can be activatedalone or, where the frontal collision is severeenough, together with the airbags.

B230D03Y

The ISOFIX anchors are located between theseatback and the seat cushion of the rear seatleft and right outboard seating positions.Follow the child seat manufacturer's instruc-tions to properly install child restraint seats withISOFIX or ISOFIX-compatible attachments.

Once you have installed the ISOFIX child re-straint, assure that the seat is properly attachedto the ISOFIX and tether anchors. Also, test thechild restraint seat before you place the child init. Tilt the seat from side to side. Also try to tugthe seat forward. Check to see if the anchorshold the seat in place.

WARNING:If the child restraint seat is not anchoredproperly, the risk of a child being seriouslyinjured or killed in a collision greatly in-creases.

ISOFIXAnchor

ISOFIX AnchorIndicator Button


1- 21

WARNING:To obtain maximum benefit from a pre-tensioner seat belt:

1. The seat belt must be worn correctly.2. The seat belt must be adjusted to the

correct position.

NOTE:o Both the driver's and front passenger's

pre-tensioner seat belts will be activatedin certain frontal collisions. The pre-tensioner seat belts can be activated aloneor, where the frontal collision is severeenough, together with the airbags.

o When the pre-tensioner seat belts areactivated, a loud noise may be heard andfine dust, which may appear to be smoke,may be visible in the passenger compart-ment. These are normal operating condi-tions and are not hazardous.

o Although it is harmless, the fine dustmay cause skin irritation and should notbe breathed for prolonged periods. Washyour hands and face thoroughly after anaccident in which the pre-tensioner seatbelts were activated.

CAUTION:o Because the sensor that activates the

SRS airbag is connected with pre-tensioner seat belt, the SRS airbag warn-ing light on the instrument panel will

blink for approximately 6 seconds afterthe ignition key has been turned to the"ON" position, and then it should turnoff.

o If the pre-tensioner seat belt is not work-ing properly, this warning light will illu-minate even if there is no malfunction ofSRS airbag system. If the SRS airbagwarning light does not illuminate whenthe ignition key is turned to "ON" or if itremains illuminated after blinking for ap-proximately 6 seconds, or if it illuminateswhile the vehicle is being driven, pleasehave an authorized Hyundai dealer in-spect the pre-tensioner seat belt or SRSairbag system as soon as possible.

WARNING:o Pre-tensioners are designed to operate

only one time. After activation, pre-tensioner seat belts must be replaced.All seat belts, of any type, should alwaysbe replaced after they have been wornduring a collision.

o The pre-tensioner seat belt assemblymechanisms become hot during activa-tion. Do not touch the pre-tensioner seatbelt assemblies for several minutes afterthey have been activated.

o Do not attempt to inspect or replace thepre-tensioner seat belts yourself. Thismust be done by an authorized Hyundaidealer.

B240A03Y-AAT

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT(AIRBAG) SYSTEM (SRS)

Driver's Side Airbag

B240A01Y

o Do not strike the pre-tensioner seat beltassemblies.

o Do not attempt to service or repair thepre-tensioner seat belt system in anymanner.

o Improper handling of the pre-tensionerseat belt assemblies, and failure to heedthe warnings to not strike, modify, in-spect, replace, service or repair the pre-tensioner seat belt assemblies may leadto improper operation or inadvertent ac-tivation and serious injury.

o Always wear the seat belts when drivingor riding in a motor vehicle.

Your Hyundai is equipped with a SupplementalRestraint (Airbag) System. The indications of


1- 22

o Front airbags are not intended to deployin side-impact, rear-impact or rollovercrashes. In addition, airbags will not de-ploy in frontal crashes below the deploy-ment threshold speed.

o The driver should sit back as far as pos-sible while still maintaining control of thevehicle. If you are sitting too close to theairbag, it can cause death or seriousinjury when it inflates.

o No objects should be placed over or nearthe airbag modules on the steering wheel,instrument panel, and the front passen-ger's panel above the glove box,

the system’s presence are the letters "SRSAIRBAG" embossed on the airbag pad cover inthe steering wheel and the passenger’s sidefront panel pad above the glove box.

The Hyundai SRS consists of airbags installedunder the pad covers in the center of thesteering wheel and the passenger’s side frontpanel above the glove box. The purpose of theSRS is to provide the vehicle’s driver and thefront passenger with additional protection whenused together with the seat belt, in case of afrontal impact.

NOTE:Be sure to read information about the SRSon the labels provided on the backside ofthe sun visor and in the glove box.

WARNING:o As its name implies, the SRS is designed

to work with, and be supplemental to, thedriver’s and the passenger’s three pointseat belt systems and is not a substitutefor them. Therefore your seat belts mustbe worn at all times while the vehicle is inmotion. In addition, the airbags deployonly in certain frontal impact conditionssevere enough to likely cause significantinjury to the vehicle occupants.

o The SRS is designed to deploy the airbagsonly when an impact is sufficiently se-vere and when the impact angle is lessthan 30° from the forward longitudinal

axis of the vehicle. Additionally, theairbags will only deploy once. Thus, seatbelts must be worn at all times.

o Front airbags are not intended deploy inlight collisions in which protection canbe provided by the seat belt.

B240B02Y

Rear impact

Side ImpactRollover

because any such object could causeharm if the vehicle is in a crash severeenough to cause the airbags to deploy.

o If the airbags deploy, they must be re-placed by an authorized Hyundai dealer.

o Do not tamper with or disconnect SRSwiring, or other components of the SRSsystem. Doing so could result in injury,due to accidental firing of the airbags orby rendering the SRS inoperative.

o Do not install a child restraint system inthe front passenger seat position. Achild restraint system must never beplaced in the front seat. The infant orchild could be severely injured or killedby an airbag deployment in case of anaccident.Do not allow children to ride in the frontpassenger seat. If older children (teenag-ers and older) must ride in the front seat,make sure they are always properly beltedand that the seat is moved back as far aspossible.

o For maximum safety protection in alltypes of crashes, all occupants includingthe driver should always wear their seatbelts whether or not an airbag is alsoprovided at their seating position to min-imize the risk of severe injury or death inthe event of a crash. Do not sit or leanunnecessarily close to the airbag whilethe vehicle is in motion.


1- 23

o The SRS airbag system must deploy veryrapidly to provide protection in a crash. Ifan occupant is out of position because ofnot wearing a seat belt, the airbag mayforcefully contact the occupant causingserious or fatal injuries.

B240B02A-AAT

SRS Components and Functions

The SRS consists of the following components:

- Driver’s Airbag Module- Passenger’s Airbag Module- Knee Bolster- SRS Service Reminder Indicator (SRI)- SRS Control Module (SRSCM)

The SRSCM continually monitors all elementswhile the ignition is “ON” to determine if a frontalor near-frontal impact is severe enough to re-quire airbag deployment.

The SRS service reminder indicator (SRI) onthe instrument panel will blink for about 6 sec-onds after the ignition key is turned to the “ON”position or after the engine is started, afterwhich the SRI should go out.

The airbag modules are located both in thecenter of the steering wheel and in the frontpassenger’s panel above the glove box. When

B240B04Y

Passenger's Side Airbag

Upon deployment, tear seams molded directlyinto the pad covers will separate under pres-sure from the expansion of the airbags. Furtheropening of the covers then allows full inflation ofthe airbags.

A fully inflated airbag in combination with aproperly worn seat belt slows the driver’s or thepassenger’s forward motion, thus reducing therisk of head or chest injury.

After complete inflation, the airbag immediatelystarts deflating, enabling the driver to maintainforward visibility.

the SRSCM detects a considerable impact tothe front of the vehicle, it will automaticallydeploy the airbags.

SSA1110B

SSA1110C

SSA1110D


1- 24

Passenger's Airbag

YR10353A

CAUTION:When installing a container of liquid airfreshener inside a vehicle, do not place itnear the instrument cluster nor on the in-strument panel pad surface. If there is anyleakage from the air freshener onto theseareas (Instrument cluster, instrument panelpad or air ventilator), it may damage theseparts. If the liquid from the air freshenerdoes leak onto these areas, wash them withwater immediately.

WARNING:o When the SRS is activated, there may be

a loud noise and fine dust will be re-leased throughout the vehicle. These con-ditions are normal and are not hazard-ous. However, the fine dust generatedduring airbag deployment may cause skinirritation. Be sure to wash your handsand face thoroughly with lukewarm wa-

ter and a mild soap after an accident inwhich the airbags were deployed.

o The SRS can function only when theignition key is in the “ON” position. If theSRS SRI does not come on, or continu-ously remains on, after flashing for about6 seconds when the ignition key is turnedto the “ON” position, or after the engineis started, or comes on while driving, theSRS is not working properly. If this oc-curs, have your vehicle immediately in-spected by your Hyundai dealer.

o Before you replace a fuse or disconnecta battery terminal, turn the ignition key tothe “LOCK” position or remove the igni-tion key. Never remove or replace the airbag related fuse(s) when the ignition keyis in the “ON” position. Failure to heedthis warning will cause the SRS SRI toilluminate.

NOTE:Luggage or other cargo heavier than 33 lbs(15 kg) should not be placed on the passen-ger front seat. This can allow the deploy-ment of the front passenger and/or side airbag in the case of an accident.

WARNING:The Passenger Presence Detection systemis not intended to prevent airbag deploy-ment while a child is in the front passen-ger's seat. It is intended only as a means toreduce unnecessary collision damage re-pair expense by preventing airbag and seatbelt pretensioner deployment when the rightfront passenger seat is unoccupied. Deploy-ment is still possible if only a few poundsare placed upon the seat. Therefore, chil-dren must not be transported in the frontseat. All children must be seated in the rearseat and properly restrained with the vehi-cle's restraint system or a child restraintsystem appropriate for the child's size andweight.

B990A04Y-AAT

PASSENGER PRESENCE DETECTIONThe passenger presence detection system de-tects the presence of a passenger in the rightfront seat. If no passenger is recognized on thefront passenger seat, the deployment of thefront passenger and/or side airbag and seat beltpretensioner will be prevented.This system is designed to prevent the replace-ment of airbag components that deploy need-lessly in an accident.


1- 25

B240C01A-AAT

SRS Careo The SRS is virtually maintenance free and

there are no parts you can safely service byyourself. The entire SRS system must beinspected by an authorized Hyundai dealer10 years after the date that the vehicle wasmanufactured.

o Any work on the SRS system, such as re-moving, installing, repairing, or any work onthe steering wheel must be performed by aqualified Hyundai technician. Improper han-dling of the airbag system may result inserious personal injury.

WARNING:o For best protection from the side impact

airbag system and to avoid being injuredby the deploying side impact airbag, bothfront seat occupants should sit in anupright position with the seat belt prop-erly fastened. The driver's hands shouldbe placed on the steering wheel at the9:00 and 3:00 o'clock positions. Thepassenger's arms and hands should beplaced in their laps.

o Do not use any accessory seat covers.o Use of seat covers could prevent or re-

duce the effectiveness of the system.o Do not install any accessories on the

side or near the side impact airbag.o Do not use excessive force on the side of

the seat.o Do not place any objects over the airbag

or between the airbag and yourself.

Your Hyundai is equipped with a side impactairbag in each front seat. The purpose of theairbag is to provide the vehicle's driver and/orthe front passenger with additional protectionthan that offered by the seat belt alone. Theside impact airbags are designed to deploy onlyduring certain side-impact collisions, dependingon the crash severity, angle, speed and point ofimpact. The side impact airbags are not de-signed to deploy in all side impact situations.

B990B03Y-AAT

Side Impact Airbag (If installed)

B990B02Y

B990B03Y

Side airbagsensor

o Do not place any objects (an umbrella,bag, etc.) between the front door and thefront seat. Such objects may becomedangerous projectiles and cause injury ifthe supplemental side impact airbag in-flates.

o To prevent unexpected deployment ofthe side impact airbag that may result inpersonal injury,avoid impact to the sideairbag sensor when the ignition key ison.


1- 26

WARNING:o Do not install a child restraint system in

the front passenger seat position.A child restraint system must never beplaced in the front seat. The infant orbaby could be severely injured by anairbag deployment in case of an accident.

o Modification to SRS components or wir-ing, including the addition of any kind ofbadges to the pad covers or modifica-tions to the body structure, can adverselyaffect SRS performance and lead to pos-sible injury.

o For cleaning the airbag pad covers, useonly a soft, dry cloth or one which hasbeen moistened with plain water. Solventsor cleaners could adversely affect theairbag covers and proper deployment ofthe system.

B240C01A

o No objects should be placed over or nearthe airbag modules on the steering wheel,instrument panel, and the front passen-ger’s panel above the glove box, becauseany such object could cause harm if thevehicle is in a crash severe enough tocause the airbags to inflate.

o If the airbags inflate, they must be re-placed by an authorized Hyundai dealer.

o Do not tamper with or disconnect SRSwiring, or other components of the SRSsystem. Doing so could result in injury,due to accidental firing of the airbags orby rendering the SRS inoperative.

o If components of the airbag system mustbe discarded, or if the vehicle must bescrapped, certain safety precautions mustbe observed. Your Hyundai dealer knowsthese precautions and can give you thenecessary information. Failure to followthese precautions and procedures couldincrease the risk of personal injury.

o If you sell your vehicle, be sure to informthe new owner of these important pointsand make certain that this manual is trans-ferred to the new owner.

o If your car was flooded and has soakedcarpeting or water on the floor, youshouldn't try to start the engine; have thecar towed to an authorized Hyundai deal-er.


1- 27

B250A04Y-AAT

INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS 1. Hood Release Lever 2. Instrument Panel Junction box 3. Multi-Function Light/Front Fog Light Switch

(If installed) 4. Steering Wheel Tilt Lever 5. Horn and Driver Airbag (If installed) 6. Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch 7. Hazard Warning Switch 8. Digital Clock 9. Audio System10. Heating and Cooling Controls11. Passenger Air Bag (If installed)12. Glove Box13. Traction Control System (If installed)14. Panel Brightness Control Knob

(Rheostat Switch)15. Cruise Control Switch (If installed)16. Power Outlet17. Ashtray18. Cigarette Lighter19. Shift Lever20. Parking Brake Lever21. Cup Holder22. Center Console

CAUTION:When installing a container of liquid air freshener inside a vehicle, do not place it near theinstrument cluster nor on the instrument panel pad surface. If there is any leakage from theair freshener onto these areas (Instrument cluster, instrument panel pad or air ventilator), itmay damage these parts. If the liquid from the air freshener does leak onto these areas, washthem with water immediately.

HEF-042

1 2 3 4 5 6 78 9 10 11 12

13

NOTE:Switch arrangements from No. 13 to No. 15can be changed according to options.

1415 16 17 18 19 2021 22


1- 28

B260A04Y-A1

B260A05Y-GAT

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER AND INDICATOR LIGHTSINSTRUMENT CLUSTER AND INDICATOR LIGHTSINSTRUMENT CLUSTER AND INDICATOR LIGHTSINSTRUMENT CLUSTER AND INDICATOR LIGHTSINSTRUMENT CLUSTER AND INDICATOR LIGHTS

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9 10 11 13 14 15 16 17 19 20 21 22 23

1. Malfuction Indicator Light (If installed)2. Tachometer3. Turn Signal Indicator Light4. Coolant Temperature Gauge5. Fuel Gauge6. Speedometer7. Anti-Lock Brake Warning Light (If installed)8. SRS (Airbag) Warning Light (If installed) 9. Seat Belt Warning Light (If installed)

10.Trunk Lid Open Warning Light11.Door Ajar Warning Light12.Trip odometer or Trip computer (If installed)

reset switch13.High Beam Indicator Light14.Front Fog Indicator Light (If installed)15.Automatic Transaxle Position Indicator Light

(If installed)16.Odometer/Trip odometer/Trip Computer

(If installed)

17.Low Fuel Warning Light18.Trip odometer or Trip computer (If installed)

mode convert switch19.Parking Brake/Brake Fluid Level Warning

Light20.Charging System Warning Light21.Oil Pressure Warning Light22.Cruise Indicator (If installed)23.Traction Control Indicator Light (If installed)

3

12 18


1- 29

B260P02Y-GAT

ABS Service ReminderIndicator (SRI) (If installed)

When the key is turned to the “ON” position, theAnti-Lock Brake System will come on and thengo off in a few seconds. If the ABS SRI remainson, comes on while driving, or does not comeon when the key is turned to the “ON” position,this indicates that there may be a problem withthe ABS.If this occurs, have your vehicle checked byyour Hyundai dealer as soon as possible. Thenormal braking system will still be operational,but without the assistance of the anti-lock brakesystem.

CAUTION:If the both ABS SRI and Parking Brake/Brake fluid level warning lights remain "ON"or come on while driving, there may be aproblem with E.B.D (Electronic Brake ForceDistribution).

B260D01A-AAT

Turn signal Indicator Lights

The blinking green arrows on the instrumentpanel show the direction indicated by the turnsignals. If the arrow comes on but does notblink, blinks more rapidly than normal, or doesnot illuminate at all, a malfunction in the turnsignal system is indicated. Your dealer shouldbe consulted for repairs.

If this occurs, avoid sudden stops and haveyour vehicle checked by your Hyundai dealeras soon as possible.

B260G01A-AAT

Oil Pressure Warning Light

CAUTION:If the oil pressure warning light stays onwhile the engine is running, serious enginedamage may result. The oil pressure warn-ing light comes on whenever there is insuf-ficient oil pressure. In normal operation, it

B260F01A-AAT

High Beam Indicator Light

The high beam indicator light comes on when-ever the headlights are switched to the highbeam or flash position.

B260H02A-AAT

Parking Brake/Brake Fluid LevelWarning Light

WARNING:If you suspect brake trouble, have yourbrakes checked by a Hyundai dealer as soonas possible. Driving your car with a problemin either the brake electrical system or brakehydraulic system is dangerous, and couldresult in a serious injury or death.

Warning Light OperationThe parking brake/brake fluid level warning lightshould come on when the parking brake is appliedand the ignition switch is turned to "ON" or"START". After the engine is started, the lightshould go out when the parking brake is released.

should come on when the ignition switch isturned on, then go out when the engine isstarted. If the oil pressure warning lightstays on while the engine is running, thereis a serious malfunction.If this happens, stop the car as soon as it issafe to do so, turn off the engine and checkthe oil level. If the oil level is low, fill theengine oil to the proper level and start theengine again. If the light stays on with theengine running, turn the engine off immedi-ately. In any instance where the oil lightstays on when the engine is running, theengine should be checked by a Hyundaidealer before the car is driven again.

B260C02E-GAT

Traction Control IndicatorLight (If Installed)

The traction control indicator changes opera-tion according to the ignition switch position andwhether or not the system is in operation.It will also illuminate when the ignition key isturned to the "ON" position, and then go off in afew seconds. If the TCS indicator stays on,take your car to your authorized Hyundai dealerand have the system checked. See section 2for more information about the TCS system.


1- 30

If the parking brake is not applied, the warninglight should come on when the ignition switch isturned to "ON" or "START", then go out whenthe engine starts. If the light comes on at anyother time, you should slow the vehicle andbring it to a complete stop in a safe location offthe roadway.The brake warning light indicates that the brakefluid level in the brake master cylinder is lowand hydraulic brake fluid conforming to DOT 3or DOT 4 specifications should be added. Afteradding fluid, if no other trouble is found, the carshould be immediately and carefully driven to aHyundai dealer for inspection. If further troubleis experienced, the vehicle should not be drivenat all but taken to a dealer by a professionaltowing service or some other safe method.Your Hyundai is equipped with dual-diagonalbraking systems. This means you still havebraking on two wheels even if one of the dualsystems should fail. With only one of the dualsystems working, more than normal pedal traveland greater pedal pressure are required to stopthe car. Also, the car will not stop in as short adistance with only half of the brake systemworking. If the brakes fail while you are driving,shift to a lower gear for additional engine brak-ing and stop the car as soon as it is safe to doso.

B260J01A-AAT

Charging System Warning Light

The charging system warning light should comeon when the ignition is turned on, then go outwhen the engine is running. If the light stays onwhile the engine is running, there is a malfunc-tion in the electrical charging system. If the lightcomes on while you are driving, stop, turn offthe engine and check under the hood. First,make certain the generator drive belt is inplace. If it is, check the tension of the belt. Dothis as shown on page 6-14 by pushing downon the center of the belt. And then have thesystem checked by your Hyundai dealer.

B260K01S-AAT

Trunk Lid Open Warning Light

This light remains on unless the trunk lid iscompletely closed.

B260L01Y-AAT

Door Ajar Warning Lightand Chime

The door ajar warning light warns you that adoor is not completely closed and the chimewarns you that driver's side front door is notcompletely closed.

NOTE:To remind you not to lock the key inside thecar, the warning light comes on wheneverthe key is in the "LOCK" position and a dooris open. The warning chime only soundswhenever the key is in the "LOCK" positionand driver's side front door is open. Thechime sounds and the light remains on untilthe key is removed from the ignition.

B260M01A-AAT

Low Fuel Level Warning Light

The low fuel level warning light comes on whenthe fuel tank is approaching empty. When itcomes on, you should add fuel as soon aspossible. Driving with the fuel level warning lighton or with the fuel level below "E" can cause theengine to misfire and damage the catalyticconverter.

B260B01A-AAT

SRS (Airbag) ServiceReminder Indicator (SRI)

The SRS service reminder indicator (SRI) comeson and flashes for about 6 seconds after theignition key is turned to the "ON" position orafter the engine is started, after which it will goout.

This light also comes on when the SRS is notworking properly. If the SRI does not come on,or continuously remains on after flashing forabout 6 seconds when you turned the ignitionkey to the "ON" position or started the engine,or if it comes on while driving, have the SRSinspected by an authorized Hyundai Dealer.


1- 31

B270A01A-AAT

BRAKE PAD WEAR WARNINGSOUNDThe front disc brake pads have wear indicatorsthat should make a high-pitched squealing orscraping noise when new pads are needed.The sound may come and go or be heard all thetime when the vehicle is moving. It may also beheard when the brake pedal is pushed downfirmly. Excessive rotor damage will result if theworn pads are not replaced. See your Hyundaidealer immediately.

B280A01A-AAT

FUEL GAUGE

B290A01A-AAT

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATUREGAUGE

The needle on the gauge indicates the approx-imate fuel level in the fuel tank. The fuel capac-ity is given in Section 9.

B260Q01HP-DAT

Cruise Indicator (If installed)

The cruise indicator light in the instrument clus-ter is illuminated only when the vehicle cruisingspeed has been set using the control switch onthe steering wheel.The indicator light does not illuminate when themain cruise control switch is activated.Information on the use of cruise control may befound begins on page 1-49.

B260N01A-AAT

Malfunction Indicator Light

This light illuminates when there is a malfunc-tion of an exhaust gas related component, andthe system is not functioning properly so thatthe exhaust gas regulation values are not sat-isfied. This light will also illuminate when theignition key is turned to the "ON" position, andwill go out in a few seconds. If it illuminateswhile driving, or does not illuminate when theignition key is turned to the "ON" position, takeyour car to your nearest authorized Hyundaidealer and have the system checked.

HEF-010

HEF-009

B260E01A-AAT

Seat Belt Reminder LightAnd Chime

The seat belt reminder light comes on for about6 seconds when the ignition key is turned fromthe "OFF" position to "ON" or "START". If thedriver's seat belt is not fastened, the warningchime will sound at the same time.

B260A01Y-GAT

Front Fog Lamp Indicator Light(If installed)

This fog lamp indicator light comes on when-ever the front fog lamp switch is on, when theignition key is turned to the "ON" position.


1- 32

B300A01A-AAT

SPEEDOMETER

HEF-007

B330A01Y-AAT

TACHOMETER

HEF-008B

B310B02Y-GAT

ODOMETER/TRIP ODOMETER

HEF-012C

OdometerRecords the total distance the vehicle has beendriven.

NOTE:Any alteration of the odometer may voidyour warranty coverage.

Pushing in the reset switch under the right sideof the tachometer when the ignition switch isturned "ON" will display the two trip odometers.

Trip odometerRecords the distance of 2 trips in miles orkilometers.TRIP A: first distance you have traveled fromyour origination point to a first destination.TRIP B: Second distance from the first destina-tion to the final destination.

The tachometer registers the speed of yourengine in revolutions per minute (rpm). It isuseful to help you shift at the appropriate enginespeed to avoid lugging or over-revving the en-gine.

CAUTION:The engine should not be raced to such aspeed that the needle enters the red zone onthe tachometer face. This can cause severeengine damage and may void your warranty.

Your Hyundai's speedometer is calibrated inmiles per hour (on the outer scale) and kilome-ters per hour (on the inner scale).

WARNING:Never remove the radiator cap when theengine is hot. The engine coolant is underpressure and could erupt and cause severeburns. Wait until the engine is cool beforeadding coolant to the reservoir.

The needle on the engine coolant temperaturegauge should stay in the normal range. If itmoves across the dial to "H" (Hot), pull overand stop as soon as possible and turn off theengine. Then open the hood and check thecoolant reservoir level and the water pumpdrive belt. If you suspect cooling system trou-ble, have your cooling system checked by aHyundai dealer as soon as possible.


1- 33

Selectable Function

Function

This mode indicates first distance you havetraveled from your origination point to a firstdestination.

This mode indicates a second distance fromthe first destination to the final destination.

This mode indicates the total drive time thatthe ignition has been switched on and theengine has been running since the last "Drivetime" reset.

This mode indicates the average speed sincethe last "Average speed" reset.

This mode indicates the estimated distance toempty from the current fuel in the fuel tankand distance to empty symbol.

When the distance to empty is less than 50 kmor 30 miles, the distance to empty digitsdisappear and warning light [- -] blinks.

Mode

Trip A

Trip B

Drive time

Average Speed

Distance to Empty

Warning Light of

Distance to Empty

Display window

NOTE:o The distance to empty can differ from the actual tripmeter according to driving conditions.o The distance to empty can vary according to the driving conditions, driving pattern or

vehicle speed.

HEF-141B

HEF-142B

HEF-143A

HEF-144B

HEF-145B

HEF-146B

B315A02Y-GAT

TRIP COMPUTER (If installed)o The trip computer is a microcomputer-con-

trolled driver information system that dis-plays information related to driving, such astripmeter, average speed and distance toempty on the LCD.

o Pushing in the mode switch under the leftside of the speedometer changes the dis-play as follows;

o Trip A → Trip B → Drive time → AverageSpeed → Distance to Empty

o Distance to Empty is presumed information.Even though pressed for 1 second it will notreset to 0

To shift from TRIP A to TRIP B, press the resetswitch. When pressed for 1 second, it will resetto 0.


1- 34

B340C01Y-AAT

Headlight Switch

B340C01Y

To operate the headlights, turn the barrel on theend of the multi-function switch. The first posi-tion turns on the parking lights, sidelights, taillights and instrument panel lights. The secondposition turns on the headlights.

Parking light auto cutIf you do not turn the parking lights "OFF" afterdriving, the parking light will automatically shut"OFF" when the driver's door is opened.To turn them "ON" again you must simply turnthe ignition key to the "ON" position.

B340D01A-AAT

High-beam SwitchTo turn on the headlight high beams, push thelever forward (away from you). The High BeamIndicator Light will come on at the same time.For low beams, pull the lever back toward you.

B340E01A-AAT

Headlight Flasher

B340E01Y

To flash the headlights, pull the switch levertoward you, then release it. The headlights canbe flashed even though the headlight switch isin the "OFF" position.

To indicate a lane change, move the lever up ordown to a point where it begins flashing.The lever will automatically return to the centerposition when released.

B340A01A-AAT

COMBINATION TURN SIGNAL,HEADLIGHT AND HIGH-BEAMSWITCHTurn Signal OperationPulling down on the lever causes the turnsignals on the left side of the car to blink.Pushing upwards on the lever causes the turnsignals on the right side of the car to blink. Asthe turn is completed, the lever will automati-cally return to the center position and turn offthe turn signals at the same time. If either turnsignal indicator light blinks more rapidly thanusual, goes on but does not blink, or does notgo on at all, there is a malfunction in the system.Check for a burned-out fuse or bulb or see yourHyundai dealer.

B340B01A-AAT

Lane Change Signal

B340B01Y


1- 35

B360B01Y

B360B01Y-GAT

Front Fog Light Switch (If installed)

To turn on the front fog lights, place the switchin the "ON" position. They will come on whenthe headlight switch is in the first or secondposition.

B350A01A-AAT

WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHERSWITCH

B350A01L

1

2

3

The windshield wiper switch has three posi-tions:

1. Intermittent wiper operation2. Low-speed operation3. High-speed operation

NOTE:To prevent damage to the wiper system, donot attempt to wipe away heavy accumula-tions of snow or ice. Accumulated snow andice should be removed manually. If there isonly a light layer of snow or ice, operate theheater in the defrost mode to melt the snowor ice before using the wiper.

B350B01Y-GAT

Windshield Washer Operation

B350B01L

To use the windshield washer, pull the wiper/washer lever toward the steering wheel. Whenthe washer lever is operated, the wipers auto-matically make two passes across the wind-shield. The washer continues to operate untilthe lever is released.

NOTE:o Do not operate the washer more than 15

seconds at a time or when the fluid res-ervoir is empty.

o In icy or freezing weather, be sure thewiper blades are not frozen to the glassprior to operating the wipers.

o In areas where water freezes in winter,use windshield washer antifreeze.


1- 36

B380A01A-AAT

REAR WINDOW DEFROSTERSWITCH

The rear window defroster is turned on bypushing in on the switch. To turn the defrosteroff, push in on the switch a second time. Therear window defroster automatically turns itselfoff after about 15 minutes. To restart the de-

Mist Wiper Operation

B350B02L

If a single wipe is desired in mist, push theMIST operation switch at the end of the wind-shield wiper and washer control lever.

B350C01L

B350C01Y-AAT

Adjustable Intermittent Wiper Opera-tion

To use the intermittent wiper feature, place thewiper switch in the "INT" position. With theswitch in this position, the interval betweenwipes can be varied from approximately 2 to 10seconds by turning the interval adjuster barrel.

B370A01A-AAT

HAZARD WARNING SYSTEM

The hazard warning system should be usedwhenever you find it necessary to stop the carin a hazardous location. When you must makesuch an emergency stop, always pull off theroad as far as possible.The hazard warning lights are turned on bypushing in on the hazard switch. This causes allturn signal lights to blink. The hazard warninglights will operate even though the key is not inthe ignition.To turn the hazard warning lights off, push in onthe switch a second time.

1MS104018B

HEF-036

HEF-038

Automatic type

Rotary and push button type


1- 37

B410A01A-AAT

INSTRUMENT PANEL LIGHT CON-TROL (RHEOSTAT)

The instrument panel lights can be made bright-er or dimmer by turning the instrument panellight control knob.

B420A02A-AAT

CIGARETTE LIGHTERfroster cycle, push in on the switch again afterit has turned itself off.

CAUTION:Do not clean the inner side of the rearwindow glass with an abrasive type of glasscleaner or use a scraper to remove theforeign deposits from the inner surface ofthe glass as this may cause damage to thedefroster elements.

NOTE:The engine must be running for the rearwindow defroster to operate.

B400A01A-AAT

DIGITAL CLOCK

There are three control buttons for the digitalclock. Their functions are:

HOUR - Push "H" to advance the hour indi-cated.MIN - Push "M" to advance the minute indicat-ed.RESET - Push "R" to reset minutes to ":00" tofacilitate resetting the clock to the correct time.When this is done:

Pressing "R" between 10 : 30 and 11 : 29changes the readout to 11 : 00.Pressing "R" between 11 : 30 and 12 : 29changes the readout to 12 : 00.

HEF-107A

B400A02Y

B420A01O

For the cigarette lighter to work, the key mustbe in the "ACC" position or the "ON" position.To use the cigarette lighter, push it all the wayinto its socket. When the element has heated,the lighter will pop out to the "ready" position.Do not hold the cigarette lighter pressed in. Thiscan damage the heating element and create afire hazard.If it is necessary to replace the cigarette lighter,use only a genuine Hyundai replacement or itsapproved equivalent.

WARNING:Do not use electric accessories or equip-ment other than the Hyundai genuine partsin the socket.


1- 38

B430A03Y-AAT

FRONT ASHTRAY

The front ashtray may be opened by pushingand releasing the ashtray at its top edge.To clean the ashtray, the plastic ash receptacleshould be removed and lift the receptacle out.

B440A01Y-AAT

REAR ASHTRAY

B440A01Y

The rear ashtray may be opened by pulling itout by its top edge. To remove the ashtray toempty or clean it, lift it up slightly and pull it allthe way out.

B450A02Y-GAT

DRINK HOLDER (If installed)

The drink holder is located on the main consolefor holding cups or cans. The drink holder canbe opened by pushing at its cover.

CAUTION:Place the drink holder in its closed positionwhile not in use.

WARNING:Do not place objects other than cups orcans in the drink holder. Such objects canbe thrown out in the event of a sudden stopor an accident, possibly injuring the pas-sengers in the vehicle.

1MS104029 HEF-155


1- 39

ice or snow.o Periodically remove any dirt that may

have accumulated on the guide rails.

B460C01Y-AAT

Tilting the Sunroof System

B460C01Y

The sunroof can be tilted and closed with theignition key in the "ON" position. Release thebutton when the sunroof reaches the desiredposition.

NOTE:After washing the car or after there is rain,be sure to wipe off any water that is on thesunroof before operating it.

B460A01Y-AAT

SUNROOF (If installed)Sun Shade

B460A01Y

Your HYUNDAI is equipped with a sliding sun-shade which you can manually adjust to let inlight with the sunroof closed, or to block sun-light.

WARNING:Never adjust the sunshade while driving.

B460B01Y-AAT

Opening the Sunroof System

B460B01Y

The sunroof can be electrically opened or closedwith the ignition key in the "ON" position. Toopen or to close, press and hold the buttonlocated in the front of the roof panel. Releasethe button when the sunroof reaches the de-sired position.

WARNING:o Do not close a sunroof if anyone’s hands,

arms or body are between the slidingglass and the sunroof sash, as this couldresult in injury.

o Do not place your head or arms out ofthe sunroof opening at any time.

CAUTION:o Do not open the sunroof in severely cold

temperature or when it is covered with


1- 40

B460D03Y-AAT

Manual Operation of SunroofIf the sunroof does not electrically operate:

B460D01Y

1. Remove the rectangular plastic interior lightlens in the front of the roof panel.

B460D02Y

2. Remove the front overhead light and switchpanel, using a phillips screw driver.

B460D03Y

B480A01Y-AAT

MAP LIGHT (with sunroof)

The two map light switches are located on bothsides of the interior light. Push in the map lightswitch to turn the light on or off.

B480B01Y-AAT

MAP LIGHT (without sunroof)(If installed)

3. Insert the hexagonal head wrench providedwith the vehicle into the socket. This wrenchcan be found in the vehicle’s trunk or glovebox.

4. Turn the wrench clockwise to open or coun-terclockwise to close the sunroof.

HEF-198

HEF-197

Map Light Switch


1- 41

B510A01A-AAT

OUTSIDE REAR VIEW MIRRORManual Type

YL10720A

The outside rearview mirrors are equipped witha remote control for your convenience. It isoperated by the control lever in the bottom frontcorner of the window.Before driving away, always check that yourmirrors are positioned so you can see behindyou, both to the left and right sides, as well asdirectly behind your vehicle. When using themirror, always exercise caution when attempt-ing to judge the distance of vehicles behind oralong side of you.

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:If the mirror control is jammed with ice, donot attempt to break it free using the controlhandle or by manipulating the face of themirror. Use an approved spray de-icer (notradiator antifreeze) to release the frozen

o OFFIn the "OFF" position, the light stays off at alltimes even though a door is open.

B500A01A-AAT

GLOVE BOX

B500A02Y

WARNING:To avoid the possibility of injury in case ofan accident or a sudden stop, the glove boxdoor should be kept closed when the car isin motion.

To open the glove box, pull on the glove boxrelease lever.

Push in the map light switch to turn the light onor off. This light produces a spot beam forconvenient use as a map light at night or as apersonal light for the driver and the passenger.

B490A02Y-AAT

INTERIOR LIGHT

The interior courtesy light has three buttons.The three buttons are:

o DOORIn the "DOOR" position, the interior courtesylight comes on when any door is opened re-gardless of the ignition key position. The lightgoes out gradually 6 seconds after the door isclosed.

o ONIn the "ON" position, the light stays on at alltimes.

B490A02Y

With sunroof Without sunroof

Interior Light Switch


1- 42

mechanism or move the vehicle to a warmplace and allow the ice to melt.

B510B01Y-AAT

Electric Type (If installed)

The outside rearview mirrors can be adjusted toyour preferred rear vision, both directly behindthe vehicle, and to the rear of the left and rightsides.The remote control outside rearview mirrorswitch controls the adjustments for both rightand left outside mirrors.

To adjust the position of eithermirror:1. Move the selecting switch to the right or left

to activate the adjustable mechanism for thecorresponding door mirror.

2. Now, adjust mirror angle by depressing theappropriate perimeter switch as illustrated.

CAUTION:o Do not operate the switch continuously

for an unnecessary length of time.o Scraping ice from the mirror face could

cause permanent damage. To remove anyice, use a sponge, soft cloth or approvedde-icer.

WARNING:Be careful when judging the size or distanceof any object seen in the passenger siderear view mirror. It is a convex mirror with acurved surface. Any objects seen in thismirror are closer than they appear.

B510D01Y-AAT

OUTSIDE REAR VIEW MIRROR HEAT-ER (If installed)

The outside rearview mirror heater is actuatedin connection with the rear window defroster.To heat the outside rearview mirror glass, pushin the switch for the rear window defroster. Therearview mirror glass will be heated for defrost-ing or defogging and will give you improved rear

HEF-036

HEF-038

Automatic type

Rotary and push button typeHEF-129A

B510B03Y


1- 43

B510C01A-AAT

FOLDING THE OUTSIDE REAR VIEWMIRRORS

B520A01A-AAT

DAY/NIGHT INSIDE REAR VIEW MIR-ROR

B510C01Y

To fold the outside rear view mirrors, push themtoward the rear.The outside rear view mirrors can be foldedrearward for parking in narrow areas.

WARNING:Do not adjust or fold the outside rear viewmirrors while the vehicle is moving. Thiscould result in loss of control, and an acci-dent which could cause death, serious inju-ry or property damage.

YM10730A

Your Hyundai is equipped with a day/nightinside rear view mirror. The "night" position isselected by flipping the tab at the bottom of themirror toward you. In the "night" position, theglare of headlights of cars behind you is re-duced.

vision in inclement weather conditions. Pushthe switch again to turn the heater off. Theoutside rearview mirror heater automaticallyturns itself off after 15 minutes.

B520B01O-GAT

DAY/NIGHT REAR VIEW MIRROR(Electric type) (If installed)

YM10730A-1

The electric type day/night inside rearview mir-ror automatically controls the glare of head-lights of the car behind you. Adjust the rearviewmirror to the desired position.


1- 44

B540A01S-GAT

TRUNK LIDRemote Trunk Lid Release

B540B04Y-AAT

Trunk Lid Knob Lock (If installed)

To open the trunk lid without using the key pullup the lid release lever.To close, lower the trunk lid, then press downon it until it locks. To be sure the trunk lid issecurely fastened, always check by trying topull it up again.

WARNING:The trunk lid should always be kept com-pletely closed while the vehicle is in motion.If it is left open or ajar, poisonous exhaustgases may enter the car and serious illnessor death may result. See additional warn-ings concerning exhaust gases on page 2-1.

If the trunk lid lock knob (located near the latch)is in the "LOCK" position when the trunk lid isclosed, it will not be possible to open the trunklid by using the remote release. In this instance,use the master key to unlock and open thetrunk lid.To allow the trunk lid to be opened with theremote release, push the trunk lid lock knobdown, to the opposite direction of the "LOCK"position.

NOTE:Doors and trunk should be kept locked andkeys be kept out of the reach of children.Parents also should teach their childrenabout the dangers of playing in trunks.

HEF-132

B540B03Y

With the remote release

B530A01A-AAT

PARKING BRAKE

Always engage the parking brake before leav-ing the car. This also turns on the parking brakeindicator light when the key is in the "ON" or"START" position. Before driving away, be surethat the parking brake is fully released and theindicator light is off.

o To engage the parking brake, pull the leverup as far as possible.

o To release the parking brake, pull up andpress the thumb button. Then, while holdingthe button in, lower the brake lever.

HEF-154


1- 45

B550A02Y-AAT

HIGH-MOUNTED REAR STOP LIGHTYour vehicle is equipped with a glow-in-the darkemergency trunk release lever located insidethe trunk. It will glow after the trunk is closed.When pulled, this lever will release the trunklatch mechanism and open the trunk.

NOTE:o If a person is locked in the trunk by one's

own will or by another person or byaccident, pull the emergency trunk re-lease lever on the passenger side of theinside panel of the trunk. This will openthe trunk lid.

o HYUNDAI recommends that cars be keptlocked and keys be kept out of the reachof children, and that parents teach theirchildren about the dangers of playing intrunks.

WARNING:Parents should teach children about theemergency trunk release lever in their ve-hicle and how to open the trunk lid if theyare accidentally locked in the trunk.

B550A03Y

In addition to the lower-mounted rear stoplightson either side of the car, the high mounted rearstoplight in the center of the rear window alsolights when the brakes are applied.

B540C02Y-AAT

To unlock using the key

To open the trunk lid, insert the key and turn itclockwise to unlock. The trunk compartmentlight goes on when the trunk lid is opened.

B540C03Y

B540B02Y-AAT

Trunk Lid Emergency Latch Release

B545C01Y

Pull to openthe trunk


1- 46

o The fuel cap must be tightened at least 3clicks, otherwise " " light will illumi-nate.

WARNING:o Gasoline vapors are dangerous. Before

refueling, always stop the engine andnever allow sparks or open flames nearthe filler area. If you need to replace thefiller cap, use a genuine Hyundai replace-ment part.

o If you open the fuel filler cap during highambient temperatures, a slight "pressuresound" may be heard. This is normal andnot a cause for concern.Whenever you open the fuel filler cap,turn it slowly.

o Make sure the fuel filler cap is replacedand securely seated after fueling. Failureto replace or fully seat the fuel filler capwill result in fuel vapors escaping intothe atmosphere and the check engine(MIL) indicator illuminating.

o Do not "TOP-OFF" after the first nozzleshut off when refueling.

B560A02YFuel Cap Holder

B570A01L-GAT

HOOD RELEASE

1. Pull the release knob to unlatch the hood.2. Press the safety catch lever up and lift the

hood.3. Raise the hood by hand.

When closing the hood, slowly close the hoodand make sure it locks into place.

1MS104008

Hood Release Lever

B560A02Y-AAT

REMOTE FUEL-FILLER LID RELEASE

The fuel-filler lid may be opened from inside thevehicle by pushing up on the fuel-filler lid openerlocated on the driver side door.

NOTE:If the fuel-filler lid will not open because icehas formed around it, tap lightly or push onthe lid to break the ice and release the lid.Do not pry on the lid. If necessary, sprayaround the lid with an approved de-icer fluid(do not use radiator anti-freeze) or move thevehicle to a warm place and allow the ice tomelt.

HEF-132A


1- 47

B580B03Y-AAT

Illuminated Vanity MirrorOpening the lid of the vanity mirror will auto-matically turn on the mirror light when the ve-hicle lights are on.

B580A01Y-AAT

SUNVISOR

Your Hyundai is equipped with sun visors togive the driver and front passenger either fron-tal or sideward shade. The sun visors are fittedon both sides on all models. To reduce glare orto shut out direct rays of the sun, turn the sunvisor down to block the annoyance.A vanity mirror is provided on the back of thesun visor for the driver and front passenger.

NOTE:The Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)label containing useful information can befound on the back of each sun visor.

WARNING:Do not place the sun visor in such a mannerthat it obscures visibility of the roadway,traffic or other objects.

B580A02Y

B620A01S-AAT

FRONT DOOR EDGE WARNINGLIGHT (If Installed)

A red light comes on when the front door isopened. The purpose of this light is to assistwhen you get in or out and also to warn passingvehicles.

B620A02Y

WARNING:o Always double check to be sure that the

hood is firmly latched before drivingaway. If it is not latched, the hood couldfly open while the vehicle is being driven,causing a total loss of visibility, whichmight result in an accident.

o Do not move the vehicle with the hood inthe raised position, as vision is obstructedand the hood could fall or be damaged.

HEF-134A


1- 48

B600A01HP-GAT

STEERING WHEEL TILT LEVER

To adjust the steering wheel:

1. Pull the lever forward driver and hold it tounlock.

2. Raise or lower the steering wheel to thedesired position.

3. After adjustment, release the lever.

WARNING:Do not attempt to adjust the steering wheelwhile driving as this may result in loss ofcontrol of the vehicle and serious injury ordeath.

1MS04009A-2B600A02Y

B500D07O-GAT

POWER OUTLET (If installed)

These supply 12V electric power to operateelectric accessories or equipment only whenthe key is in the "ON" or "ACC" position.

WARNING:Do not use electric accessories or equip-ment other than the Hyundai genuine partsin the socket.

B610A02Y-GAT

HORN

Press the center hub on the steering wheel tosound the horn.

B611A01Y-AAT

REAR SEAT ARM REST (If installed)

This arm rest is located in the center of the rearseat back.

HEF-200

B611A02Y

Working Zone


1- 49

The cruise control system provides automaticspeed control for your comfort when driving onfreeways, tollroads, or other noncongested high-ways. This system is designed to function aboveapproximately 25 mph (40 km/h).

B660A01S-AAT

CRUISE CONTROL (If installed)

B660A03Y

B660B01L-AAT

To Set the Cruise Speed

1. Push in the cruise control main switch. Thisturns the system on.

2. Accelerate to desired cruising speed above25 mph (40 km/h).

3. Push the control switch "SET" (COAST)position. The "CRUISE" indicator light in theinstrument cluster will illuminate after youhave set the vehicle speed at the desiredspeed.

4. Remove your foot from the accelerator pedaland the desired speed will automatically bemaintained.

5. To increase speed, depress the acceleratorpedal enough for the vehicle to exceed thepreset speed. When you remove your footfrom the accelerator pedal, the vehicle willreturn to the speed you have set.

HEF-112

B990A03Y-AAT

FLOOR MAT ANCHOR

To use a floor mat on the front floor carpet,make sure it attaches to the floor mat anchor inyour vehicle.This keeps the floor mat from sliding forward.

WARNING:o Make sure the floor mat is properly placed

on the floor carpet. If the floor mat slipsand interferes with the movement of thepedals during driving, it may cause anaccident.

o Don't put an additional floor mat on thetop of the anchored mat, otherwise theadditional mat may slide forward andinterfere with the movement of the ped-als.

B660B01L

B660C02L-AAT

To Cancel the Cruise Speed

B660C01L


1- 50

B660F01L-AAT

To Reset at a Slower Speed

1. Push the control button "SET (COAST)".The vehicle will decelerate.

2. When the desired speed is obtained, releasethe control button. While the control switch ispushed, the vehicle speed will gradually de-crease.

B660E01L-GAT

To Reset at a Faster Speed1. Push the control switch "RESUME (ACCEL)"2. Accelerate to desired speed. While the con-

trol switch is held, the vehicle will graduallygain speed.

B660D01L-AAT

To Resume the Preset Speed

The vehicle will automatically resume the speedset prior to cancellation when you push thecontrol switch "RESUME (ACCEL)" (above 25mph).

B660D01L

B660B01L

Do one of the following:

o Push the control switch "CANCEL".o Depress the brake pedal.o Shift the selector lever to "N" position.o Decrease the vehicle speed lower than the

memory speed by 9 mph(15 km/h).o Decrease the vehicle speed to less than 25

mph(40 km/h).o Release the main switch.

WARNING:o Keep the main switch off when not using

the cruise control.o Do not use the cruise control when it

may not be safe to keep the car at aconstant speed, for instance, driving inheavy or varying traffic, or on slippery(rainy, icy or snow-covered) or windingroads or over 6% up-hill or down-hillroads.

o Pay particular attention to the drivingconditions whenever using the cruisecontrol system.

o During normal cruise control operation,when the "SET" button is activated orreactivated after applying the brakes, thecruise control will energize after approxi-mately 3 seconds. This delay is normal.


1- 51

B710A01Y-GAT

HEATING AND COOLING CONTROL

1. Side Ventilator2. Center Ventilator3. Windshield Defrost Ventilator

B710A01A-AAT

VENTILATIONTo operate the ventilation system:

o Set the air intake control at the fresh air( ) position.

o To direct all intake air to the dashboardvents, set the airflow control to the face ( )position.

o Adjust the fan speed control to the desiredspeed.

o Set the temperature control between "Cool"and "Warm".

B710B01A-AAT

Center VentilatorThe center ventilators are located in the middleof the dashboard.To change the direction of the airflow, turn thecontrol knob on the middle of the ventilator asdesired.

B710C01Y-AAT

Side VentilatorThe side vent knobs control the amount ofoutside air entering the vehicle through the sidevents. These vents can also be closed,so no airenters through the side vents. To change thedirection of the air flow, turn the control knobsas desired.

HEF-042

1 2 3 1


1- 52

HEF-023

B670A01Y-GAT

ROTARY AND PUSH BUTTON TYPE

This is used to turn the heating system on andoff and to select the degree of heating desired.

B670E01A-AAT

Temperature Control

HEF-032Cool Warm

B670B02Y-AAT

Fan Speed Control(Blower Control)

HFE-031

This is used to turn the blower fan on and offand to select the fan speed.The blower fan speed, and therefore the vol-ume of air delivered from the system, may becontrolled manually by setting the blower con-trol between the "1" and "4" position.

1 2 3

4 5 6

1. Air Conditioning switch2. Air intake control3. Rear window defroster4. Fan speed control5. Air flow control6. Temperature control


1- 53

B670C01Y-AAT

Air Intake Control

HEF-037

This is used to select fresh outside air or recircu-lation inside air.

Fresh

Recirculation

With the " " mode selected, air enters thevehicle from outside and is heated or cooledaccording to the other functions selected.With the " " mode selected, air from withinthe passenger compartment is drawn throughthe heating system and heated or cooled ac-cording to the other functions selected.

NOTE:o It should be noted that prolonged opera-

tion of the heating system in " " modewill give rise to fogging of the windshieldand side windows and the air within the

passenger compartment will becomestale. In addition prolonged use of the airconditioning with the " " mode se-lected may result in the air within thepassenger compartment becoming ex-cessively dry.

o When the ignition switch is turned "ON"the air intake control will change to " "mode (regardless of switch position). Thisis normal operation.

HEF-030

HEF-043

HEF-044

B670D04A-AAT

Air Flow Control

This is used to direct the flow of air. Air can bedirected to the floor, dashboard outlets, or wind-shield. Five symbols are used to representFace, Bi-Level, Floor, Floor-Defrost and De-frost air position.

Bi-LevelAir is discharged through the face vents and thefloor vents. This makes it possible to havecooler air from the dashboard vents and warmerair from the floor outlets at the same time.

Face-LevelSelecting the "Face" mode will cause air to bedischarged through the face level vents.


1- 54

B690A03Y-AAT

HEATING CONTROLSFor normal heating operation, set the air intakecontrol to the fresh air ( ) position and the airflow control to the floor ( ) position.

For faster heating, the air intake control shouldbe set in the recirculate ( ) position.

If the windows fog up, set the air flow control tothe defrost ( ) position. The air intake controlwill change to fresh mode automatically.

For maximum heat, move the temperature con-trol to "Warm".

B740C01A-AAT

De-Humidified HeatingFor dehumidified heating:

o Turn on the fan control switch.o Turn on the air conditioning switch. The air

conditioning indicator light should come onat the same time.

o Set the air intake control to the fresh air( ) position.

o Set the air flow control to the face ( )position.

o Adjust the fan control to the desired speed.o For more rapid action, set the fan at one of

the higher speeds.o Adjust the temperature control to provide the

desired amount of warmth.

HEF-045

HEF-046

Floor-LevelAir is discharged through the floor vents.

Floor-Defrost LevelAir is discharged through the windshield defrostvents and the floor vents.If the "Floor-Defrost" mode is selected, the airintake control will change to "Fresh" mode.

Defrost-LevelAir is discharged through the windshield defrostvents. If the "Defrost" mode is selected, the airintake control will change to "Fresh" mode.

HEF-047


1- 55

NOTE:o When the A/C is operated continuously on the floor-defrost level ( ) or defrost level ( ), it may cause

fog to form on the exterior windshield. If this occurs, set the air flow control to the face level position( ) and fan speed control to the low position.

o In high humidity conditions, defrost position can be used with the A/C and the air intake in the ( )position for increased defogging action.

To remove interior fog on the windshield.o Set the air flow control to the defrost ( ) position.

The air intake control will change to fresh modeautomatically.

o Set the temperature control at the desired position.o Set the fan speed control between 1 and 4 position.

To remove frost or exterior fog on the windshield;o Set the air flow control to the defrost ( ) position.

The air intake control will change to fresh modeautomatically.

o Set the temperature control to warm.o Set the fan speed control to position 3 or 4.

B720A08Y-AAT

DEFROSTING/DEFOGGING

B720A01Y B720A02Y

A Type B Type A Type B Type


1- 56

B730A03Y-AAT

OPERATION TIPSo To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from

entering the car through the ventilation sys-tem, temporarily set the air intake control atthe position. Be sure to return the con-trol to the position when the irritationhas passed to keep fresh air in the vehicle.This will help keep the driver alert and com-fortable.

o Air for the heating/cooling system is drawnin through the grilles just ahead of the wind-shield. Care should be taken that these arenot blocked by leaves, snow, ice or otherobstructions.

o To prevent interior fog on the windshield, setthe air intake control to the fresh air ( )position and fan speed to the desired posi-tion.

o When the A/C is operated continuously onthe floor-defrost level ( ) or defrost level( ), it may cause fog to form on the exteriorwindshield by the temperature differencial.At this time set the air flow control to the facelevel position ( ) and fan speed control tothe low position.

B740A01S-AAT

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMAir Conditioning Switch

HEF-041

The air conditioning is turned on or off bypushing the A/C button on the heating/air con-ditioning control panel.

B740B01A-AAT

Air Conditioning Operation(If installed)Cooling

HEF-023

To use the air conditioning to cool the interior:

o Set the side vent control to " ", to shut offthe outside air entry.

o Turn on the fan control switch.o Turn on the air conditioning switch by push-

ing in on the switch. The air conditioningindicator light should come on at the sametime.

o Set the air intake control to the fresh air( ) position.

o Set the temperature control to "Cool". ("Cool"provides maximum cooling. The tempera-ture may be moderated by moving the con-trol toward "Warm".)

o Adjust the fan control to the desired speed.For greater cooling, turn the fan control toone of the higher speeds or temporarilyselect the recirculate ( ) position on theair intake control.


1- 57

B970A01Y-AAT

AUTOMATIC HEATING AND COOL-ING CONTROL SYSTEM (If lnstalled)Your Hyundai is equipped with an automaticheating and cooling control system controlledby simply setting the desired temperature.

B970B03Y-GAT

Heating and Cooling ControlsTYPE A (Without Air Quality System)

TYPE B (With Air Quality System)

1 2 3 4 5

6 7 8 9 10 11

1. Blower Fan Control Switch2. AUTO (Automatic Control)Switch3. OFF Switch4. Display Window5. Temperature Control6. Defroster Switch

HEF-022

HEF-021

7. Rear Window Defroster Switch8. Air Flow Control Switch9. Air Conditioning Switch10. Ambient Switch11. Air lntake Control Switch12. Air Quality System Switch (If installed)

1 2 3 4 5

6 7 8 9 10 11 12


1- 58

B970C03L-AAT

Automatic Operation

HEF-040

The FATC (Full Automatic Temperature Con-trol) system automatically controls heating andcooling as follows:

1. Push the "AUTO" switch. The indicator lightwill illuminate confirming that the Face, Floorand/or Bi-Level modes as well as the blowerspeed and, air conditioner will be controlledautomatically.

2. Push the "TEMP" button to set the desiredtemperature.The temperature will increase to the maxi-mum 90°F(32°C) by pushing on thebutton. Each push of the button will causethe temperature to increase by 1°F(0.5°C).The temperature will decrease to the mini-mum 62°F(17°C) by pushing on thebutton. Each push of the button will causethe temperature to decrease by 1°F(0.5°C).

HEF-033

NOTE:Never place anything over the sensor whichis located on the instrument panel to ensurebetter control of the heating and coolingsystem.

NOTE:If the battery has been discharged or dis-connected, the temperature mode will resetto centigrade degrees.This is a normal condition and you canchange the temperature mode from centi-grade to fahrenheit as follows;Press the TEMP down ( ) button 3 secondsor more with the AMB button held down.The display shows that the unit of tempera-ture is adjusted to centigrade or fahrenheit(°C → °F or °F → °C).

YT10677A

Photo Sensor


1- 59

HEF-034

Pressing the button displays the ambient tem-perature on the LCD.

B995A02Y-GAT

AMBIENT SWITCH

B980A01Y-AAT

MANUAL OPERATIONThe heating and cooling system can be con-trolled manually as well by pushing buttonsother than the "AUTO" button. In this state, thesystem sequentially works according to theorder of buttons selected.The function of the buttons which are not se-lected will be controlled automatically.Press the "AUTO" button in order to convert toautomatic control of the system.

B980B02Y-AAT

Fan Speed Control Switch

HEF-024

The fan speed can be set to the desired speedby pressing the appropriate fan speed controlbutton. The higher the fan speed is, the more airis delivered. Pressing the "OFF" button turns offthe fan.

B670C01Y-AAT

Air Intake ControlAir Intake ControlAir Intake ControlAir Intake ControlAir Intake Control Switch(Without A.Q.S)

HEF-027

This is used to select fresh outside air orrecirculation inside air.To change the air intake control mode, (Freshmode, Recirculation mode) push the controlbutton.

FRESH MODE ( ) : The indicator light on thebutton goes on when the air intake control is freshmode.

RECIRCULATION MODE ( ) : The indica-tor light on the button is illuminated when the airintake control is recirculation mode.

With the "Fresh" mode selected, air enters thevehicle from the outside and is heated or cooledaccording to the function selected.


1- 60

Exhaust gas cutoff mode :Air enters the vehicle from the outside.But if exhaust gas enters the vehicle from theoutside, the exhaust gas cutoff mode ( ) isautomatically converted to the ( ) mode, toprevent exhaust gas from entering the vehicle.


tion of the heating system in recircula-tion mode ( ) will give rise to mistingof the winds-hield and side windows andthe air within the passenger compart-ment will become stale. In addition, pro-longed use of the air conditioning withthe recirculation mode ( ) selectedmay result in the air within the passengercompartment becoming excessively dry.

o When the ignition switch is turned "ON"the air intake control will change to"Fresh" mode (regardless of switch posi-tion). This is normal operation. The airintake control operates in "AUTO" modewhen turning the ignition to the ON posi-tion if the "AUTO" mode was used beforeshutting off the engine.

CAUTION:If the windows fog up with the Recirculation orA.Q.S mode selected, set the air intake controlto the Fresh air position or A.Q.S control to"OFF".

This is used to select fresh outside air or recirculateinside air automatically.

: OFF: ON

Fresh mode :Air enters the vehicle from the outside and isheated or cooled according to the function se-lected.

Recirculation mode :Air from within the passenger compartment will bedrawn through the heating system and heated orcooled according to the function selected.

B980C02Y-GAT

Air Intake Control Switch (With A.Q.S)(If Installed)

HEF-028

With the "Recirculation" mode selected, and airfrom within the passenger compartment will bedrawn through the heating system and heatedor cooled according to the function selected.


tion of the heating system in "recircula-tion" mode will give rise to fogging of thewindshield and side windows and the airwithin the passenger compartment willbecome stale. In addition, prolonged useof the air conditioning with the "Recircu-lation" mode selected may result in theair within the passenger compartmentbecoming excessively dry.

o When the ignition switch is turned "ON"the air intake control will change to " "mode (regardless of switch position). Thisis normal operation. The air intake con-trol operates in "AUTO" mode when turn-ing the ignition to the ON position if the"AUTO" mode was used before shuttingoff the engine.


1- 61

Bi-LevelWhen selecting the "Bi-Level" mode, the indica-tor light will come on and the air will be dis-charged through the face vents and the floor HEF-046

Face-LevelWhen selecting the "Face" mode, the indicatorlight will come on, causing air to be dischargedthrough the face level vents.

HEF-043

HEF-044

Floor-LevelWhen selecting the "Floor-Level" mode, theindicator light will come on and the air will bedischarged through the floor vents.

HEF-045

vents. This makes it possible to have cooler airfrom the dashboard vents and warmer air fromthe floor outlets at the same time.

B980D01Y-AAT

Heating and Cooling System OffPress the "OFF" button to stop the operation ofthe heating and cooling system.

B980E01Y-GAT

Air Flow Control

HEF-025

This is used to direct the flow of air. Air can bedirected to the floor, dashboard outlets, or wind-shield. Four symbols are used to representFace, Bi-Level, Floor, Floor-Defrost position.


1- 62

B760A05Y-AAT

AIR FILTER (FOR EVAPORATOR ANDBLOWER UNIT) (If installed)

B760A01Y

Inside of avehicle

Evaporator coreFilter Blower

Outside air

Inside air

The air filter is located in the evaporator behindthe glove box.It operates to prevent pollutants from enteringthe car and to purify the air.

CAUTION:o Replace the filter every 12,000 miles

(20,000 km) or once a year.

B980G02Y-GAT

Auto de-humidified control (If in-stalled)There is a humidity sensor on the package tray,In case it is very humid inside the car. The airconditioning is turned on automatically to con-trol the humidity.

If the car is being driven in severe condi-tions such as dusty, rough roads, morefrequent air filter inspections and chang-es are required.

o When the air flow rate is suddenly de-creased, it must be checked at an autho-rized dealer.

o If your vehicle is not equipped with thisfilter, it can be installed by your dealers.Check with your dealer for details.

B740D01Y-AAT

Operation Tipso If the interior of the car is hot when you first

get in, open the windows for a few minutesto expel the hot air.

o When you are using the air conditioningsystem, keep all windows closed to keephot air out.

o When moving slowly, as in heavy traffic,shift to a lower gear. This increases enginespeed, which in turn increases the speed ofthe air conditioning compressor.

o On steep grades, turn the air conditioning offto avoid the possibility of the engine over-heating.

o During winter months or in periods when theair conditioning is not used regularly, run theair conditioning once every month for a fewminutes. This will help circulate the lubri-cants and keep your system in peak operat-ing condition.

Floor-Defrost LevelWhen selecting the "Floor-Defrost" mode, theindicator light will come on and the air will bedischarged through the windshield defrost ventsand the floor vents.

B980F02Y-AAT

Defrost Switch

When the "Defrost" button is pressed, the " "mode will be automatically selected and the airwill be discharged through the windshield de-frost vents. To assist in defrosting the air con-ditioning will operate if ambient temperature ishigher than 38.3 F°(3.5°C) and automaticallyturns off if the ambient temperature drops below38.3 F°(3.5°C).

HEF-035


1- 63

FM broadcasts are transmitted at high frequen-cy and do not bend to follow the earth's surface.Because of this, FM broadcasts generally beginto fade at short distances from the station. Also,FM signals are easily affected by buildings,mountains, or other obstructions. These canresult in certain listening conditions which mightlead you to believe a problem exists with yourradio. The following conditions are normal anddo not indicate radio trouble:

Unobstructedarea

Buildings

Obstructed areaIron bridges

SSAR012A

Mountains

FM radio station

SSAR011A

AM receptionIonosphere

AM broadcasts can be received at greater dis-tances than FM broadcasts. This is becauseAM radio waves are transmitted at low fre-quency. These long, low frequency radio wavescan follow the curvature of the earth rather thantravelling straight out into the atmosphere. Inaddition, they curve around obstructions so thatthey can provide better signal coverage.

B750A02A-AAT

STEREO SOUND SYSTEMHow Car Audio Works

SSAR010A

IonosphereFM reception

AM and FM radio signals are broadcast fromtransmitter towers located around your city.They are intercepted by the radio antenna onyour car. This signal is then received by theradio and sent to your car speakers.When a strong radio signal has reached yourvehicle, the precise engineering of your audiosystem ensures high quality reproduction. How-ever, in some cases the signal coming to yourvehicle is not strong and clear. This can be dueto factors such as the distance from the radiostation, closeness of other strong radio stationsor the presence of buildings, bridges or otherlarge obstructions in the area.


1- 64

SSAR014A

o Station Swapping - As a FM signal weak-ens, another more powerful signal near thesame frequency may begin to play. This isbecause your radio is designed to lock ontothe clearest signal. If this occurs, selectanother station with a stronger signal.

o Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio signals be-ing received from several directions cancause distortion or fluttering. This can becaused by a direct and reflected signal fromthe same station, or by signals from twostations with close frequencies. If this oc-curs, select another station until the condi-tion has passed.

B750B02Y-AAT

Using a cellular phone or a two-wayradioWhen a cellular phone is used inside the vehi-cle, noise may be produced from the audioequipment. This does not mean that somethingis wrong with the audio equipment. In such acase, use the cellular phone at a place as far aspossible from the audio equipment.

CAUTION:When using a communication system sucha cellular phone or a radio set inside thevehicle, a separate external antenna mustbe fitted. When a cellular phone or a radioset is used with an internal antenna alone, itmay interfere with the vehicle's electricalsystem and adversely affect safe operationof the vehicle.

WARNING:Don't use a cellular phone when you aredriving, you must stop at a safe place to usea cellular phone.

SSAR013A

o Fading - As your car moves away from theradio station, the signal will weaken andsound will begin to fade. When this occurs,we suggest that you select another strongerstation.

o Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals or largeobstructions between the transmitter andyour radio can disturb the signal causingstatic or fluttering noises to occur. Reducingthe treble level may lessen this effect untilthe disturbance clears.


1- 65

H240A01O-GAT

STEREO RADIO OPERATION (H240) (If Installed)

H240A01O

1. POWER ON/OFF, VOLUME Control Knob

5. BAND Selector

4. TUNE/SEEK Select Button 7. SCAN Button

6. PRESET Buttons 2. BASS/BALANCE Control Knob (BASS/BAL)

3. TREBLE/FADER Control Knob (TREB/FAD)

SEEK


1- 66

FAD (Fader Control) KnobPull the treble control knob further out.Turn the control knob counterclockwise to em-phasize front speaker sound. (Rear speakersound will be attenuated)When the control knob is turned clockwise,rear speaker sound will be emphasized.(Front speaker sound will be attenuated)

4. TUNE (Manual) Select ButtonPress the side or side to increase or todecrease the frequency. Press either buttonand hold down to continuously scroll. Releasebutton once the desired station is reached.

SEEK Operation (Automatic ChannelSelection)Press the TUNE select button 1 sec ormore.Releasing will automatically tune to thenext available station with a beep sound.When the side is pressed longer than 1second, releasing will automatically tune to thenext higher frequency and when the side ispressed longer than 1 second, releasing willautomatically tune to the next lower frequency.

5. BAND SelectorPressing the button changes the AM, FM1and FM2 bands. The mode selected is dis-played on LCD.

6. PRESET STATION SELECT ButtonSix (6) stations for AM, FM and FM2 respec-tively can be preset in the electronic memorycircuit on this unit.

HOW TO PRESET STATIONSSix AM and twelve FM stations may be pro-grammed into the memory of the radio. Then,by simply pressing the band select button and/or one of the six station select buttons, youmay recall any of these stations instantly. Toprogram the stations, follow these steps:

o Press band selector to set the band for AM,FM, or FM2.

o Select the desired station to be stored byseek or manual tuning.

o Determine the preset station select buttonyou wish to use to access that station.

o Press the station select button for morethan two seconds. A select button indicatorwill show in the display indicating whichselect button you have depressed. Thefrequency display will flash after it hasbeen stored into the memory with a beepsound. You should then release the button,and proceed to program the next desiredstation. A total of 18 stations can be pro-grammed by selecting one AM and two FMstations per button.

o When completed, any preset station maybe recalled by selecting AM, FM or FM2band and the appropriate station button.

H240B03O-GAT

1. POWER ON-OFF Control KnobThe radio unit may be operated when theignition key is in the “ACC” or “ON” position.Press the knob to switch the power on. TheLCD shows the radio frequency in the radiomode or the tape direction indicator in the tapemode. To switch the power off, press the knobagain.

VOLUME ControlRotate the knob clockwise to increase thevolume and turn the knob counterclockwise toreduce the volume.

2. BASS Control KnobPress to pop the knob out and turn to the leftor right for the desired bass tone.

BAL (Balance Control) KnobPull the bass control knob further out. Turn thecontrol knob clockwise to emphasize rightspeaker sound. (Left speaker sound will beattenuated)When the control knob is turned counterclock-wise, left speaker sound will be emphasized.(Right speaker sound will be attenuated)

3. TREB (Treble Control) KnobPress to pop the knob out and turn to the leftor right for the desired treble tone.

FM/AM


1- 67

7. SCAN ButtonWhen the scan button is pressed, the fre-quency will increase and the receivable sta-tions will be tuned in one after another, receiv-ing each station for 5 seconds. To stop scan-ning, press the scan button again.


1- 68

H240C01O-GAT

CASSETTE TAPE PLAYER OPERATION (H240) (If Installed)

H240A01O

3. TAPE PROGRAM Button

2. AUTO MUSIC SELECT Button

4. EJECT Button

1. FF/REW Button

6. TAPE SLOT

SEEK

5. DOLBY SELECT Button


1- 69

H240A03O-GAT

1. FF/REW Buttono The FF (fast forward tape winding) starts

when the button is pressed during thePLAY or REW.

o The play starts when the button is press-ed again during the FF.

o The REW (rewinding) starts when the bu-tton is pressed during the PLAY or FF.

o The play starts when the button is press-ed again during the REW.

2. AUTO MUSIC SELECT ButtonPress the button to find the starting point ofeach song in a prerecorded music tape.The quiet space between songs (must have atleast a 4 sec. gap) can be accepted by theAUTO MUSIC SELECT button.

o Pressing the button will play the beginn-ing of the next music segment.

o Pressing the button will start replay at thebeginning of the music just listened to.

3. TAPE PROGRAM ButtonThis allows you to play the reverse side of thetape by merely depressing the program button.An arrow will appear in the display to show tapedirection.

NOTE:When tape operation is abnormal or ER8 faultcode is displayed, press the eject buttonmore than 5 seconds to reset the deck func-tion.

4. EJECT Buttono When the EJECT button is pressed with the

cassette loaded, the cassette is ejected.o When the EJECT button is pressed during

the FF/REW, the cassette is ejected.

5. DOLBY SELECT ButtonIf you get background noise during PLAY, youcan reduce this considerably by merely press-ing DOLBY SELECT button.If you want to release, press the button again.


1- 70

H260A01O-AAT


H260A01O

1. POWER ON-OFF/VOLUME/BALANCE Control Knob

2. FADER Control Knob

3. BASS/TREBLE Control Knob

4. SCAN Button

6. BAND Selector

5. TUNE/SEEK Select Button

7. PRESET Button


1- 71

3. BASS Control KnobPress to pop the knob out and turn to the left orright for the desired bass tone.

TREB (Treble Control) KnobPull the bass control knob further out. Turn tothe left or right for the desired treble tone.

4. SCAN ButtonWhen the scan button is pressed, the fre-quency will increase and the receivable sta-tions will be tuned in one after another, receiv-ing each station for 5 seconds. To stop scan-ning, press the scan button again.

5. TUNE (Manual) Select ButtonPress the ( ) side or ( ) side to increase orto decrease the frequency. Press either buttonand hold down to continuously scroll. Releasebutton once the desired station is reached.

SEEK Operation (Automatic ChannelSelection)Press the TUNE select button for 1 sec ormore. Releasing it will automatically tune to thenext available station with a beep sound.When the ( ) side is pressed longer than 1second, releasing will automatically tune to thenext higher frequency and when the ( ) sideis pressed longer than 1 second, releasing willautomatically tune to the next lower frequency.

6. BAND SelectorPressing the button changes the AM, FM1and FM2 bands. The mode selected is dis-played on LCD.

7. PRESET STATION SELECT ButtonSix (6) stations for AM, FM or FM2 respectivelycan be preset in the electronic memory circuiton this unit.

HOW TO PRESET STATIONSSix AM and twelve FM stations may be pro-grammed into the memory of the radio. Then,by simply pressing the band select button and/or one of the six station select buttons, you mayrecall any of these stations instantly. To pro-gram the stations, follow these steps:

o Press band selector to set the band for AM,FM or FM2.

o Select the desired station to be stored byseek, scan or manual tuning.


o Press the station select button for more thantwo seconds. A select button indicator willshow in the display indicating which selectbutton you have depressed. The frequencydisplay will flash after it has been stored intothe memory.

H260B03E-AAT

1. POWER ON-OFF Control KnobThe radio unit may be operated when the igni-tion key is in the “ACC” or “ON” position. Pressthe knob to switch the power on. The LCDshows the radio frequency in the radio mode orthe CD track indicator in either the CD mode orCD AUTO CHANGER mode. To switch thepower off, press the knob again.

VOLUME ControlRotate the knob clockwise to increase the vol-ume and turn the knob counterclockwise toreduce the volume.

BALANCE ControlPull and turn the control knob clockwise toemphasize right speaker sound (Left speakersound will be attenuated). When the controlknob is turned counterclockwise, left speakersound will be emphasized. (Right speaker soundwill be attenuated)

2. FAD (Fader Control) KnobTurn the control knob counterclockwise to em-phasize front speaker sound. (Rear speakersound will be attenuated) When the controlknob is turned clockwise, rear speaker soundwill be emphasized. (Front speaker sound willbe attenuated)

FM/AM


1- 72

You should then release the button, andproceed to program the next desired station.A total of 18 stations can be programmed byselecting one AM and two FM stations perbutton.

o When completed, any preset station may berecalled by selecting AM, FM or FM2 bandand the appropriate station button.


1- 73

H260B01O-AAT

COMPACT DISC PLAYER OPERATION (H260) (If Installed)

H260A01O

1.Playing CD

2. FF/REW Button

3. TRACK UP/DOWN

4. SCAN Button

5. REPEAT Button

6. EJECT Button


1- 74

B260D01O-AAT

1. Playing CDo Insert the CD with the label facing upward.o Insert the CD to start CD playback, during

radio operation.o When a disc is in the CD deck, if you press

the play button, the CD player will beginplaying even if the radio is being used.

o The CD player can be used when the ignitionswitch is in either the "ON" or "ACC" position.

2. FF/REW ( / )If you want to fast forward or reverse throughthe compact disc track, push and hold in the FF( ) or REW ( ) button.When you release the button, the compact discplayer will resume playing.

3. TRACK UP/DOWNo The desired track on the disc currently being

played can be selected using the track num-ber.

o Press once to skip forward to the beginn-ing of the next track. Press once to skipback to the beginning of the track.

4. SCAN Buttono Press the SCAN button to playback the first

10 seconds of each track.o Press the SCAN button again within 10 sec.

for the desired track.

5. REPEAT Buttono To repeat the music you are listening to,

press the RPT button. To cancel , pressagain.

o If you do not release RPT operation, whenthe track ends, it will automatically be re-played.This process will be continued until youpush the button again.

6. EJECT ButtonWhen the EJECT button is pressed with theCD loaded, the CD is ejected.

NOTE:o To assure proper operation of the unit,

keep the vehicle interior temperaturewithin a normal range by using thevehicle’s air conditioning or heating sys-tem.

o When replacing the fuse, replace it with afuse having the correct capacity.

o The preset station frequencies are allerased when the car battery is discon-nected. Therefore, all data will have to beset again if this should occur.

o Do not add any oil to the rotating parts.Keep magnets, screwdrivers and othermetallic objects away from the tapemechanism and head.

o This equipment is designed to be usedonly in a 12 volt DC battery system withnegative ground.

o This unit is made of precision parts. Donot attempt to disassemble or adjust anyparts.

o When driving your vehicle, be sure tokeep the volume of the unit set lowenough to allow you to hear sounds com-ing from the outside.

o Do not expose this equipment (includingthe speakers) to water or excessive mois-ture.


1- 75

H290A01O-AAT


H290A01O

1. POWER ON/OFF VOLUME Control Knob8. SCAN Button

5. PRESET Buttons

4. TUNE/SEEK Select Button

6. BAND Select Button

7. EQUALIZER Button

3. TREBLE/FAD Konb

2. BASS/BALANCE Control Knob

SCAN


1- 76

H290B03E-GAT

1. POWER ON-OFF Control KnobThe radio unit may be operated when the igni-tion key is in the "ACC" or "ON" position. Pressthe button to switch the power on. The displayshows the radio frequency in the radio mode,the tape direction indicator in the tape mode orCD track in either the CD mode or CD AUTOCHANGER mode. To switch the power off,press the button again.

VOLUME ControlRotate the knob clockwise to increase the vol-ume and turn the knob counterclockwise toreduce the volume.

2. BASS/BALANCE Control KnobBASS Control KnobPress to pop the knob out. To increase thebass, rotate the knob clockwise, while to de-crease the bass, rotate the knob counterclock-wise.

BALANCE Control knobPull the Bass control knob out further. Rotatethe knob clockwise to emphasize right speakersound. (Left speaker sound will be attenuated)When the control knob is turned counterclock-wise, left speaker sound will be emphasized(Right speaker sound will be attenuated).

3. TREBLE/FAD KnobTREBLE Control KnobPress to pop the knob out and turn to the left orright for the desired treble tone.

FAD (Fader Control) KnobPull the Treble control knob out further. Turn thecontrol knob counterclockwise to emphasizefront speaker sound. (Rear speaker sound willbe attenuated) When the control knob is turnedclockwise, rear speaker sound will be empha-sized. (Front speaker sound will be attenuated)

4. TUNE (Manual) Select ButtonPress the ( ) side or ( ) side to increase orto decrease the frequency. Press either buttonand hold down to continuously scroll. Releasebutton once the desired station is reached.

SEEK Operation (Automatic ChannelSelection)Press the TUNE select button for 0.5 sec ormore. Releasing it will automatically tune to thenext available station with a beep sound.When the ( ) side is pressed longer than 0.5second, releasing will automatically tune to thenext higher frequency and when the ( ) side ispressed longer than 0.5 second, releasing willautomatically tune to the next lower frequency.

5. PRESET STATION Select ButtonsSix (6) stations for AM, FM and FM2 respec-tively can be preset in the electronic memorycircuit.

HOW TO PRESET STATIONSSix AM and twelve FM stations may be pro-grammed into the memory of the radio. Then,by simply pressing the band select button and/or one of the six station select buttons, you mayrecall any of these stations instantly. To pro-gram the stations, follow these steps:

o Press band selector to set the band for AM,FM or FM2.

o Select the desired station to be stored byseek or manual tuning.


o Press the station select button for more thantwo seconds. A select button indicator willshow in the display indicating which selectbutton you have depressed. The frequencydisplay will flash after it has been stored intothe memory with beep sound. You shouldthen release the button, and proceed toprogram the next desired station. A total of18 stations can be programmed by selectingone AM and two FM station per button.

o When completed, any preset station may berecalled by selecting AM, FM or FM2 bandand the appropriate station button.


1- 77

6. BAND SelectorPressing the button changes the AM, FM1and FM2 bands. The mode selected is shownon the display.

7. EQUALIZER ButtonPress the EQ button to select the CLASSIC,JAZZ, ROCK and DEFEAT MODE for the de-sired tone quality. Each press of the buttonchanges the display as follows;

8. Best Station Memory Button (BSM)(If installed)

When the BSM button is pressed for two sec-onds or longer, the six channels from the high-est field intensity are selected next and storedin memory. The stations selected are stored inthe sequence frequency from the first presetkey.

SCAN Button (If installed)When the scan button is pressed, the fre-quency will increase and the receivable sta-tions will be tuned in one after another, receiv-ing each station for 5 seconds. To stop scan-ning, press the scan button again.

CLASSIC → JAZZ → ROCK → DEFEAT↑

FM/AM


1- 78

H290C01O-AAT

CASSETTE TAPE PLAYER OPERATION (H290) (If Installed)

H290A01O

5. EQUALIZER Button

4. TAPE EJECT Button

2. AUTO MUSIC Select Button

3. TAPE PROGRAM Button

6. DOLBY Button1. FF/REW Button

SCAN


1- 79

H290D01O-GAT

1. FF/REW Buttono Fast forward tape winding starts when the

FF ( ) button is pressed during the PLAYor REW mode.

o Tape play starts when the FF ( ) buttonis pressed again during the FF mode.

o Tape rewinding starts when the REW( ) button is pressed during the PLAY orFF mode.

o Tape play starts when the REW ( ) buttonpressed again during the REW mode.

2. AUTO MUSIC Select ButtonPress the button to find the starting point ofeach song in a prerecorded music tape. Thequiet space between songs (must have at leasta 4 sec. gap) can be accepted by the AUTOMUSIC Select button.

o Pressing the button will play the beginn-ing of the next music segment.

o Pressing the button will start replay atthe beginning of the music just listened to.

3. TAPE PROGRAM ButtonThis allows you to play the reverse side of thetape by merely depressing the program button.An arrow will appear in the display to show tapedirection.

4. TAPE EJECT buttono When the button is pressed with the

cassette loaded, the cassette is ejected.o When the button is pressed during the

FF/REW mode, the cassette is ejected.

5. EQ ButtonPress the EQ button to select the CLASSIC,JAZZ, ROCK and DEFEAT MODE for the de-sired tone quality. Each press of the buttonchanges the display as follows;

6. DOLBY ButtonIf you get background noise during tape PLAY,you can reduce this considerably by merelypressing the DOLBY button. If you want tocancel the DOLBY feature, press the buttonagain.



1- 80

H290E01O-AAT

COMPACT DISC PLAYER OPERATION (H290) (If Installed)

H290A01O

5. EQUALIZER Button

3. TRACK UP/DOWN

1. CD Select Button

4. REPEAT2. FF/REW Button

6. CD EJELT Button

7. SCAN ButtonSCAN


1- 81

6. CD EJECT ButtonWhen the button is pressed with the CDloaded, the CD is ejected.

7. SCAN Buttono Press the SCAN button to playback the first

10 seconds of each track.o Press the SCAN button again within 10 sec.

for the desired track.

H290F01O-GAT

1. CD Select Buttono Insert the CD with the label facing upward.o Insert the CD to start CD playback, during

radio operation or cassette tape playing.o When a disc is in the CD deck, if you press

the play button the CD player will beginplaying even if the radio or cassette player isbeing used.

o The CD player can be used when the igni-tion switch is in either the "ON" or "ACC"position.

2. FF/REW ( / )If you want to fast forward or reverse throughthe compact disc track, push and hold in the FF( ) or REW ( ) button.When you release the button, the compact discplayer will resume playing.

3. TRACK UP/DOWNo The desired track on the disc currently being

played can be selected using the track num-ber.

o Press button once to skip forward to thebeginning of the next track. Press buttononce to skip back to the beginning of thetrack.

4. REPEATo To repeat the music you are listening to,

press the RPT button. To cancel , pressagain.

o If you do not release RPT operation whenthe track ends, it will automatically be re-played.This process will be continued until youpush the button again.

5. EQUALIZER ButtonPress the EQ button to select the CLASSIC,JAZZ, ROCK and DEFEAT MODE for the de-sired tone quality. Each press of the buttonchanges the display as follows;

NOTE:o To assure proper operation of the unit,

keep the vehicle interior temperaturewithin a normal range by using thevehicle’s air conditioning or heating sys-tem.

o When replacing the fuse, replace it with afuse having the correct capacity.

o The preset station frequencies are allerased when the car battery is discon-nected. Therefore, all data will have to beset again if this should occur.

o Do not add any oil to the rotating parts.Keep magnets, screwdrivers and othermetallic objects away from the tapemechanism and head.

o This equipment is designed to be usedonly in a 12 volt DC battery system withnegative ground.

o This unit is made of precision parts. Donot attempt to disassemble or adjust anyparts.

o When driving your vehicle, be sure tokeep the volume of the unit set lowenough to allow you to hear sounds com-ing from the outside.

o Do not expose this equipment (includingthe speakers and tape) to water or exces-sive moisture.



1- 82

B890A01Y-AAT

AUDIO FAULT CODEIf you see any error indication in the display while using the CD or Tape mode, find the cause in the chart below. If you cannot clear the error indication,take the car to your Hyundai dealer.

INDICATION CAUSE SOLUTION

Er2

Er3

Er6

Er8

HHH

no CD

CDP DECK MECHANICAL ERROR(EJECT ERROR, LOADING ERROR)

FOCUS ERRORDATA READ ERROR

DISC ERROR

TAPE DECK ERRORTAPE EJECT ERROR

TEMPERATURE IS TOO HIGH

NO DISC IN MAGAZINENO CD MAGAZINE IN THEAUTO CHANGER

AFTER RESETTING THE AUDIO, PUSH THE EJECT BUTTON.IF DISC IS NOT EJECTED, CONSULT YOUR HYUNDAI DEALER.

MAKE SURE THE DISC IS NOT SCRATCHED OR DAMAGED.PRESS THE EJECT BUTTON AND PULL OUT THE DISC. THENINSERT A NORMAL CD DISC.

CHECK IF THE DISC IS INSERTED CORRECTLY IN THE CD PLAYER.MAKE SURE THE DISC IS NOT SCRATCHED OR DAMAGED.

AFTER RESETTING THE AUDIO, PUSH THE EJECT BUTTON.IF TAPE IS NOT EJECTED, CONSULT YOUR HYUNDAI DEALER.

FAULT CODE WILL RESET AUTOMATICALLY WHEN THE TEMPER-ATURE RETURNS TO NORMAL.

INSERT DISC IN MAGAZINE OR INSERT CD MAGAZINE IN THEAUTO CHANGER.


1- 83

B850A01F-AAT

CARE OF DISCProper Handling

while the disc is being pulled into the unit by theself loading mechanism.Do not pull the unit from the dash immediatelyafter a disc is inserted or the eject switch hasbeen pressed. If the unit is pulled out before anoperation is completed, the disc will be unstablein the unit and may be damaged.Do not attempt to insert a disc into the unit whenthe unit is out of the dash or the power is off.

Keep Your Discs Clean

B860A01A-AAT

CARE OF CASSETTE TAPES

YL11240B

Handle your disc as shown. Do not drop thedisc. Hold the disc so you will not leave finger-prints on the surface. If the surface is scratched,it may cause the pickup to skip signal tracks.Do not affix tape, paper, or gummed labels onthe disc. Do not write on the disc.

Damaged DiscDo not attempt to play damaged, warped orcracked discs. These could severely damagethe playback mechanism.

StorageWhen not in use, place your discs in theirindividual case and store them in a cool placeaway from the sun, heat, and dust.Do not grip or pull out the disc with your hand

YL11250B

Fingerprints, dust, or soil on the surface of adisc could cause the pickup to skip signaltracks. Wipe the surface clean with a clean softcloth. If the surface is heavily soiled, dampen aclean soft cloth in a solution of mild neutraldetergent to wipe it clean. See drawing.

SSAR040B

Proper care of your cassette tapes will extendthe tape life and increase your listening enjoy-ment. Always protect your tapes and cassettecases from direct sunlight, severely cold anddusty conditions. When not in use, cassettesshould always be stored in the original protec-tive cassette case. When the vehicle is very hotor cold, allow the interior temperature to be-come more comfortable before listening to yourcassettes.

o Never leave a cassette inserted in the play-er when not being played. This could dam-age the tape player unit and the cassettetape.

o We strongly recommend against the use oftapes longer than C-60 (60 minutes total).Tapes such as C-120 or C-180 are very thinand do not perform as well in the automotiveenvironment.


1- 84

B860B02Y

o Be sure that the cassette label is not looseor peeling off or tape ejection may be diffi-cult.

o Never touch or soil the actual audio tapesurfaces.

o Keep all magnetized objects, such as elec-tric motors, speakers or transformers awayfrom your cassette tapes and tape playerunit.

o Store cassettes in a cool, dry place with theopen side facing down to prevent dust fromsettling in the cassette body.

o Avoid repeated fast reverse usage to replayone given tune or tape section. This cancause poor tape winding to occur, and even-tually cause excessive internal drag andpoor audio quality in the cassette. If thisoccurs, it can sometimes be corrected byfast winding the tape from end to end sever-al times. If this does not correct the problem,do not continue to use the tape in yourvehicle.

SSAR042B

Head

Cotton applicator

o The playback head, capstan and pinch roll-ers will develop a coating of tape residuethat can result in deterioration of soundquality, such as a wavering sound. Theyshould be cleaned monthly using a commer-cially available head cleaning tape or spe-cial solution available from audio specialtyshops. Follow the supplier’s directions care-fully and never oil any part of the tape playerunit.

o Always be sure that the tape is tightly woundon its reel before inserting in the player.Rotate a pencil in the drive sprockets towind up any slack.

SSAR053B

NOTE:Look at a tape before you insert it. If the tapeis loose, tighten it by turning one of thehubs with a pencil or your finger. If the labelis peeling off, do not put it in the drivemechanism.Do not leave tapes sitting where they areexposed to hot, warm, or high humidity,such as on top of the dashboard or in theplayer. If a tape is exposed to extreme heator cold, let it reach a moderate temperaturebefore putting it in the player.


1- 85

B870B01Y-AAT

Power Antenna (If installed)B870A01A-AAT

ANTENNAFixed Rod Antenna (If installed)

Your car uses a fixed rod antenna to receiveboth AM and FM broadcast signals.This antenna is a removable type. To removethe antenna, turn it counterclockwise. To installthe antenna, turn it clockwise.

CAUTION:o Be sure to remove the antenna before

washing the car in an automatic car washor it may be damaged.

o When reinstalling your antenna, it is im-portant that it is fully tightened to ensureproper reception.

B870B02Y

The antenna will automatically be extendedwhen the radio power switch is turned "ON"while the ignition key is in either the "ON" or"ACC" position. The antenna will automaticallybe retracted and stored when either the radiopower switch is turned "OFF" or the ignition keyis set to the "LOCK" position.

NOTE:o Before turning on the radio, make sure

that no one is near the antenna.o Before entering an automatic car wash or

a place with a low height clearance, besure that the antenna is retracted andstored.

o If the antenna is dirty, be sure to clean itin order to avoid an operation malfunc-tion.

B870A01F

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

2- 1

2.2.2.2.2. DRIVING DRIVING DRIVING DRIVING DRIVING YYYYYOUR HYUNDOUR HYUNDOUR HYUNDOUR HYUNDOUR HYUNDAIAIAIAIAIC010A01A-AAT

WARNING: ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS!WARNING: ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS!WARNING: ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS!WARNING: ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS!WARNING: ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS!

Engine exhaust fumes can be extremely dangerous. If, at any time, you smell exhaust fumes inside the vehicle, open thewindows immediately.

o Do not inhale exhaust fumes.o Do not inhale exhaust fumes.o Do not inhale exhaust fumes.o Do not inhale exhaust fumes.o Do not inhale exhaust fumes.Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide, a colorless, odorless gas that can cause unconsciousness and death byasphyxiation.

o Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.o Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.o Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.o Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.o Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose. If you heara change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the car, have theexhaust system checked as soon as possible by your Hyundai dealer.

o Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.o Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.o Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.o Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.o Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Never run the engine in yourgarage any longer than it takes to start the engine and back the car out.

o Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the car.o Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the car.o Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the car.o Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the car.o Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the car.If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the car, be sure to do so only in an open areawith the air intake set at "Fresh" and fan operating at one of the higher speeds so fresh air is drawn into the interior.

If you must drive with the trunk open because you are carrying objects that make this necessary:

1. Close all windows.2. Open side vents.3. Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face" and the fan at one of the higher speeds.

To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, be sure the ventilation air intakes located just in front of the windshieldare kept clear of snow, ice, leaves or other obstructions.

22222


2- 2

C020A01A-AAT

BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINEBEFORE STARTING THE ENGINEBEFORE STARTING THE ENGINEBEFORE STARTING THE ENGINEBEFORE STARTING THE ENGINEBefore you start the engine, you should always:

1. Look around the vehicle to be sure there areno flat tires, puddles of oil, water or otherindications of possible trouble.

2. After entering the car, check to be sure theparking brake is engaged.

3. Check that all windows, and lights are clean.4. Check that the interior and exterior mirrors

are clean and in position.5. Check your seat, seatback and headrest to

be sure they are in their proper positions.6. Lock all the doors.7. Fasten your seat belt and be sure that all

other occupants have fastened theirs.8. Turn off all lights and accessories that are

not needed.9. When you turn the ignition switch to “ON”,

check that all appropriate warning lights areoperating and that you have sufficient fuel.

10.Check the operation of warning lights and allbulbs when key is in the “ON” position.

o If your Hyundai has an automatic transaxle,place the shift lever in "P" (park).

o To start the engine, insert the ignition keyand turn it to the "START" position. Releaseit as soon as the engine starts. Do not holdthe key in the "START" position for morethan 15 seconds.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:ooooo For safety, the engine will not start if theFor safety, the engine will not start if theFor safety, the engine will not start if theFor safety, the engine will not start if theFor safety, the engine will not start if the

shift lever is not in "P" or "N" Position.shift lever is not in "P" or "N" Position.shift lever is not in "P" or "N" Position.shift lever is not in "P" or "N" Position.shift lever is not in "P" or "N" Position.ooooo The ignition key cannot be turned fromThe ignition key cannot be turned fromThe ignition key cannot be turned fromThe ignition key cannot be turned fromThe ignition key cannot be turned from

"ACC" position to "LOCK" position un-"ACC" position to "LOCK" position un-"ACC" position to "LOCK" position un-"ACC" position to "LOCK" position un-"ACC" position to "LOCK" position un-less the shift lever is in the "P" (Park)less the shift lever is in the "P" (Park)less the shift lever is in the "P" (Park)less the shift lever is in the "P" (Park)less the shift lever is in the "P" (Park)position or the negative battery terminalposition or the negative battery terminalposition or the negative battery terminalposition or the negative battery terminalposition or the negative battery terminalis disconnected from the battery. To re-is disconnected from the battery. To re-is disconnected from the battery. To re-is disconnected from the battery. To re-is disconnected from the battery. To re-move the key, always confirm that themove the key, always confirm that themove the key, always confirm that themove the key, always confirm that themove the key, always confirm that theshift lever is securely positioned in "P"shift lever is securely positioned in "P"shift lever is securely positioned in "P"shift lever is securely positioned in "P"shift lever is securely positioned in "P"(Park).(Park).(Park).(Park).(Park).

ooooo For additional information about start-For additional information about start-For additional information about start-For additional information about start-For additional information about start-ing, see page 2-3.ing, see page 2-3.ing, see page 2-3.ing, see page 2-3.ing, see page 2-3.

C040A01Y-AAT

KEY POSITIONSKEY POSITIONSKEY POSITIONSKEY POSITIONSKEY POSITIONS

C030A01A-AAT

COMBINATION IGNITION SWITCHCOMBINATION IGNITION SWITCHCOMBINATION IGNITION SWITCHCOMBINATION IGNITION SWITCHCOMBINATION IGNITION SWITCHTo Start the EngineTo Start the EngineTo Start the EngineTo Start the EngineTo Start the EngineBefore starting the engine:

o If your Hyundai is equipped with a manualtransaxle, place the shift lever in neutral anddepress the clutch.

YR20010A-1

LOCK

ACCON

START

CAUTIONCAUTIONCAUTIONCAUTIONCAUTION:::::The engine should not be turned off or theThe engine should not be turned off or theThe engine should not be turned off or theThe engine should not be turned off or theThe engine should not be turned off or thekey removed from the ignition key cylinderkey removed from the ignition key cylinderkey removed from the ignition key cylinderkey removed from the ignition key cylinderkey removed from the ignition key cylinderwhile the car is in motion.while the car is in motion.while the car is in motion.while the car is in motion.while the car is in motion.

ooooo "ON""ON""ON""ON""ON"When the key is in the "ON" position, theignition is on and all accessories may be turnedon. If the engine is not running, the key shouldnot be left in the "ON" position. This will dis-charge the battery and may also damage theignition system.

ooooo "ACC""ACC""ACC""ACC""ACC"With the key in the "ACC" position, radio andother accessories may be operated. If you openthe driver's door with the key in the "ACC" or"LOCK" position, the chime will sound to remindyou that the key should be removed.


2- 3

ooooo "LOCK""LOCK""LOCK""LOCK""LOCK"The key can be removed or inserted in thisposition. Steering is locked by removing thekey. When unlocking the steering, insert thekey, and then turn the steering wheel and keysimultaneously.

C050B01A-AAT

Normal Conditions:Normal Conditions:Normal Conditions:Normal Conditions:Normal Conditions:The Starting Procedure:

1. Insert key, and fasten the seat belt.2. Depress the clutch pedal fully and place the

gearshift lever (manual transaxle) in neutralor the selector lever (automatic transaxle) in"P" (park) position.

C070C02A-AAT

To Remove the Ignition KeyTo Remove the Ignition KeyTo Remove the Ignition KeyTo Remove the Ignition KeyTo Remove the Ignition Key

SSA2090D-1

(If your vehicle is equipped with an automatictransaxle)1. Turn the ignition key counterclockwise from

the "ACC" position to the "LOCK" position.2. The key can be removed in the "LOCK"

position.(If your vehicle is equipped with a manualtransaxle)1. Turn the ignition key to the "ACC" position.2. Simultaneously push and turn the ignition

key counterclockwise from the "ACC" posi-tion to the "LOCK" position.

C050A01A-AAT

STARTINGSTARTINGSTARTINGSTARTINGSTARTING

YR20020A-1

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:Never run the engine in a closed or poorlyNever run the engine in a closed or poorlyNever run the engine in a closed or poorlyNever run the engine in a closed or poorlyNever run the engine in a closed or poorlyventilated area any longer than is needed toventilated area any longer than is needed toventilated area any longer than is needed toventilated area any longer than is needed toventilated area any longer than is needed tomove your car in or out of the area. Themove your car in or out of the area. Themove your car in or out of the area. Themove your car in or out of the area. Themove your car in or out of the area. Thecarbon monoxide gas emitted is odorlesscarbon monoxide gas emitted is odorlesscarbon monoxide gas emitted is odorlesscarbon monoxide gas emitted is odorlesscarbon monoxide gas emitted is odorlessand can cause serious injury or death.and can cause serious injury or death.and can cause serious injury or death.and can cause serious injury or death.and can cause serious injury or death.

3. After turning the ignition key to the "ON"position, make certain all warning lights andgauges are functioning properly before start-ing the engine.

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:Be sure that the clutch is fully depressedBe sure that the clutch is fully depressedBe sure that the clutch is fully depressedBe sure that the clutch is fully depressedBe sure that the clutch is fully depressedwhen starting a manual transaxle when starting a manual transaxle when starting a manual transaxle when starting a manual transaxle when starting a manual transaxle vehicle.vehicle.vehicle.vehicle.vehicle.Your manual transaxle equipped vehicle willYour manual transaxle equipped vehicle willYour manual transaxle equipped vehicle willYour manual transaxle equipped vehicle willYour manual transaxle equipped vehicle willnot start unless the not start unless the not start unless the not start unless the not start unless the clutch pedal is fullyclutch pedal is fullyclutch pedal is fullyclutch pedal is fullyclutch pedal is fullydepressed. On a manual transaxle equippeddepressed. On a manual transaxle equippeddepressed. On a manual transaxle equippeddepressed. On a manual transaxle equippeddepressed. On a manual transaxle equippedvehicle that vehicle that vehicle that vehicle that vehicle that can be started without depress-can be started without depress-can be started without depress-can be started without depress-can be started without depress-ing the clutch, there is the potential to causeing the clutch, there is the potential to causeing the clutch, there is the potential to causeing the clutch, there is the potential to causeing the clutch, there is the potential to causedamage to the vehicle or injury to someonedamage to the vehicle or injury to someonedamage to the vehicle or injury to someonedamage to the vehicle or injury to someonedamage to the vehicle or injury to someoneinside or outside the vehicle as inside or outside the vehicle as inside or outside the vehicle as inside or outside the vehicle as inside or outside the vehicle as a result ofa result ofa result ofa result ofa result ofthe forward or backward movement of thethe forward or backward movement of thethe forward or backward movement of thethe forward or backward movement of thethe forward or backward movement of thevehicle that will occur vehicle that will occur vehicle that will occur vehicle that will occur vehicle that will occur if the clutch is notif the clutch is notif the clutch is notif the clutch is notif the clutch is notdepressed when the vehicle is started.depressed when the vehicle is started.depressed when the vehicle is started.depressed when the vehicle is started.depressed when the vehicle is started.

4. Turn the ignition key to the "Start" positionand release it when the engine starts.After the engine has started, allow the en-gine to run for 10 to 20 seconds prior toplacing the vehicle in gear.The starter should not be operated for morethan 15 seconds at a time. Wait 15-30 sec-onds between starting attempts to protectthe starter from overheating.

3. The key can be removed in the "LOCK"position.


2- 4

C070B01A-AAT

Using the ClutchUsing the ClutchUsing the ClutchUsing the ClutchUsing the ClutchThe clutch should be pressed all the way to thefloor before shifting, then released slowly. Theclutch pedal should always be used after fullyreturning to the original position. Do not restyour foot on the clutch pedal while driving. Thiscan cause unnecessary wear.Do not partially engage the clutch to hold thecar on an incline. This causes unnecessarywear. Use the parking brake to hold the car onan incline. Do not operate the clutch pedalrapidly and repeatedly.

C070D02A-AAT

Good Driving PracticesGood Driving PracticesGood Driving PracticesGood Driving PracticesGood Driving Practiceso Never take the car out of gear and coast

down a hill. This is extremely hazardous.Always leave the car in gear.

o Don’t “ride” the brakes. This can cause themto overheat and malfunction. Instead, whenyou are driving down a long hill, slow downand shift to a lower gear. When you do this,engine braking will help slow the car.

o Slow down before shifting to a lower gear.This will help avoid over-revving the engine,which can cause damage.

o Slow down when you encounter cross winds.This gives you much better control of yourcar.

o Be sure the car is completely stopped be-fore you attempt to shift into reverse. Thetransaxle can be damaged if you do not. Toshift into reverse, depress the clutch, movethe shift lever to neutral, wait three seconds,then shift to the reverse position.

o Exercise extreme caution when driving on aslippery surface. Be especially careful whenbraking, accelerating or shifting gears. On aslippery surface, an abrupt change in vehi-cle speed can cause the drive wheels tolose traction and the vehicle to go out ofcontrol.

C070A02A-AAT

OPERATING THE MANUALOPERATING THE MANUALOPERATING THE MANUALOPERATING THE MANUALOPERATING THE MANUALTRANSAXLETRANSAXLETRANSAXLETRANSAXLETRANSAXLE

Your Hyundai's manual transaxle has a con-ventional shift pattern. This shift pattern is im-printed on the shift knob. The transaxle is fullysynchronized in all forward gears so shifting toeither a higher or a lower gear is easily accom-plished.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:ooooo To shift into reverse, rest the lever inTo shift into reverse, rest the lever inTo shift into reverse, rest the lever inTo shift into reverse, rest the lever inTo shift into reverse, rest the lever in

neutral for at least 3 seconds after yourneutral for at least 3 seconds after yourneutral for at least 3 seconds after yourneutral for at least 3 seconds after yourneutral for at least 3 seconds after yourcar is completely stopped. Then movecar is completely stopped. Then movecar is completely stopped. Then movecar is completely stopped. Then movecar is completely stopped. Then movethe lever into the reverse position.the lever into the reverse position.the lever into the reverse position.the lever into the reverse position.the lever into the reverse position.

ooooo During cold weather, shifting may be dif-During cold weather, shifting may be dif-During cold weather, shifting may be dif-During cold weather, shifting may be dif-During cold weather, shifting may be dif-ficult until the transaxle lubricant hasficult until the transaxle lubricant hasficult until the transaxle lubricant hasficult until the transaxle lubricant hasficult until the transaxle lubricant haswarmed up. This is normal and not harm-warmed up. This is normal and not harm-warmed up. This is normal and not harm-warmed up. This is normal and not harm-warmed up. This is normal and not harm-ful to the transaxle.ful to the transaxle.ful to the transaxle.ful to the transaxle.ful to the transaxle.

ooooo If you've come to a complete stop and it'sIf you've come to a complete stop and it'sIf you've come to a complete stop and it'sIf you've come to a complete stop and it'sIf you've come to a complete stop and it'shard to shift into 1hard to shift into 1hard to shift into 1hard to shift into 1hard to shift into 1ststststst or R(Reverse), put or R(Reverse), put or R(Reverse), put or R(Reverse), put or R(Reverse), putthe shift lever in N(Neutral) position andthe shift lever in N(Neutral) position andthe shift lever in N(Neutral) position andthe shift lever in N(Neutral) position andthe shift lever in N(Neutral) position and

YN20060A

release the clutch. Press the clutch pedalrelease the clutch. Press the clutch pedalrelease the clutch. Press the clutch pedalrelease the clutch. Press the clutch pedalrelease the clutch. Press the clutch pedalback down, and then shift into 1back down, and then shift into 1back down, and then shift into 1back down, and then shift into 1back down, and then shift into 1ststststst or or or or orR(Reverse) gear position.R(Reverse) gear position.R(Reverse) gear position.R(Reverse) gear position.R(Reverse) gear position.

ooooo Do not use the shift lever as a handrestDo not use the shift lever as a handrestDo not use the shift lever as a handrestDo not use the shift lever as a handrestDo not use the shift lever as a handrestduring driving, as this can result in pre-during driving, as this can result in pre-during driving, as this can result in pre-during driving, as this can result in pre-during driving, as this can result in pre-mature wear of the transaxle shift forks.mature wear of the transaxle shift forks.mature wear of the transaxle shift forks.mature wear of the transaxle shift forks.mature wear of the transaxle shift forks.

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:When downshifting from fifth gear to fourthWhen downshifting from fifth gear to fourthWhen downshifting from fifth gear to fourthWhen downshifting from fifth gear to fourthWhen downshifting from fifth gear to fourthgear, caution should be taken not to inad-gear, caution should be taken not to inad-gear, caution should be taken not to inad-gear, caution should be taken not to inad-gear, caution should be taken not to inad-vertently press the gear lever sideways invertently press the gear lever sideways invertently press the gear lever sideways invertently press the gear lever sideways invertently press the gear lever sideways insuch a manner that second gear is engaged.such a manner that second gear is engaged.such a manner that second gear is engaged.such a manner that second gear is engaged.such a manner that second gear is engaged.Such a drastic downshift may cause theSuch a drastic downshift may cause theSuch a drastic downshift may cause theSuch a drastic downshift may cause theSuch a drastic downshift may cause theengine speed to increase to the point thatengine speed to increase to the point thatengine speed to increase to the point thatengine speed to increase to the point thatengine speed to increase to the point thatthe tachometer will enter the red-zone. Suchthe tachometer will enter the red-zone. Suchthe tachometer will enter the red-zone. Suchthe tachometer will enter the red-zone. Suchthe tachometer will enter the red-zone. Suchover-revving of the engine may possiblyover-revving of the engine may possiblyover-revving of the engine may possiblyover-revving of the engine may possiblyover-revving of the engine may possiblycause engine damage.cause engine damage.cause engine damage.cause engine damage.cause engine damage.


2- 5

C090A01Y

C090A03Y-AAT

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLEAUTOMATIC TRANSAXLEAUTOMATIC TRANSAXLEAUTOMATIC TRANSAXLEAUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE

The highly efficient Hyundai automatic transaxlehas four forward speed and one reverse speed.The individual speeds are selected automati-cally, depending on the position of the speedselector lever. The selector lever has 2 gates;the main gate and the manual gate.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:For information on manual gate operation,For information on manual gate operation,For information on manual gate operation,For information on manual gate operation,For information on manual gate operation,refer to "Sports Mode".refer to "Sports Mode".refer to "Sports Mode".refer to "Sports Mode".refer to "Sports Mode".

In the main gate, the selector lever has 4positions, and is equipped with a button to avoidinadvertent wrong selection.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:Depress the brake pedal and push theDepress the brake pedal and push theDepress the brake pedal and push theDepress the brake pedal and push theDepress the brake pedal and push thebutton when shifting.button when shifting.button when shifting.button when shifting.button when shifting.Push the button when shifting.Push the button when shifting.Push the button when shifting.Push the button when shifting.Push the button when shifting.The selector lever can be shifted freely.The selector lever can be shifted freely.The selector lever can be shifted freely.The selector lever can be shifted freely.The selector lever can be shifted freely.

The first few shifts on a new vehicle, or if theThe first few shifts on a new vehicle, or if theThe first few shifts on a new vehicle, or if theThe first few shifts on a new vehicle, or if theThe first few shifts on a new vehicle, or if thebattery has been disconnected, may bebattery has been disconnected, may bebattery has been disconnected, may bebattery has been disconnected, may bebattery has been disconnected, may besomewhat abrupt. This is a normal condi-somewhat abrupt. This is a normal condi-somewhat abrupt. This is a normal condi-somewhat abrupt. This is a normal condi-somewhat abrupt. This is a normal condi-tion, and the shifting sequence will adjusttion, and the shifting sequence will adjusttion, and the shifting sequence will adjusttion, and the shifting sequence will adjusttion, and the shifting sequence will adjustafter shifts are cycled a few times by theafter shifts are cycled a few times by theafter shifts are cycled a few times by theafter shifts are cycled a few times by theafter shifts are cycled a few times by theT.C.M (Transaxle Control Module).T.C.M (Transaxle Control Module).T.C.M (Transaxle Control Module).T.C.M (Transaxle Control Module).T.C.M (Transaxle Control Module).

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:Never shift into "R" or "P" position whileNever shift into "R" or "P" position whileNever shift into "R" or "P" position whileNever shift into "R" or "P" position whileNever shift into "R" or "P" position whilethe vehicle is moving.the vehicle is moving.the vehicle is moving.the vehicle is moving.the vehicle is moving.

C090A02L

The indicator lights in the instrument clusterindicate the selector lever position when theignition is switched "ON". During the sportsmode operation, the gear currently in use dis-plays in the numeral indicator.

C070E02A-AAT

Recommended Shift PointsRecommended Shift PointsRecommended Shift PointsRecommended Shift PointsRecommended Shift Points

Shift

from-to

1-2

2-3

3-4

4-5

Recommended

mph (km/h)

15 (20)

25 (40)

35 (55)

45 (75)

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:ooooo The risk of rollover is greatly increased ifThe risk of rollover is greatly increased ifThe risk of rollover is greatly increased ifThe risk of rollover is greatly increased ifThe risk of rollover is greatly increased if

you lose control of your vehicle at high-you lose control of your vehicle at high-you lose control of your vehicle at high-you lose control of your vehicle at high-you lose control of your vehicle at high-way speeds.way speeds.way speeds.way speeds.way speeds.

ooooo Loss of control often occurs if two orLoss of control often occurs if two orLoss of control often occurs if two orLoss of control often occurs if two orLoss of control often occurs if two ormore wheels drop off the roadway andmore wheels drop off the roadway andmore wheels drop off the roadway andmore wheels drop off the roadway andmore wheels drop off the roadway andthe driver oversteers to reenter the road-the driver oversteers to reenter the road-the driver oversteers to reenter the road-the driver oversteers to reenter the road-the driver oversteers to reenter the road-way.way.way.way.way.

ooooo In the event your vehicle leaves the road-In the event your vehicle leaves the road-In the event your vehicle leaves the road-In the event your vehicle leaves the road-In the event your vehicle leaves the road-way, do not steer sharply. Instead, slowway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slowway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slowway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slowway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slowdown before pulling back into the traveldown before pulling back into the traveldown before pulling back into the traveldown before pulling back into the traveldown before pulling back into the travellanes.lanes.lanes.lanes.lanes.

ooooo In a collision crash, an unbelted personIn a collision crash, an unbelted personIn a collision crash, an unbelted personIn a collision crash, an unbelted personIn a collision crash, an unbelted personis significantly more likely to die than ais significantly more likely to die than ais significantly more likely to die than ais significantly more likely to die than ais significantly more likely to die than aperson wearing a seatbelt.person wearing a seatbelt.person wearing a seatbelt.person wearing a seatbelt.person wearing a seatbelt.

The shift points as shown on the following chartare recommended for optimum fuel economyand performance.


2- 6

C090C01A-AAT

o R(Reverse):o R(Reverse):o R(Reverse):o R(Reverse):o R(Reverse):Use for backing up the vehicle. Bring the car toa complete stop before shifting the selectorlever to "R" position.

C090D02O-AAT

o N (Neutral):o N (Neutral):o N (Neutral):o N (Neutral):o N (Neutral):In the "N" position, the transaxle is in neutral,which means that no gears are engaged. Theengine can be started with the shift lever in "N"position, although this is not recommendedexcept if the engine stalls while the car ismoving.

C090F02O-GAT

Sports ModeSports ModeSports ModeSports ModeSports Mode

C090F01L

Whether the vehicle is stationary or in motion,sports mode is selected by pushing the selectorlever from the "D" position into the manual gate.To return to "D" range operation, push theselector lever back into the main gate.In sports mode, moving the selector lever back-wards and forwards can make rapid gearshiftssimple. In contrast to a manual transaxle, thesports mode allows gearshifts with the accel-erator pedal depressed.UP (+) UP (+) UP (+) UP (+) UP (+) : Push the lever forward once to shift upone gear.DOWN (-)DOWN (-)DOWN (-)DOWN (-)DOWN (-) : Pull the lever backwards once toshift down one gear.

C090E01O-AAT

ooooo D(Drive):D(Drive):D(Drive):D(Drive):D(Drive):Use for normal driving. The transaxle will auto-matically shift through a four gear sequence.

SKIPSKIPSKIPSKIPSKIP : By rapidly moving the selector forwardor backward twice, it is possible to skip onegear, i.e. 1st to 3rd or 3rd to 1st .

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:ooooo In sports mode, the driver must executeIn sports mode, the driver must executeIn sports mode, the driver must executeIn sports mode, the driver must executeIn sports mode, the driver must execute

upward shifts in accordance with pre-upward shifts in accordance with pre-upward shifts in accordance with pre-upward shifts in accordance with pre-upward shifts in accordance with pre-vailing road conditions, taking care tovailing road conditions, taking care tovailing road conditions, taking care tovailing road conditions, taking care tovailing road conditions, taking care tokeep the engine speed below the redkeep the engine speed below the redkeep the engine speed below the redkeep the engine speed below the redkeep the engine speed below the redzone.zone.zone.zone.zone.

ooooo For engine protection, upward shifts areFor engine protection, upward shifts areFor engine protection, upward shifts areFor engine protection, upward shifts areFor engine protection, upward shifts aremade automatically when the engine rpmmade automatically when the engine rpmmade automatically when the engine rpmmade automatically when the engine rpmmade automatically when the engine rpmreaches the red zone.reaches the red zone.reaches the red zone.reaches the red zone.reaches the red zone.

ooooo By rapidly moving the selector lever back-By rapidly moving the selector lever back-By rapidly moving the selector lever back-By rapidly moving the selector lever back-By rapidly moving the selector lever back-wards (-) twice it is possible to skip onewards (-) twice it is possible to skip onewards (-) twice it is possible to skip onewards (-) twice it is possible to skip onewards (-) twice it is possible to skip onegear, i.e., 3rd to 1st, 4th to 2nd. Sincegear, i.e., 3rd to 1st, 4th to 2nd. Sincegear, i.e., 3rd to 1st, 4th to 2nd. Sincegear, i.e., 3rd to 1st, 4th to 2nd. Sincegear, i.e., 3rd to 1st, 4th to 2nd. Sincesudden engine braking and/or rapid ac-sudden engine braking and/or rapid ac-sudden engine braking and/or rapid ac-sudden engine braking and/or rapid ac-sudden engine braking and/or rapid ac-celeration can cause a loss of traction,celeration can cause a loss of traction,celeration can cause a loss of traction,celeration can cause a loss of traction,celeration can cause a loss of traction,however, downshifts must be made care-however, downshifts must be made care-however, downshifts must be made care-however, downshifts must be made care-however, downshifts must be made care-fully in accordance with the vehicle'sfully in accordance with the vehicle'sfully in accordance with the vehicle'sfully in accordance with the vehicle'sfully in accordance with the vehicle'sspeed.speed.speed.speed.speed.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:ooooo In sports mode, only the four forwardIn sports mode, only the four forwardIn sports mode, only the four forwardIn sports mode, only the four forwardIn sports mode, only the four forward

gears can be selected. To reverse or parkgears can be selected. To reverse or parkgears can be selected. To reverse or parkgears can be selected. To reverse or parkgears can be selected. To reverse or parkthe vehicle, move the selector lever tothe vehicle, move the selector lever tothe vehicle, move the selector lever tothe vehicle, move the selector lever tothe vehicle, move the selector lever tothe "R" or "P" position as required.the "R" or "P" position as required.the "R" or "P" position as required.the "R" or "P" position as required.the "R" or "P" position as required.

ooooo In sports mode, downward shifts areIn sports mode, downward shifts areIn sports mode, downward shifts areIn sports mode, downward shifts areIn sports mode, downward shifts aremade automatically when the vehiclemade automatically when the vehiclemade automatically when the vehiclemade automatically when the vehiclemade automatically when the vehicleslows down. When the vehicle stops, 1stslows down. When the vehicle stops, 1stslows down. When the vehicle stops, 1stslows down. When the vehicle stops, 1stslows down. When the vehicle stops, 1stgear is automatically selected.gear is automatically selected.gear is automatically selected.gear is automatically selected.gear is automatically selected.

ooooo To maintain the required levels of vehicleTo maintain the required levels of vehicleTo maintain the required levels of vehicleTo maintain the required levels of vehicleTo maintain the required levels of vehicleperformance and safety, the system mayperformance and safety, the system mayperformance and safety, the system mayperformance and safety, the system mayperformance and safety, the system maynot execute certain gearshifts when thenot execute certain gearshifts when thenot execute certain gearshifts when thenot execute certain gearshifts when thenot execute certain gearshifts when theselector lever is operated.selector lever is operated.selector lever is operated.selector lever is operated.selector lever is operated.

C090B01A-AAT

The function of each position is asThe function of each position is asThe function of each position is asThe function of each position is asThe function of each position is asfollows:follows:follows:follows:follows:

o P (Park):o P (Park):o P (Park):o P (Park):o P (Park):Use to hold the vehicle in place when parked orwhile starting the engine; shift the selector leverto the "P" (Park) position. Whenever parkingthe car, apply the parking brake and shift theselector lever to the "P" (Park) position.

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:Never place the selector lever in the "P"Never place the selector lever in the "P"Never place the selector lever in the "P"Never place the selector lever in the "P"Never place the selector lever in the "P"(Park) position unless the vehicle is fully(Park) position unless the vehicle is fully(Park) position unless the vehicle is fully(Park) position unless the vehicle is fully(Park) position unless the vehicle is fullystopped. Failure to observe this caution willstopped. Failure to observe this caution willstopped. Failure to observe this caution willstopped. Failure to observe this caution willstopped. Failure to observe this caution willcause severe damage to the transaxle.cause severe damage to the transaxle.cause severe damage to the transaxle.cause severe damage to the transaxle.cause severe damage to the transaxle.


2- 7

C090H01L-GAT

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:ooooo For smooth and safe operation, depressFor smooth and safe operation, depressFor smooth and safe operation, depressFor smooth and safe operation, depressFor smooth and safe operation, depress

the brake pedal when shifting from “Neu-the brake pedal when shifting from “Neu-the brake pedal when shifting from “Neu-the brake pedal when shifting from “Neu-the brake pedal when shifting from “Neu-tral” position or “Park” position to atral” position or “Park” position to atral” position or “Park” position to atral” position or “Park” position to atral” position or “Park” position to aforward or reverse gear.forward or reverse gear.forward or reverse gear.forward or reverse gear.forward or reverse gear.

ooooo The ignition key must be in the “ON”The ignition key must be in the “ON”The ignition key must be in the “ON”The ignition key must be in the “ON”The ignition key must be in the “ON”position and the brake pedal fully de-position and the brake pedal fully de-position and the brake pedal fully de-position and the brake pedal fully de-position and the brake pedal fully de-pressed in order to move the shift leverpressed in order to move the shift leverpressed in order to move the shift leverpressed in order to move the shift leverpressed in order to move the shift leverfrom the “P” (Park) position to any of thefrom the “P” (Park) position to any of thefrom the “P” (Park) position to any of thefrom the “P” (Park) position to any of thefrom the “P” (Park) position to any of theother positions.other positions.other positions.other positions.other positions.

ooooo It is always possible to shift from “R”,It is always possible to shift from “R”,It is always possible to shift from “R”,It is always possible to shift from “R”,It is always possible to shift from “R”,“N”, “D” position to “P” position. The“N”, “D” position to “P” position. The“N”, “D” position to “P” position. The“N”, “D” position to “P” position. The“N”, “D” position to “P” position. Thevehicle must be fully stopped to avoidvehicle must be fully stopped to avoidvehicle must be fully stopped to avoidvehicle must be fully stopped to avoidvehicle must be fully stopped to avoidtransaxle damage.transaxle damage.transaxle damage.transaxle damage.transaxle damage.

C090I02L-GAT

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:ooooo Shift into “R” and “P” position only whenShift into “R” and “P” position only whenShift into “R” and “P” position only whenShift into “R” and “P” position only whenShift into “R” and “P” position only when

the vehicle has completely stopped.the vehicle has completely stopped.the vehicle has completely stopped.the vehicle has completely stopped.the vehicle has completely stopped.ooooo Do not accelerate the engine in reverseDo not accelerate the engine in reverseDo not accelerate the engine in reverseDo not accelerate the engine in reverseDo not accelerate the engine in reverse

or any of the forward positions with theor any of the forward positions with theor any of the forward positions with theor any of the forward positions with theor any of the forward positions with thebrakes applied.brakes applied.brakes applied.brakes applied.brakes applied.

ooooo Always apply the footbrake when shift-Always apply the footbrake when shift-Always apply the footbrake when shift-Always apply the footbrake when shift-Always apply the footbrake when shift-ing from “P” or “N”, to “R”, “D”position.ing from “P” or “N”, to “R”, “D”position.ing from “P” or “N”, to “R”, “D”position.ing from “P” or “N”, to “R”, “D”position.ing from “P” or “N”, to “R”, “D”position.

C090N01O-AAT

Good Driving PracticesGood Driving PracticesGood Driving PracticesGood Driving PracticesGood Driving Practiceso Never move the gear selector lever from “P”

or “N” to any other position with the acceler-ator pedal depressed.

o Never move the gear selector lever into “P”when the vehicle is in motion.

o Be sure the car is completely stopped be-fore you attempt to shift into “R”.

o Never take the car out of gear and coastdown a hill. This may be extremely hazard-ous. Always leave the car in gear whenmoving.

o Do not “ride” the brakes. This can causethem to overheat and malfunction. Instead,when you are driving down a long hill, slowdown and shift to a lower gear. When you dothis, engine braking will help slow the car.

o Slow down before shifting to a lower gear.Otherwise, the lower gear may not be en-gaged.

o Always use the parking brake. Do not de-pend on placing the transaxle in “P” to keepthe car from moving.

o Exercise extreme caution when driving on aslippery surface. Be especially careful whenbraking, accelerating or shifting gears. On aslippery surface, an abrupt change in vehi-cle speed can cause the drive wheels tolose traction and the vehicle to go out ofcontrol.

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:ooooo Avoid high cornering speeds.Avoid high cornering speeds.Avoid high cornering speeds.Avoid high cornering speeds.Avoid high cornering speeds.ooooo Do not make quick steering wheel move-Do not make quick steering wheel move-Do not make quick steering wheel move-Do not make quick steering wheel move-Do not make quick steering wheel move-

ments, such as sharp lane changes orments, such as sharp lane changes orments, such as sharp lane changes orments, such as sharp lane changes orments, such as sharp lane changes orfast, sharp turns.fast, sharp turns.fast, sharp turns.fast, sharp turns.fast, sharp turns.

ooooo Always wear your seat belts.Always wear your seat belts.Always wear your seat belts.Always wear your seat belts.Always wear your seat belts.ooooo The risk of rollover is greatly increased ifThe risk of rollover is greatly increased ifThe risk of rollover is greatly increased ifThe risk of rollover is greatly increased ifThe risk of rollover is greatly increased if

you lose control of your vehicle at high-you lose control of your vehicle at high-you lose control of your vehicle at high-you lose control of your vehicle at high-you lose control of your vehicle at high-way speeds.way speeds.way speeds.way speeds.way speeds.

ooooo Loss of control often occurs if two orLoss of control often occurs if two orLoss of control often occurs if two orLoss of control often occurs if two orLoss of control often occurs if two ormore wheels drop off the roadway andmore wheels drop off the roadway andmore wheels drop off the roadway andmore wheels drop off the roadway andmore wheels drop off the roadway andthe driver oversteers to reenter the road-the driver oversteers to reenter the road-the driver oversteers to reenter the road-the driver oversteers to reenter the road-the driver oversteers to reenter the road-way.way.way.way.way.

ooooo In the event your vehicle leaves the road-In the event your vehicle leaves the road-In the event your vehicle leaves the road-In the event your vehicle leaves the road-In the event your vehicle leaves the road-way, do not steer sharply. Instead, slowway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slowway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slowway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slowway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slowdown before pulling back into the traveldown before pulling back into the traveldown before pulling back into the traveldown before pulling back into the traveldown before pulling back into the travellanes.lanes.lanes.lanes.lanes.

ooooo In a collision crash, un unbelted personIn a collision crash, un unbelted personIn a collision crash, un unbelted personIn a collision crash, un unbelted personIn a collision crash, un unbelted personis significantly more likely to die than ais significantly more likely to die than ais significantly more likely to die than ais significantly more likely to die than ais significantly more likely to die than aperson wearing a seatbelt.person wearing a seatbelt.person wearing a seatbelt.person wearing a seatbelt.person wearing a seatbelt.

ooooo Before driving away from a stop on aBefore driving away from a stop on aBefore driving away from a stop on aBefore driving away from a stop on aBefore driving away from a stop on aslippery road, push the selector leverslippery road, push the selector leverslippery road, push the selector leverslippery road, push the selector leverslippery road, push the selector leverforward into the +(UP) position. Thisforward into the +(UP) position. Thisforward into the +(UP) position. Thisforward into the +(UP) position. Thisforward into the +(UP) position. Thiscauses the transaxle to shift into 2ndcauses the transaxle to shift into 2ndcauses the transaxle to shift into 2ndcauses the transaxle to shift into 2ndcauses the transaxle to shift into 2ndgear which is better for smooth drivinggear which is better for smooth drivinggear which is better for smooth drivinggear which is better for smooth drivinggear which is better for smooth drivingaway on a slippery road. Push the selec-away on a slippery road. Push the selec-away on a slippery road. Push the selec-away on a slippery road. Push the selec-away on a slippery road. Push the selec-tor lever to the -(DOWN) side to shifttor lever to the -(DOWN) side to shifttor lever to the -(DOWN) side to shifttor lever to the -(DOWN) side to shifttor lever to the -(DOWN) side to shiftback to 1st gear.back to 1st gear.back to 1st gear.back to 1st gear.back to 1st gear.

ooooo Do not use the “P” (Park) position inDo not use the “P” (Park) position inDo not use the “P” (Park) position inDo not use the “P” (Park) position inDo not use the “P” (Park) position inplace of the parking brake. Always setplace of the parking brake. Always setplace of the parking brake. Always setplace of the parking brake. Always setplace of the parking brake. Always setthe parking brake, shift the transaxle intothe parking brake, shift the transaxle intothe parking brake, shift the transaxle intothe parking brake, shift the transaxle intothe parking brake, shift the transaxle into“P” (Park) position and turn off the igni-“P” (Park) position and turn off the igni-“P” (Park) position and turn off the igni-“P” (Park) position and turn off the igni-“P” (Park) position and turn off the igni-tion when you leave the vehicle, evention when you leave the vehicle, evention when you leave the vehicle, evention when you leave the vehicle, evention when you leave the vehicle, evenmomentarily. Never leave the vehiclemomentarily. Never leave the vehiclemomentarily. Never leave the vehiclemomentarily. Never leave the vehiclemomentarily. Never leave the vehicleunattended while the engine is running.unattended while the engine is running.unattended while the engine is running.unattended while the engine is running.unattended while the engine is running.

ooooo Check the automatic transaxle fluid levelCheck the automatic transaxle fluid levelCheck the automatic transaxle fluid levelCheck the automatic transaxle fluid levelCheck the automatic transaxle fluid levelregularly, and add fluid as necessary.regularly, and add fluid as necessary.regularly, and add fluid as necessary.regularly, and add fluid as necessary.regularly, and add fluid as necessary.

ooooo See the maintenance schedule for theSee the maintenance schedule for theSee the maintenance schedule for theSee the maintenance schedule for theSee the maintenance schedule for theproper fluid recommendation.proper fluid recommendation.proper fluid recommendation.proper fluid recommendation.proper fluid recommendation.


2- 8

C300A03Y-GAT

TRACTION CONTROL SYSTEM (TCS)TRACTION CONTROL SYSTEM (TCS)TRACTION CONTROL SYSTEM (TCS)TRACTION CONTROL SYSTEM (TCS)TRACTION CONTROL SYSTEM (TCS)(If installed)(If installed)(If installed)(If installed)(If installed)

On slippery road surfaces, the traction controlsystem (TCS) limits the drive wheels from spin-ning excessively, thus helping the car to accel-erate. It also provides sufficient driving forceand steering performance as the car turns ataccelerated speeds. TCS has - SLIP control.

HEF-051A

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:When the TCS indicator blinks, SLIP controlWhen the TCS indicator blinks, SLIP controlWhen the TCS indicator blinks, SLIP controlWhen the TCS indicator blinks, SLIP controlWhen the TCS indicator blinks, SLIP controlhas been activated. It also means that thehas been activated. It also means that thehas been activated. It also means that thehas been activated. It also means that thehas been activated. It also means that theroad is slippery or your car is acceleratingroad is slippery or your car is acceleratingroad is slippery or your car is acceleratingroad is slippery or your car is acceleratingroad is slippery or your car is acceleratingexcessively. In this situation, release footexcessively. In this situation, release footexcessively. In this situation, release footexcessively. In this situation, release footexcessively. In this situation, release footpressure from the accelerator pedal andpressure from the accelerator pedal andpressure from the accelerator pedal andpressure from the accelerator pedal andpressure from the accelerator pedal andmaintain moderate speed.maintain moderate speed.maintain moderate speed.maintain moderate speed.maintain moderate speed.

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:Traction control is only a driving aid; allTraction control is only a driving aid; allTraction control is only a driving aid; allTraction control is only a driving aid; allTraction control is only a driving aid; allnormal precautions for driving in inclementnormal precautions for driving in inclementnormal precautions for driving in inclementnormal precautions for driving in inclementnormal precautions for driving in inclementweather and on slippery road surfacesweather and on slippery road surfacesweather and on slippery road surfacesweather and on slippery road surfacesweather and on slippery road surfacesshould be observed.should be observed.should be observed.should be observed.should be observed.

C120A02A-AAT

ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEMANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEMANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEMANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEMANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM(If installed)(If installed)(If installed)(If installed)(If installed)The Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) is designedto prevent wheel lock-up during sudden brakingor on hazardous road surfaces. The ABS con-trol module monitors the wheel speed and con-trols the pressure applied to each brake. Thus,in emergency situations or on slick roads, ABSwill increase vehicle control during braking.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:During ABS operation, a slight pulsationDuring ABS operation, a slight pulsationDuring ABS operation, a slight pulsationDuring ABS operation, a slight pulsationDuring ABS operation, a slight pulsationmay be felt in the brake pedal when themay be felt in the brake pedal when themay be felt in the brake pedal when themay be felt in the brake pedal when themay be felt in the brake pedal when thebrakes are applied. Also, a noise may bebrakes are applied. Also, a noise may bebrakes are applied. Also, a noise may bebrakes are applied. Also, a noise may bebrakes are applied. Also, a noise may beheard in the engine compartment while brak-heard in the engine compartment while brak-heard in the engine compartment while brak-heard in the engine compartment while brak-heard in the engine compartment while brak-ing. These conditions are normal and indi-ing. These conditions are normal and indi-ing. These conditions are normal and indi-ing. These conditions are normal and indi-ing. These conditions are normal and indi-cate that the anti-lock brake system is func-cate that the anti-lock brake system is func-cate that the anti-lock brake system is func-cate that the anti-lock brake system is func-cate that the anti-lock brake system is func-tioning properly.tioning properly.tioning properly.tioning properly.tioning properly.

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:Your ABS will not prevent accidents due toYour ABS will not prevent accidents due toYour ABS will not prevent accidents due toYour ABS will not prevent accidents due toYour ABS will not prevent accidents due toimproper or dangerous driving maneuvers.improper or dangerous driving maneuvers.improper or dangerous driving maneuvers.improper or dangerous driving maneuvers.improper or dangerous driving maneuvers.Even though vehicle control is improvedEven though vehicle control is improvedEven though vehicle control is improvedEven though vehicle control is improvedEven though vehicle control is improvedduring emergency braking, always maintainduring emergency braking, always maintainduring emergency braking, always maintainduring emergency braking, always maintainduring emergency braking, always maintaina safe distance between you and objectsa safe distance between you and objectsa safe distance between you and objectsa safe distance between you and objectsa safe distance between you and objectsahead. Vehicle speeds should always beahead. Vehicle speeds should always beahead. Vehicle speeds should always beahead. Vehicle speeds should always beahead. Vehicle speeds should always bereduced during extreme road conditions.reduced during extreme road conditions.reduced during extreme road conditions.reduced during extreme road conditions.reduced during extreme road conditions.The braking distance for cars equipped withThe braking distance for cars equipped withThe braking distance for cars equipped withThe braking distance for cars equipped withThe braking distance for cars equipped withan anti-lock braking system may be longeran anti-lock braking system may be longeran anti-lock braking system may be longeran anti-lock braking system may be longeran anti-lock braking system may be longerthan for those without it in the followingthan for those without it in the followingthan for those without it in the followingthan for those without it in the followingthan for those without it in the followingroad conditions.road conditions.road conditions.road conditions.road conditions.

ooooo Driving on rough, gravel or snow-cov-Driving on rough, gravel or snow-cov-Driving on rough, gravel or snow-cov-Driving on rough, gravel or snow-cov-Driving on rough, gravel or snow-cov-ered roads.ered roads.ered roads.ered roads.ered roads.

ooooo Driving with tire chains installed.Driving with tire chains installed.Driving with tire chains installed.Driving with tire chains installed.Driving with tire chains installed.ooooo Driving on roads where the road surfaceDriving on roads where the road surfaceDriving on roads where the road surfaceDriving on roads where the road surfaceDriving on roads where the road surface

is pitted or has different surface height.is pitted or has different surface height.is pitted or has different surface height.is pitted or has different surface height.is pitted or has different surface height.

During these conditions the vehicle shouldDuring these conditions the vehicle shouldDuring these conditions the vehicle shouldDuring these conditions the vehicle shouldDuring these conditions the vehicle shouldbe driven at reduced speeds. The safetybe driven at reduced speeds. The safetybe driven at reduced speeds. The safetybe driven at reduced speeds. The safetybe driven at reduced speeds. The safetyfeatures of an ABS equipped vehicle shouldfeatures of an ABS equipped vehicle shouldfeatures of an ABS equipped vehicle shouldfeatures of an ABS equipped vehicle shouldfeatures of an ABS equipped vehicle shouldnot be tested by high speed driving or cor-not be tested by high speed driving or cor-not be tested by high speed driving or cor-not be tested by high speed driving or cor-not be tested by high speed driving or cor-nering. This could endanger the safety ofnering. This could endanger the safety ofnering. This could endanger the safety ofnering. This could endanger the safety ofnering. This could endanger the safety ofyourself or others.yourself or others.yourself or others.yourself or others.yourself or others.

SLIP ControlSLIP ControlSLIP ControlSLIP ControlSLIP ControlLimits the drive wheels from spinning exces-sively during starting or while making accelerat-ed turns on slippery roads to avoid losing thedriving force of the front wheels.

Driving hintsDriving hintsDriving hintsDriving hintsDriving hintsTCS does not actively apply brakes. Be sure todecelerate the car sufficiently before enteringcurves.

C300B01E-GAT

TCS ON/OFF ModeTCS ON/OFF ModeTCS ON/OFF ModeTCS ON/OFF ModeTCS ON/OFF ModeIn the TCS ON mode, the indicator in theinstrument cluster will not be illuminated.To switch the TCS OFF mode, press the TCSswitch . And the SLIP control will be deacti-vated and the TCS indicator in the instrumentcluster will be illuminated.


2- 9

C130A01A-AAT

GOOD BRAKING PRACTICESGOOD BRAKING PRACTICESGOOD BRAKING PRACTICESGOOD BRAKING PRACTICESGOOD BRAKING PRACTICES

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:Nothing should be carried on top of theNothing should be carried on top of theNothing should be carried on top of theNothing should be carried on top of theNothing should be carried on top of theshelf panel behind the rear seat. If thereshelf panel behind the rear seat. If thereshelf panel behind the rear seat. If thereshelf panel behind the rear seat. If thereshelf panel behind the rear seat. If therewere an accident or a sudden stop, suchwere an accident or a sudden stop, suchwere an accident or a sudden stop, suchwere an accident or a sudden stop, suchwere an accident or a sudden stop, suchobjects could move forward and cause dam-objects could move forward and cause dam-objects could move forward and cause dam-objects could move forward and cause dam-objects could move forward and cause dam-age to the vehicle or injure the occupants.age to the vehicle or injure the occupants.age to the vehicle or injure the occupants.age to the vehicle or injure the occupants.age to the vehicle or injure the occupants.

o After being parked, check to be sure theparking brake is not engaged and that theparking brake indicator light is out beforedriving away.

o Driving through water may get the brakeswet. They can also get wet when the car iswashed. Wet brakes may can be danger-ous! Your car will not stop as quickly if thebrakes are wet. Wet brakes may cause thecar to pull to one side. To dry the brakes,apply the brakes lightly until the brakingaction returns to normal, taking care to keepthe car under control at all times. If the

braking action does not return to normal,stop as soon as it is safe to do so and callyour Hyundai dealer for assistance.

o Don’t coast down hills with the car out ofgear. This is extremely hazardous. Keep thecar in gear at all times, use the brakes toslow down, then shift to a lower gear so thatengine braking will help you maintain a safespeed.

o Don’t "ride" the brake pedal. Resting yourfoot on the brake pedal while driving can bedangerous because it can result in the brakesoverheating and losing their effectiveness. Italso increases the wear of the brake compo-nents.

o If a tire goes flat while you are driving, applythe brakes gently and keep the car pointedstraight ahead while you slow down. Whenyou are moving slowly enough for it to besafe to do so, pull off the road and stop in asafe place.

o If your car is equipped with an automatictransaxle, don’t let your car creep forward.To avoid creeping forward, keep your footon the brake pedal when the car is stopped.

o Use caution when parking on a hill. Engagethe parking brake and place the gear selec-tor lever in "P" (automatic transaxle) or infirst or reverse gear (manual transaxle). Ifyour car is facing downhill, turn the frontwheels into the curb to help keep the carfrom rolling. If your car is facing uphill, turnthe front wheels away from the curb to helpkeep the car from rolling. If there is no curb

C300D02L-GAT

Indicator and WarningIndicator and WarningIndicator and WarningIndicator and WarningIndicator and WarningThe indicator should illuminate when the igni-tion key is turned to "ON" or "START", butshould go out after three seconds.If the indicator does not illuminate, have itchecked by an authorized Hyundai dealer.

Should there be any unusual conditions in thedevice, TCS illuminates as a warning.If TCS illuminates, pull your car to a safe placeand stop the engine.Then, start the engine again to check if the TCSindicator goes out.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:1)1)1)1)1) Turn off the engine. Then restart theTurn off the engine. Then restart theTurn off the engine. Then restart theTurn off the engine. Then restart theTurn off the engine. Then restart the

engine, and the TCS mode will automati-engine, and the TCS mode will automati-engine, and the TCS mode will automati-engine, and the TCS mode will automati-engine, and the TCS mode will automati-cally turn "ON".cally turn "ON".cally turn "ON".cally turn "ON".cally turn "ON".

2)2)2)2)2) When the traction control is operatingWhen the traction control is operatingWhen the traction control is operatingWhen the traction control is operatingWhen the traction control is operatingproperly, you can feel a slight pulsationproperly, you can feel a slight pulsationproperly, you can feel a slight pulsationproperly, you can feel a slight pulsationproperly, you can feel a slight pulsationin the vehicle. This is only the effect ofin the vehicle. This is only the effect ofin the vehicle. This is only the effect ofin the vehicle. This is only the effect ofin the vehicle. This is only the effect ofbrake control and indicates nothing un-brake control and indicates nothing un-brake control and indicates nothing un-brake control and indicates nothing un-brake control and indicates nothing un-usual.usual.usual.usual.usual.

3)3)3)3)3) When the engine starts, a click is heardWhen the engine starts, a click is heardWhen the engine starts, a click is heardWhen the engine starts, a click is heardWhen the engine starts, a click is heardfrom the engine compartment; however,from the engine compartment; however,from the engine compartment; however,from the engine compartment; however,from the engine compartment; however,this is only the sound of traction controlthis is only the sound of traction controlthis is only the sound of traction controlthis is only the sound of traction controlthis is only the sound of traction controlbeing checked.being checked.being checked.being checked.being checked.

4)4)4)4)4) When moving out of the mud or freshWhen moving out of the mud or freshWhen moving out of the mud or freshWhen moving out of the mud or freshWhen moving out of the mud or freshsnow, pressing the accelerator pedal maysnow, pressing the accelerator pedal maysnow, pressing the accelerator pedal maysnow, pressing the accelerator pedal maysnow, pressing the accelerator pedal maynot cause the engine speed to increase.not cause the engine speed to increase.not cause the engine speed to increase.not cause the engine speed to increase.not cause the engine speed to increase.

If the indicator remains lit even after the enginehas been started, have your car checked by anauthorized Hyundai dealer.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:1)1)1)1)1) When TCS illuminates, traction control isWhen TCS illuminates, traction control isWhen TCS illuminates, traction control isWhen TCS illuminates, traction control isWhen TCS illuminates, traction control is

automatically deactivated for safety.automatically deactivated for safety.automatically deactivated for safety.automatically deactivated for safety.automatically deactivated for safety.2)2)2)2)2) This warning function is not providedThis warning function is not providedThis warning function is not providedThis warning function is not providedThis warning function is not provided

when the driver selects the TCS-OFFwhen the driver selects the TCS-OFFwhen the driver selects the TCS-OFFwhen the driver selects the TCS-OFFwhen the driver selects the TCS-OFFmode.mode.mode.mode.mode.


2- 10

a moderate speed, especially on the high-way, is one of the most effective ways toreduce fuel consumption.

o Don't "ride" the brake or clutch pedal. Thiscan increase fuel consumption and alsoincrease wear on these components. In ad-dition, driving with your foot resting on thebrake pedal may cause the brakes to over-heat, which reduces their effectiveness andmay lead to more serious consequences.

o Take care of your tires. Keep them inflatedto the recommended pressure. Incorrect in-flation, either too much or too little, results inunnecessary tire wear. Check the tire pres-sures at least once a month.

o Be sure that the wheels are aligned correct-ly. Improper alignment can result from hittingcurbs or driving too fast over irregular sur-faces. Poor alignment causes faster tirewear and may also result in other problemsas well as greater fuel consumption.

o Keep your car in good condition. For betterfuel economy and reduced maintenancecosts, maintain your car in accordance withthe maintenance schedule in Section 5. Ifyou drive your car in severe conditions,more frequent maintenance is required (seeSection 5 for details).

o Keep your car clean. For maximum service,your Hyundai should be kept clean and freeof corrosive materials. It is especially impor-tant that mud, dirt, ice, etc. not be allowed toaccumulate on the underside of the car. Thisextra weight can result in increased fuel con-sumption and also contribute to corrosion.

o Travel lightly. Don't carry unnecessary weightin your car. Weight reduces fuel economy.

o Don't let the engine idle longer than neces-sary. If you are waiting (and not in traffic),turn off your engine and restart only whenyou're ready to go.

o Remember, your Hyundai does not requireextended warm-up. As soon as the engineis running smoothly, you can drive away. Invery cold weather, however, give your en-gine a slightly longer warm-up period.

o Don't "lug" or "over-rev" the engine. Luggingis driving too slowly in too high a gearresulting in the engine bucking. If this hap-pens, shift to a lower gear. Over-revving isracing the engine beyond its safe limit. Thiscan be avoided by shifting at the recom-mended speeds.

o Use your air conditioning sparingly. The airconditioning system is operated by enginepower so your fuel economy is reducedwhen you use it.

C150A01A-AAT

SMOOTH CORNERINGSMOOTH CORNERINGSMOOTH CORNERINGSMOOTH CORNERINGSMOOTH CORNERINGAvoid braking or gear changing in corners,especially when roads are wet. Ideally, cornersshould always be taken under gentle accelera-tion. If you follow these suggestions, tire wearwill be held to a minimum.

C140A01A-AAT

DRIVING FOR ECONOMYDRIVING FOR ECONOMYDRIVING FOR ECONOMYDRIVING FOR ECONOMYDRIVING FOR ECONOMYYou can save fuel and get more miles from yourcar if you follow these suggestions:

o Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a moderaterate. Don't make "jack-rabbit" starts or full-throttle shifts and maintain a steady cruisingspeed. Don't race between stoplights. Try toadjust your speed to that of the other trafficso you don't have to change speeds unnec-essarily. Avoid heavy traffic whenever pos-sible. Always maintain a safe distance fromother vehicles so you can avoid unneces-sary braking. This also reduces brake wear.

o Drive at a moderate speed. The faster youdrive, the more fuel your car uses. Driving at

or if it is required by other conditions to keepthe car from rolling, block the wheels.

o Under some conditions your parking brakecan freeze in the engaged position. This ismost likely to happen when there is an ac-cumulation of snow or ice around or near therear brakes or if the brakes are wet. If thereis a risk that the parking brake may freeze,apply it only temporarily while you put thegear selector lever in "P" (automatic) or infirst or reverse gear (manual transaxle) andblock the rear wheels so the car cannot roll.Then release the parking brake.

o Do not hold the vehicle on the upgrade withthe accelerator pedal. This can cause thetransaxle to overheat. Always use the brakepedal or parking brake.


2- 11

C160C01A-AAT

Use High Quality Ethylene GlycolUse High Quality Ethylene GlycolUse High Quality Ethylene GlycolUse High Quality Ethylene GlycolUse High Quality Ethylene GlycolCoolantCoolantCoolantCoolantCoolantYour Hyundai is delivered with high qualityethylene glycol coolant in the cooling system. Itis the only type of coolant that should be usedbecause it helps prevent corrosion in the cool-ing system, lubricates the water pump andprevents freezing. Be sure to replace or replen-ish your coolant in accordance with the main-tenance schedule in Section 5. Before winter,have your coolant tested to assure that itsfreezing point is sufficient for the temperaturesanticipated during the winter.

C160D01A-AAT

Check Battery and CablesCheck Battery and CablesCheck Battery and CablesCheck Battery and CablesCheck Battery and CablesWinter puts additional burdens on the batterysystem. Visually inspect the battery and cablesas described in Section 6. The level of chargein your battery can be checked by your Hyundaidealer or a service station.

C160E01A-AAT

Change to "Winter Weight" Oil ifChange to "Winter Weight" Oil ifChange to "Winter Weight" Oil ifChange to "Winter Weight" Oil ifChange to "Winter Weight" Oil ifNecessaryNecessaryNecessaryNecessaryNecessaryIn some climates it is recommended that alower viscosity "winter weight" oil be used dur-ing cold weather. See Section 9 for recommen-dations. If you aren’t sure what weight oil youshould use, consult your Hyundai dealer.

C160F01A-AAT

Check Spark Plugs and IgnitionCheck Spark Plugs and IgnitionCheck Spark Plugs and IgnitionCheck Spark Plugs and IgnitionCheck Spark Plugs and IgnitionSystemSystemSystemSystemSystemInspect your spark plugs as described in Sec-tion 6 and replace them if necessary. Alsocheck all ignition wiring and components to besure they are not cracked, worn or damaged inany way.

C160A01A-AAT

WINTER DRIVINGWINTER DRIVINGWINTER DRIVINGWINTER DRIVINGWINTER DRIVINGThe more severe weather conditions of winterresult in greater wear and other problems. Tominimize the problems of winter driving, youshould follow these suggestions:

C160B01A-AAT

Snowy or Icy ConditionsSnowy or Icy ConditionsSnowy or Icy ConditionsSnowy or Icy ConditionsSnowy or Icy ConditionsTo drive your vehicle in deep snow, it may benecessary to use snow tires or to install tirechains on your tires. If snow tires are needed,it is necessary to select tires equivalent in sizeand type of the original equipment tires. Failureto do so may adversely affect the safety andhandling of your car. Furthermore, speeding,rapid acceleration, sudden brake applications,and sharp turns are potentially very hazardouspractices.During deceleration, use engine braking to thefullest extent. Sudden brake applications onsnowy or icy roads may cause skids to occur.You need to keep sufficient distance betweenthe vehicle in operation in front and your ve-hicle. Also, apply the brake gently. It should benoted that installing tire chains on the tire willprovide a greater driving force, but will notprevent side skids.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:Tire chains are not legal in all states. CheckTire chains are not legal in all states. CheckTire chains are not legal in all states. CheckTire chains are not legal in all states. CheckTire chains are not legal in all states. Checkstate laws before fitting tire chains.state laws before fitting tire chains.state laws before fitting tire chains.state laws before fitting tire chains.state laws before fitting tire chains.

C160G01A-AAT

To Keep Locks from FreezingTo Keep Locks from FreezingTo Keep Locks from FreezingTo Keep Locks from FreezingTo Keep Locks from FreezingTo keep the locks from freezing, squirt anapproved de-icer fluid or glycerine into the keyopening. If a lock is covered with ice, squirt itwith an approved de-icing fluid to remove theice. If the lock is frozen internally, you may beable to thaw it out by using a heated key.Handle the heated key with care to avoid burn-ing the fingers.

C160H01A-AAT

Use Approved Anti-Freeze in WindowUse Approved Anti-Freeze in WindowUse Approved Anti-Freeze in WindowUse Approved Anti-Freeze in WindowUse Approved Anti-Freeze in WindowWasher SystemWasher SystemWasher SystemWasher SystemWasher SystemTo keep the water in the window washer sys-tem from freezing, add an approved anti-freezesolution in accordance with instructions on thecontainer. Window washer anti-freeze is avail-able from Hyundai dealers and most auto partsoutlets. Do not use engine coolant or othertypes of anti-freeze as these may damage thefinish.


2- 12

C160K01A-AAT

Carry Emergency EquipmentCarry Emergency EquipmentCarry Emergency EquipmentCarry Emergency EquipmentCarry Emergency EquipmentDepending on the severity of the weather whereyou drive your car, you should carry appropri-ate emergency equipment. Some of the itemsyou may want to carry include tire chains, towstraps or chains, flashlight, emergency flares,sand, a shovel, jumper cables, a windowscraper, gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, a blan-ket, etc.

C170A01A-AAT

HIGHER SPEED MOTORINGHIGHER SPEED MOTORINGHIGHER SPEED MOTORINGHIGHER SPEED MOTORINGHIGHER SPEED MOTORINGPre-Trip InspectionsPre-Trip InspectionsPre-Trip InspectionsPre-Trip InspectionsPre-Trip Inspections1. Tires:Adjust the tire inflation pressures to specifica-tion. Low tire inflation pressures will result inoverheating and possible failure of the tires.Avoid using worn or damaged tires which mayresult in reduced traction or tire failure.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:Never exceed the maximum tire inflationNever exceed the maximum tire inflationNever exceed the maximum tire inflationNever exceed the maximum tire inflationNever exceed the maximum tire inflationpressure shown on the tires.pressure shown on the tires.pressure shown on the tires.pressure shown on the tires.pressure shown on the tires.

2. Fuel, engine coolant and engine oil:High speed travel consumes 1.5 times morefuel than urban motoring. Do not forget to checkboth engine coolant and engine oil.

3. Drive belt:A loose or damaged drive belt may result inoverheating of the engine.

C190B01S-AAT

Trailer HitchesTrailer HitchesTrailer HitchesTrailer HitchesTrailer HitchesSelect the proper hitch and ball combination,making sure that its location is compatible withthat of the trailer or vehicle being towed.Use a quality non-equalizing hitch which distrib-utes the tongue load uniformly throughout thechassis.

The hitch should be bolted securely to the carand installed by a qualified technician. DO NOTUSE A HITCH DESIGNED FOR TEMPORARYINSTALLATION AND NEVER USE ONE THATATTACHES ONLY TO THE BUMPER.

C180A01A-AAT

USE OF LIGHTSUSE OF LIGHTSUSE OF LIGHTSUSE OF LIGHTSUSE OF LIGHTSCheck your lights regularly for correct operationand always keep them clean. When drivingduring the day in conditions of poor visibility, itis helpful to drive with headlights on low beam.This enables you to be seen as well as to see.

C190A01S-AAT

TRAILER OR VEHICLE TOWINGTRAILER OR VEHICLE TOWINGTRAILER OR VEHICLE TOWINGTRAILER OR VEHICLE TOWINGTRAILER OR VEHICLE TOWINGIf you are considering towing with your car, youshould first check with your State's Departmentof Motor Vehicles to determine their legal re-quirements.Since laws vary from State to State the require-ments for towing trailers, cars, or other types ofvehicles or apparatus may differ. Ask yourHyundai dealer for further details before towing.

CAUTIONCAUTIONCAUTIONCAUTIONCAUTIONDo not do any towing with your car duringDo not do any towing with your car duringDo not do any towing with your car duringDo not do any towing with your car duringDo not do any towing with your car duringits first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) in order toits first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) in order toits first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) in order toits first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) in order toits first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) in order toallow the engine to properly break in. Fail-allow the engine to properly break in. Fail-allow the engine to properly break in. Fail-allow the engine to properly break in. Fail-allow the engine to properly break in. Fail-ure to heed this caution may result in seri-ure to heed this caution may result in seri-ure to heed this caution may result in seri-ure to heed this caution may result in seri-ure to heed this caution may result in seri-ous engine or transaxle damage.ous engine or transaxle damage.ous engine or transaxle damage.ous engine or transaxle damage.ous engine or transaxle damage.

C160J01A-AAT

Don’t Let Ice and Snow AccumulateDon’t Let Ice and Snow AccumulateDon’t Let Ice and Snow AccumulateDon’t Let Ice and Snow AccumulateDon’t Let Ice and Snow AccumulateUnderneathUnderneathUnderneathUnderneathUnderneathUnder some conditions, snow and ice can buildup under the fenders and interfere with thesteering. When driving in severe winter condi-tions where this may happen, you should peri-odically check underneath the car to be surethe movement of the front wheels and thesteering components is not obstructed.

C160I01A-AAT

Don’t Let Your Parking Brake FreezeDon’t Let Your Parking Brake FreezeDon’t Let Your Parking Brake FreezeDon’t Let Your Parking Brake FreezeDon’t Let Your Parking Brake FreezeUnder some conditions your parking brake canfreeze in the engaged position. This is mostlikely to happen when there is an accumulationof snow or ice around or near the rear brakes orif the brakes are wet. If there is a risk theparking brake may freeze, apply it only tempo-rarily while you put the gear selector lever in"P" (automatic) or in first or reverse gear (manualtransaxle) and block the rear wheels so the carcannot roll. Then release the parking brake.


2- 13

C190D01S-AAT

Safety ChainsSafety ChainsSafety ChainsSafety ChainsSafety ChainsShould the hitch connection between your carand the trailer or vehicle you are towing fail, thetrailer or vehicle could wander dangerouslyacross other lanes of traffic and ultimately leavethe roadway. To eliminate this potentially dan-

C190E02Y-AAT

Trailer Weight LimitTrailer Weight LimitTrailer Weight LimitTrailer Weight LimitTrailer Weight Limit

Tongue load Total trailer weightSSA2200B

o Tongue loads can be increased or decreasedby re-distributing the load in the trailer.This can be verified by checking the totalweight of the loaded trailer and then check-ing the load on the tongue.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:1.1.1.1.1. Never load the trailer with more weight inNever load the trailer with more weight inNever load the trailer with more weight inNever load the trailer with more weight inNever load the trailer with more weight in

the back than in the front. About 60% ofthe back than in the front. About 60% ofthe back than in the front. About 60% ofthe back than in the front. About 60% ofthe back than in the front. About 60% ofthe trailer load should be in the front halfthe trailer load should be in the front halfthe trailer load should be in the front halfthe trailer load should be in the front halfthe trailer load should be in the front halfon the trailer and the remaining 40% inon the trailer and the remaining 40% inon the trailer and the remaining 40% inon the trailer and the remaining 40% inon the trailer and the remaining 40% inthe rear.the rear.the rear.the rear.the rear.

2.2.2.2.2. The total gross vehicle weight with trailerThe total gross vehicle weight with trailerThe total gross vehicle weight with trailerThe total gross vehicle weight with trailerThe total gross vehicle weight with trailermust not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weightmust not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weightmust not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weightmust not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weightmust not exceed the Gross Vehicle WeightRating (GVWR) shown on the vehicleRating (GVWR) shown on the vehicleRating (GVWR) shown on the vehicleRating (GVWR) shown on the vehicleRating (GVWR) shown on the vehicleidentification plate (see page 8-1). Theidentification plate (see page 8-1). Theidentification plate (see page 8-1). Theidentification plate (see page 8-1). Theidentification plate (see page 8-1). The

total gross vehicle weight is the com-total gross vehicle weight is the com-total gross vehicle weight is the com-total gross vehicle weight is the com-total gross vehicle weight is the com-bined weight of the vehicle, driver, allbined weight of the vehicle, driver, allbined weight of the vehicle, driver, allbined weight of the vehicle, driver, allbined weight of the vehicle, driver, allpassengers and their luggage, cargo,passengers and their luggage, cargo,passengers and their luggage, cargo,passengers and their luggage, cargo,passengers and their luggage, cargo,hitch, trailer tongue load and other op-hitch, trailer tongue load and other op-hitch, trailer tongue load and other op-hitch, trailer tongue load and other op-hitch, trailer tongue load and other op-tional equipment.tional equipment.tional equipment.tional equipment.tional equipment.

3.3.3.3.3. The front or rear axle weight must notThe front or rear axle weight must notThe front or rear axle weight must notThe front or rear axle weight must notThe front or rear axle weight must notexceed the Gross Axle Weight Ratingexceed the Gross Axle Weight Ratingexceed the Gross Axle Weight Ratingexceed the Gross Axle Weight Ratingexceed the Gross Axle Weight Rating(GAWR) shown on the vehicle identifica-(GAWR) shown on the vehicle identifica-(GAWR) shown on the vehicle identifica-(GAWR) shown on the vehicle identifica-(GAWR) shown on the vehicle identifica-tion plate (see page 8-1). It is possibletion plate (see page 8-1). It is possibletion plate (see page 8-1). It is possibletion plate (see page 8-1). It is possibletion plate (see page 8-1). It is possiblethat your towing package does not ex-that your towing package does not ex-that your towing package does not ex-that your towing package does not ex-that your towing package does not ex-ceed the GVWR but exceeds the GAWR.ceed the GVWR but exceeds the GAWR.ceed the GVWR but exceeds the GAWR.ceed the GVWR but exceeds the GAWR.ceed the GVWR but exceeds the GAWR.Improper trailer loading and/or too muchImproper trailer loading and/or too muchImproper trailer loading and/or too muchImproper trailer loading and/or too muchImproper trailer loading and/or too muchluggage in the trunk can overload theluggage in the trunk can overload theluggage in the trunk can overload theluggage in the trunk can overload theluggage in the trunk can overload therear axle. Redistribute the load and checkrear axle. Redistribute the load and checkrear axle. Redistribute the load and checkrear axle. Redistribute the load and checkrear axle. Redistribute the load and checkthe axle weight again.the axle weight again.the axle weight again.the axle weight again.the axle weight again.

C190C01Y-AAT

Trailer BrakesTrailer BrakesTrailer BrakesTrailer BrakesTrailer BrakesIf your trailer is equipped with a braking system,make sure it conforms to federal and/or localregulations and that it is properly installed andoperating correctly.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:If you tow a trailer or vehicle, your car willIf you tow a trailer or vehicle, your car willIf you tow a trailer or vehicle, your car willIf you tow a trailer or vehicle, your car willIf you tow a trailer or vehicle, your car willrequire more frequent maintenance due torequire more frequent maintenance due torequire more frequent maintenance due torequire more frequent maintenance due torequire more frequent maintenance due tothe additional load. See Maintenance Underthe additional load. See Maintenance Underthe additional load. See Maintenance Underthe additional load. See Maintenance Underthe additional load. See Maintenance UnderSevere Usage Conditions” on page 5-5.Severe Usage Conditions” on page 5-5.Severe Usage Conditions” on page 5-5.Severe Usage Conditions” on page 5-5.Severe Usage Conditions” on page 5-5.

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:ooooo Never connect a trailer brake system di-Never connect a trailer brake system di-Never connect a trailer brake system di-Never connect a trailer brake system di-Never connect a trailer brake system di-

rectly to the vehicle brake system.rectly to the vehicle brake system.rectly to the vehicle brake system.rectly to the vehicle brake system.rectly to the vehicle brake system.ooooo When towing a trailer on steep grades (inWhen towing a trailer on steep grades (inWhen towing a trailer on steep grades (inWhen towing a trailer on steep grades (inWhen towing a trailer on steep grades (in

excess of 12%) pay close attention to theexcess of 12%) pay close attention to theexcess of 12%) pay close attention to theexcess of 12%) pay close attention to theexcess of 12%) pay close attention to theengine coolant temperature gauge to en-engine coolant temperature gauge to en-engine coolant temperature gauge to en-engine coolant temperature gauge to en-engine coolant temperature gauge to en-sure the engine does not overheat. If thesure the engine does not overheat. If thesure the engine does not overheat. If thesure the engine does not overheat. If thesure the engine does not overheat. If theneedle of the coolant temperature gaugeneedle of the coolant temperature gaugeneedle of the coolant temperature gaugeneedle of the coolant temperature gaugeneedle of the coolant temperature gaugemoves across the dial towards “H” (HOT),moves across the dial towards “H” (HOT),moves across the dial towards “H” (HOT),moves across the dial towards “H” (HOT),moves across the dial towards “H” (HOT),pull over and stop as soon as it is safe topull over and stop as soon as it is safe topull over and stop as soon as it is safe topull over and stop as soon as it is safe topull over and stop as soon as it is safe todo so, and allow the engine to idle untildo so, and allow the engine to idle untildo so, and allow the engine to idle untildo so, and allow the engine to idle untildo so, and allow the engine to idle untilit cools down. You may proceed once theit cools down. You may proceed once theit cools down. You may proceed once theit cools down. You may proceed once theit cools down. You may proceed once theengine has cooled sufficiently.engine has cooled sufficiently.engine has cooled sufficiently.engine has cooled sufficiently.engine has cooled sufficiently.

Gross axle weight Gross vehicle weightSSA2200D

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:The following specifications are recommend-The following specifications are recommend-The following specifications are recommend-The following specifications are recommend-The following specifications are recommend-ed when towing a trailer. The loaded trailered when towing a trailer. The loaded trailered when towing a trailer. The loaded trailered when towing a trailer. The loaded trailered when towing a trailer. The loaded trailerweight cannot safely exceed the values inweight cannot safely exceed the values inweight cannot safely exceed the values inweight cannot safely exceed the values inweight cannot safely exceed the values inthe chart.the chart.the chart.the chart.the chart.

gerous situation, safety chains, attached be-tween your car and the trailer or towed vehicle,are required in most states.


2- 14

C190F01S-AAT

Trailer or Vehicle Towing TipsTrailer or Vehicle Towing TipsTrailer or Vehicle Towing TipsTrailer or Vehicle Towing TipsTrailer or Vehicle Towing Tips1. Before towing, check hitch and safety chain

connections as well as proper operation ofthe trailer running lights, brake lights, andturn signals.

2. Always drive your vehicle at a moderatespeed (Less than 60 mph)

3. Trailer towing requires more fuel than nor-mal conditions.

4. To maintain engine braking efficiency andelectrical charging performance, do not usefifth gear (manual transaxle) or overdrive(automatic transaxle).

5. Always secure items in the trailer to preventload shift while driving.

6. Check the condition and air pressure of alltires on the trailer and your car. Low tire

14.When going down a hill, shift into a lowergear and use the engine braking effect.When ascending a long grade, downshift thetransaxle to a lower gear and reduce speedto reduce chances of engine overloadingand/or overheating.

15.If you have to stop while going uphill, do nothold the vehicle in place by pressing on theaccelerator. This can cause the automatictransaxle to overheat. Use the parking brakeor footbrake.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:When towing check transaxle fluid moreWhen towing check transaxle fluid moreWhen towing check transaxle fluid moreWhen towing check transaxle fluid moreWhen towing check transaxle fluid morefrequently.frequently.frequently.frequently.frequently.

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:If overheating should occur when towing,If overheating should occur when towing,If overheating should occur when towing,If overheating should occur when towing,If overheating should occur when towing,(the temperature gauge reads near red zone),(the temperature gauge reads near red zone),(the temperature gauge reads near red zone),(the temperature gauge reads near red zone),(the temperature gauge reads near red zone),taking the following action may reduce ortaking the following action may reduce ortaking the following action may reduce ortaking the following action may reduce ortaking the following action may reduce oreliminate the problem.eliminate the problem.eliminate the problem.eliminate the problem.eliminate the problem.

1. Turn off the air conditioner.2. Reduce highway speed.3. Select a lower gear when going uphill.4. While in stop and go traffic, place the gear

selector in park or neutral and idle the en-gine at a higher speed.

pressure can seriously affect the handling.Also check the spare tire.

7. The vehicle/trailer combination is more af-fected by crosswind and buffeting.When being passed by a large vehicle, keepa constant speed and steer straight ahead.If there is too much wind buffeting slowdown to get out of the other vehicle's airturbulence.

8. When parking your car and trailer, especial-ly on a hill, be sure to follow all the normalprecautions. Turn your front wheel into thecurb, set the parking brake firmly, and putthe transaxle in 1st or Reverse (manual) orPark (automatic). In addition, place wheelchocks at each of the trailer's tires.

9. If the trailer has electric brakes, start yourvehicle and trailer moving, and then applythe trailer brake controller by hand to besure the brakes are working. This lets youcheck your electrical connection at the sametime.

10.During your trip, check occasionally to besure that the load is secure, and that thelights and any trailer brakes are still working.

11.Avoid jerky starts, sudden acceleration orsudden stops.

12.Avoid sharp turns and rapid lane changes.13.Avoid holding the brake pedal down too long

or too frequently. This could cause the brakesto overheat, resulting in reduced brakingefficiency.

Lbs. (kg)

Maximum Towable Weight

With Brake

Without Brake

Trailer Tongue

2000 (907)

1000 (453)

200 (90.7)

100 (45.3)

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:Improperly loading your car and trailer canImproperly loading your car and trailer canImproperly loading your car and trailer canImproperly loading your car and trailer canImproperly loading your car and trailer canseriously affect its steering and braking per-seriously affect its steering and braking per-seriously affect its steering and braking per-seriously affect its steering and braking per-seriously affect its steering and braking per-formance causing a crash in which you mayformance causing a crash in which you mayformance causing a crash in which you mayformance causing a crash in which you mayformance causing a crash in which you maybe seriously injured or killed.be seriously injured or killed.be seriously injured or killed.be seriously injured or killed.be seriously injured or killed.

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

3-1

2. Check the battery connections to be surethey are clean and tight.

3. Turn on the interior light. If the light dims orgoes out when you operate the starter, thebattery is discharged.

4. Check the starter connections to be surethey are securely tightened.

5. Do not push or pull the vehicle to start it. Seeinstructions for "Jump Starting" on the fol-lowing pages.

D020A02A-AAT

JUMP STARTING3. WHAT TO DO IN AN

EMERGENCY

D010A01A-AAT

IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT STARTCAUTION:If the engine will not start, do not push orpull the car to start it. This could result in acollision or cause other damage. In addi-tion, push or pull starting may cause thecatalytic converter to be overloaded andcreate a fire hazard.

D010B01A-AAT

If Engine Doesn’t Turn Over or TurnsOver Slowly

D010B02Y

1. If your car has an automatic transaxle, besure the gear selector lever is in "N" or "P"and the emergency brake is set.

D010C01Y-AAT

If Engine Turns Over Normally but DoesNot Start1. Check fuel level.2. Check all connectors at ignition, coil and

spark plugs. Re-connect any that may bedisconnected or loose.

3. Check the fuel line in the engine room.4. If engine still refuses to start, call a Hyundai

dealer or seek other qualified assistance.

D010D01A-AAT

If Engine Stalls While Driving1. Reduce your speed gradually, keeping a

straight line. Move cautiously off the road toa safe place.

2. Turn on your emergency flashers.3. Try to start the engine again. If your vehicle

will not start, contact a Hyundai dealer orseek other qualified assistance.

WARNING:The gas produced by the battery during thejump-start operation is highly explosive. Ifthese instructions are not followed exactly,serious personal injury and damage to thevehicle may occur! If you are not sure howto follow this procedure, seek qualified as-sistance. Automobile batteries contain sul-furic acid. This is poisonous and highlycorrosive. When jump starting, wear protec-tive glasses and be careful not to get acid onyourself, your clothing or on the car.

o If you should accidentally get acid on yourskin or in your eyes, immediately removeany contaminated clothing and flush thearea with clear water for at least 15 minutes.Then promptly obtain medical attention. Ifyou must be transported to an emergency

3

HEF-194Battery


3-2

engine coolant and no steam, leave theengine running and check to be sure theengine cooling fan is operating. If the fan isnot running, turn the engine off.

4. Check to see if the water pump drive belt ismissing. If it is not missing, check to see thatit is tight. If the drive belt seems to besatisfactory, check for coolant leaking fromthe radiator, hoses or under the car. (If theair conditioning had been in use, it is normalfor cold water to be draining from it whenyou stop).

WARNING:While the engine is running, keep hair, handsand clothing away from moving parts suchas the fan and drive belts to prevent injury.

5. If the water pump drive belt is broken orengine coolant is leaking out, stop the en-gine immediately and call the nearestHyundai dealer for assistance.

WARNING:Do not remove the radiator cap when theengine is hot. This can allow coolant to beblown out of the opening and cause seriousburns.

6. If you cannot find the cause of the overheat-ing, wait until the engine temperature hasreturned to normal. Then, if coolant hasbeen lost, carefully remove the radiator capand add coolant to bring the fluid level in thereservoir up to the halfway mark.

facility, continue to apply water to the affect-ed area with a sponge or cloth.

o The gas produced by the battery during thejump-start operation is highly explosive. Donot smoke or allow a spark or an open flamein the vicinity.

o The battery being used to provide the jumpstart must be 12-volt. If you cannot deter-mine that it is a 12-volt battery, do notattempt to use it for the jump start.

o To jump start a car with a discharged bat-tery, follow this procedure exactly:

1. If the booster battery is installed in anothervehicle, be sure the two vehicles are nottouching.

2. Turn off all unnecessary lights and acces-sories in both vehicles.

3. Attach the clamps of the jumper cable in theexact location shown on the previous page.First, attach one clamp of the jumper cableto the positive (+) post or cable of the dis-charged battery. Then attach the other endof the same cable to the positive (+) post orcable of the booster battery. Next, using theother cable, attach one clamp to the nega-tive (-) post or cable of the booster battery.Then attach the other end of that cable to asolid metal part of the engine away from thebattery. Do not connect the cable to anymoving part.

4. Start the engine in the car with the boosterbattery and let it run for a few minutes. Thiswill help to assure that the booster battery is

fully charged. During the jumping operation,run the engine in this vehicle at about 2,000rpm.

5. Start your engine using the normal startingprocedure. After the engine starts, leave thejumper cables connected and let the enginerun at fast idle or about 2,000 rpm for sev-eral minutes.

6. Carefully remove the jumper cables in thereverse order of attachment.

If you do not know why your battery becamedischarged (because the lights were left on,etc.), have the charging system checked by yourHyundai dealer.

D030A01A-AAT

IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATSIf your temperature gauge indicates overheating,you experience a loss of power, or hear loudpinging or knocking, the engine is probably toohot. If this happens, you should:

1. Pull off the road and stop as soon as it issafe to do so.

2. Place the gear selector lever in "P" (auto-matic), or neutral (manual transaxle) and setthe parking brake. If the air conditioning ison, turn it off.

3. If engine coolant is running out under the caror steam is coming out from the hood, stopthe engine. Do not open the hood until thecoolant has stopped running or the steaminghas stopped. If there is no visible loss of


3-3

7. Proceed with caution, keeping alert for fur-ther signs of overheating. If overheating hap-pens again, call a Hyundai dealer for assis-tance.

CAUTION:Serious loss of coolant indicates there is aleak in the cooling system and this shouldbe checked as soon as possible by a Hyundaidealer.

D040A01S-AAT

SPARE TIREThe following instructions for the temporaryspare tire should be observed:

1. Check inflation pressure as soon as practi-cal after installing the spare tire, and adjustto the specified pressure. The tire pressureshould be periodically checked and main-tained at the specified pressure while thetire is stored.

Inflation Pressure

Tire Size T125/70D15

60 psi (420 kPa)

Spare Tire Pressure

2. The spare tire should only be used tempo-rarily and should be returned to the luggagecompartment as soon as the original tire canbe repaired or replaced.

3. Continuous use at speeds of over 50 mph(80 km/h) is not recommended.

4. As the temporary spare tire is specificallydesigned for your car, it should not be usedon any other vehicle.

5. The temporary spare tire should not be usedon any other wheels, nor should standardtires, snow tires, wheel covers or trim ringsbe used with the temporary spare wheel. Ifsuch use is attempted, damage to theseitems or other car components may occur.

6. The temporary spare tire pressure shouldbe checked once a month while the tire isstored.

CAUTION:o Do not use snow chains with your tem-

porary spare tire.o Do not use more than one temporary

spare tire at a time.

D040B01Y

D040B01A-AAT

Handling the Spare Tire

Remove the installation bolt to remove the sparetire. To replace the spare tire in its storagecompartment, tighten the bolt firmly with yourfingers until there is no more play in the sparetire.

D050A01A-AAT

IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIREIf a tire goes flat while you are driving:

1. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal andlet the car slow down while driving straightahead. Do not apply the brakes immediatelyor attempt to pull off the road as this maycause a loss of control. When the car hasslowed to such a speed that it is safe to doso, brake carefully and pull off the road.Drive off the road as far as possible andpark on firm, level ground. If you are on adivided highway, do not park in the medianarea between the two traffic lanes.


3-4

D060A01A-AAT

CHANGING A FLAT TIRE

The procedure described on the following pagescan be used to rotate tires as well as to changea flat tire. When preparing to change a flat tire,check to be sure the gear selector lever is in "P"(automatic) or reverse gear (manual transaxle)and that the parking brake is set, then:

Remove the spare tire, the jack and tool bagfrom the trunk.

D060B01Y-AAT

1. Obtain Spare Tire and Tool

D040B01Y

2. When the car is stopped, turn on your emer-gency hazard flashers, set the parking brakeand put the transaxle in "P" (automatic) orreverse (manual transaxle).

3. Have all passengers get out of the car. Besure they all get out on the side of the carthat is away from traffic.

4. Change the tire following the instructionsprovided on the following pages.

D060A01Y

D060K02Y-AAT

Wheel Cover (If installed)

D060K06Y

1. Wrap a piece of cloth around the tip of thewrench bar to avoid scratching.

2. Insert the wrench bar into the notch of thewheel cover and pry gently to remove thewheel cover.

3. Change the flat tire.

D060K05Y

4. Reinstall the wheel cover by fitting the bossof the wheel cover in the groove of thewheel, hitting the center of the wheel coverwith your hand.

Alumium Wheel

Steel Wheel


3-5

D060C01A-AAT

2. Block the Wheel

SSA3050D

Flat tire

Block the wheel that is diagonally opposite fromthe flat to keep the vehicle from rolling when thecar is raised on the jack.

D060D02A-AAT

3. Loosen Wheel Nuts

The wheel nuts should be loosened slightlybefore raising the car. To loosen the nuts, turnthe wrench handle counterclockwise. Whendoing this, be sure that the socket is seatedcompletely over the nut so it cannot slip off. Formaximum leverage, position the wrench so thehandle is to the left as shown in the drawing.Then, while holding the wrench near the end ofthe handle, push down on it with steady pres-sure. Do not remove the nuts at this time. Justloosen them about one-half turn.

D060E01A-AAT

4. Put the Jack in Place

The base of the jack should be placed on firm,level ground. The jack should be positioned asshown in the drawing.

D060F02E-AAT

5. Raising the Car

After inserting a bar into the wheel nut wrench,install the bar into the jack as shown in thedrawing. To raise the vehicle, turn the jackhandle clockwise. As the jack begins to raisethe vehicle, double check that it is properlypositioned and will not slip. If the jack is on softground or sand, place a board, brick, flat stone orother object under the base of the jack to keepit from sinking.Raise the car high enough so that the fullyinflated spare tire can be installed. To do this,you will need more ground clearance than isrequired to remove the flat tire.

WARNING:Do not get under the car when it is support-ed by the jack! This is very dangerous as thejack could fall and cause serious injury ordeath. No one should stay in the car whilethe jack is being used.

D060D01Y

HEF-111A

HXDOM091


3-6

SSA3071H

WARNING:Wheels and wheel covers may have sharpedges. Handle them carefully to avoid pos-sible severe injury. Before putting the wheelinto place, be sure that there is nothing onthe hub or wheel (such as mud, tar, gravel,etc.) that interferes with the wheel fromfitting solidly against the hub. If there is,remove it. If there is not good contact on themounting surface between the wheel andhub, the wheel nuts could come loose andcause the loss of a wheel. Loss of a wheelmay result in loss of control of the vehicle.This may cause serious injury or death.

D060H02Y-AAT

7. Reinstall Wheel Nuts

To reinstall the wheel, hold it on the studs, putthe wheel nuts on the studs and tighten themfinger tight. The nuts should be installed withtheir small diameter ends directed inward. Jigglethe tire to be sure it is completely seated, thentighten the nuts as much as possible with yourfingers again.

D060G02Y-AAT

6. Changing Wheels

Loosen the wheel nuts and remove them withyour fingers. Slide the wheel off the studs andlay it flat so it cannot roll away. To put the wheelon the hub, pick up the spare tire, line up theholes with the studs and slide the wheel ontothem. If this is difficult, tip the wheel slightly andget the top hole in the wheel lined up with thetop stud. Then jiggle the wheel back and forthuntil the wheel can be slid over the other studs.

D060G01Y D060H01Y


3-7

D060I01Y-AAT

8. Lower Vehicle and Tighten Nuts

Lower the car to the ground by turning the jackhandle counterclockwise. Then position thewrench as shown in the drawing and tighten thewheel nuts. Be sure the socket is seated com-pletely over the nut. Do not stand on the wrenchhandle or use an extension pipe over the wrenchhandle.Go around the wheel tightening every other nutuntil they are all tight. Then double-check eachnut for tightness and reinstall the wheel cover.After changing wheels, have a technician tightenthe wheel nuts to their proper torque as soon aspossible.

Wheel nut tightening torque:Steel wheel & aluminium alloy wheel:65-80 lb.ft (900-1,100 kg.cm)

D060J01A-AAT

After Changing Wheels

If you have a tire gauge, remove the valve capand check the air pressure. If the pressure islower than recommended, drive slowly to thenearest service station and inflate to the correctpressure. If it is too high, adjust it until it iscorrect. Always reinstall the valve cap afterchecking or adjusting tire pressure. If the cap isnot replaced, air may leak from the tire. If youlose a valve cap, buy another and install it assoon as possible.After you have changed wheels, always securethe flat tire in its place in the trunk and return thejack, jack handle, and tools to their properstorage locations.

D080A01A-AAT

IF YOUR CAR MUST BE TOWED

o OK FOR AUTOMATIC OR MANUALTRANSAXLE EQUIPPED VEHICLE

SSA3080A

CAUTION:Your car can be damaged if towed incor-rectly!

If your car has to be towed, it should be done byyour Hyundai dealer or a commercial tow truckservice. This will help assure that your car isnot damaged in towing. Also, professionals aregenerally aware of state and local laws govern-ing towing. In any case, rather than risk dam-age to your car, it is suggested that you showthis information to the tow truck operator. Besure that a safety chain system is used and thatall state and local laws are observed.

D060D02YD040B01Y


3-8

D080C02A-AAT

Towing a Car With Automatic Transaxle

o NOT OK FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLEEQUIPPED VEHICLE

o OK FOR MANUAL TRANSAXLE

SSA3100A

CAUTION:A car with an automatic transaxle shouldnever be towed from the rear with the frontwheels on the ground. This can cause seri-ous damage to the transaxle. If the car mustbe towed from the rear, a towing dolly mustbe used under the front wheels.

If the car is being towed with the rear wheels onthe ground, be sure the parking brake is re-leased.

o OK FOR AUTOMATIC OR MANUALTRANSAXLE EQUIPPED VEHICLE

SSA3101A

D080B01A-AAT

Towing a Car With Manual Transaxle

o OK FOR AUTOMATIC OR MANUALTRANSAXLE EQUIPPED VEHICLEWITH NO DAMAGE

SSA3090A

o If the car is being towed with the rear wheelson the ground, be sure the parking brake isreleased.

o If the car is being towed with the frontwheels on the ground, be sure that thetransaxle is in neutral. Also, be sure that theignition key is in the "ACC" position. This isnecessary to prevent damage to the steer-ing lock mechanism, which is not designedto hold the front wheels straight while the caris being towed.

o If any of the loaded wheels or suspensioncomponents are damaged, a towing dollymust be used.

NOTE:Before towing, check the level of the tran-saxle fluid. If it is below the "HOT" mark onthe dipstick, add fluid. If you cannot addfluid, a towing dolly must be used as de-scribed above.


3-9

D080D02A-AAT

Emergency Towing

For emergency towing when no commercialtow vehicle is available, attach a tow cable,chain or strap to one of the tie-down hooksunder the front of your car. Do not attempt totow your vehicle in this manner on any unpavedsurface. This could result in serious damage toyour car.Nor should towing be attempted if the wheels,drive train, axles, steering or brakes are dam-aged. Before towing, be sure the transaxle is inneutral and the key is in "ACC" (with the engineoff) or in the "ON" position (with the enginerunning). A driver must be in the towed car tosteer it and operate the brakes.

D120A01A-AAT

IF YOU LOSE YOUR KEYSIf you lose your keys, many Hyundai dealerscan make you a new key if you have your keynumber.If you lock the keys inside your car and youcannot obtain a new key, many Hyundai deal-ers can use special tools to open the door foryou.

D080D02Y

CAUTION:If the car is being towed with all four wheelson the ground, it can be towed only from thefront. Be sure that the transaxle is in neutral.Do not tow at speeds greater than 30 mph(50 km/h) and for more than 15 miles (25km). Be sure the steering is unlocked byplacing the key in the "ACC" position.

CORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARECORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARECORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARECORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARECORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARE

4-1

E020B01A-AAT

Keep Your Car CleanKeep Your Car CleanKeep Your Car CleanKeep Your Car CleanKeep Your Car CleanThe best way to prevent corrosion is to keepyour car clean and free of corrosive materials.Attention to the underside of the car is particu-larly important.

o If you live in a high-corrosion area — whereroad salts are used, near the ocean, areaswith industrial pollution, acid rain, etc.—,you should take extra care to prevent corro-sion. In winter, hose off the underside ofyour car at least once a month and be sureto clean the underside thoroughly when win-ter is over.

o When cleaning underneath the car, giveparticular attention to the components underthe fenders and other areas that are hiddenfrom view. Do a thorough job; just dampen-ing the accumulated mud rather than wash-ing it away will accelerate corrosion ratherthan prevent it. Water under high pressureand steam are particularly effective in re-moving accumulated mud and corrosivematerials.

o When cleaning lower door panels, rockerpanels and frame members, be sure thatdrain holes are kept open so that moisturecan escape and not be trapped inside to ac-celerate corrosion.

E010A01A-AAT

CORROSION PROTECTIONCORROSION PROTECTIONCORROSION PROTECTIONCORROSION PROTECTIONCORROSION PROTECTIONProtecting Your Hyundai from Corro-Protecting Your Hyundai from Corro-Protecting Your Hyundai from Corro-Protecting Your Hyundai from Corro-Protecting Your Hyundai from Corro-sionsionsionsionsionBy using the most advanced design and con-struction practices to combat corrosion, Hyundaiproduces cars of the highest quality. However,this is only part of the job. To achieve the long-term corrosion resistance your Hyundai candeliver, the owner’s cooperation and assistanceis also required.

4.4.4.4.4. CORRCORRCORRCORRCORROSIONOSIONOSIONOSIONOSIONPREVENTION ANDPREVENTION ANDPREVENTION ANDPREVENTION ANDPREVENTION ANDAPPEARANCEAPPEARANCEAPPEARANCEAPPEARANCEAPPEARANCECARECARECARECARECARE

E010C01A-AAT

High-Corrosion AreasHigh-Corrosion AreasHigh-Corrosion AreasHigh-Corrosion AreasHigh-Corrosion AreasIf you live in an area where your car is regularlyexposed to corrosive materials, corrosion pro-tection is particularly important. Some of thecommon causes of accelerated corrosion areroad salts, dust control chemicals, ocean airand industrial pollution.

E010B01A-AAT

Common Causes of CorrosionCommon Causes of CorrosionCommon Causes of CorrosionCommon Causes of CorrosionCommon Causes of CorrosionThe most common causes of corrosion on yourcar are:

o Road salt, dirt and moisture that is allowedto accumulate underneath the car.

o Removal of paint or protective coatings bystones, gravel, abrasion or minor scrapesand dents which leave unprotected metalexposed to corrosion.

E010D01A-AAT

Moisture Breeds CorrosionMoisture Breeds CorrosionMoisture Breeds CorrosionMoisture Breeds CorrosionMoisture Breeds CorrosionMoisture creates the conditions in which corro-sion is most likely to occur. For example, cor-rosion is accelerated by high humidity, particu-larly when temperatures are just above freez-ing. In such conditions, the corrosive material iskept in contact with the car surfaces by mois-ture that is slow to evaporate.Mud is particularly corrosive because it is slowto dry and holds moisture in contact with thevehicle. Although the mud appears to be dry, itcan still retain the moisture and promote corro-sion.High temperatures can also accelerate corro-sion of parts that are not properly ventilated sothe moisture can be dispersed. For all thesereasons, it is particularly important to keep yourcar clean and free of mud or accumulations ofother materials. This applies not only to thevisible surfaces but particularly to the undersideof the car.

E020A01A-AAT

TO HELP PREVENT CORROSIONTO HELP PREVENT CORROSIONTO HELP PREVENT CORROSIONTO HELP PREVENT CORROSIONTO HELP PREVENT CORROSIONYou can help prevent corrosion from getting

started by observing the following:

44444


4-2

E020C01A-AAT

Keep Your Garage DryKeep Your Garage DryKeep Your Garage DryKeep Your Garage DryKeep Your Garage DryDon’t park your car in a damp, poorly ventilatedgarage. This creates a favorable environmentfor corrosion. This is particularly true if youwash your car in the garage or drive it into thegarage when it is still wet or covered with snow,ice or mud. Even a heated garage can contrib-ute to corrosion unless it is well ventilated somoisture is dispersed.

E020D01A-AAT

Keep Paint and Trim in Good Condi-Keep Paint and Trim in Good Condi-Keep Paint and Trim in Good Condi-Keep Paint and Trim in Good Condi-Keep Paint and Trim in Good Condi-tiontiontiontiontionScratches or chips in the finish should be cov-ered with "touch-up" paint as soon as possibleto reduce the possibility of corrosion. If baremetal is showing through, the attention of aqualified body and paint shop is recommended.

E020E01A-AAT

Don’t Neglect the InteriorDon’t Neglect the InteriorDon’t Neglect the InteriorDon’t Neglect the InteriorDon’t Neglect the InteriorMoisture can collect under the floor mats andcarpeting to cause corrosion. Check under themats periodically to be sure the carpeting is dry.Use particular care if you carry fertilizers, clean-ing materials or chemicals in the car.These should be carried only in proper contain-ers and any spills or leaks should be cleanedup, flushed with clear water and thoroughlydried.

E030A01A-AAT

WASHING AND WAXINGWASHING AND WAXINGWASHING AND WAXINGWASHING AND WAXINGWASHING AND WAXINGWashing Your HyundaiWashing Your HyundaiWashing Your HyundaiWashing Your HyundaiWashing Your HyundaiNever wash your car when the surface is hotfrom being in the sun. Always wash your car inthe shade.

Wash your car frequently. Dirt is abrasive andcan scratch the paint if it is not removed. Airpollution or acid rain may damage the paint andtrim through chemical action if pollutants areallowed to remain in contact with the surface. Ifyou live near the ocean or in an area whereroad salts or dust control chemicals are used,you should pay particular attention to the under-side of the car. Start by rinsing the car toremove dust and loose dirt. In winter, or if youhave driven through mud or muddy water, besure to thoroughly clean the underside as well.Use a hard direct stream of water to removeaccumulations of mud or corrosive materials.Use a good quality car-washing solution andfollow the manufacturer’s directions on the pack-age. These are available at your Hyundai dealeror auto parts outlet. Don’t use strong householddetergents, gasoline, strong solvents or abra-sive cleaning powders as these may damagethe finish.Use a clean sponge or cloth, rinse it frequentlyand don’t damage the finish by rubbing toohard. For stubborn spots, dampen them fre-quently and remove them a little at a time.

To clean whitewall tires, use a stiff brush orsoapy steel-wool scouring pad.

To clean plastic wheel covers, use a cleansponge or soft cloth and water.

To clean cast aluminum alloy wheels, use amild soap or neutral detergent. Do not useabrasive cleaners. Protect the bare-metal sur-faces by cleaning, polishing and waxing. Be-cause aluminum is subject to corrosion, be sureto give aluminum alloy wheels special attentionin winter. If you drive on salted roads, clean thewheels thoroughly afterwards.

After washing, be sure to rinse thoroughly. Ifsoapy water dries on the finish, streaking willresult.

When the weather is warm and the humiditylow, you may find it necessary to rinse eachsection immediately after washing to avoidstreaking.

After rinsing, dry the car using a damp chamoisor soft, absorbent cloth. The reason for dryingthe car is to remove water from the car so it willdry without water spots. Don’t rub, this candamage the finish.

If you find any nicks or scratches in the paint,use touch-up paint to cover them to preventcorrosion. To protect the paintwork of the caragainst corrosion, you must clean your Hyundai(at least once a month). Give special attentionto the removal of salt, mud and other substanc-


4-3

es on the underside of the splashboards of thecar. Make sure that the outlets and the under-side of the doors are open. Paint damage canbe caused by small accumulation of tar, indus-trial precipitation, tree resin, insects and birddroppings, when not removed immediately. Ifwater alone is not strong enough to remove theaccumulated dirt, use a mild car washing solu-tion. Be sure to rinse the surface after washingto remove the solution. Never allow the solutionto dry on the painted surfaces.

E030D01A-AAT

When to Wax AgainWhen to Wax AgainWhen to Wax AgainWhen to Wax AgainWhen to Wax AgainYou should polish and wax the car again whenwater no longer beads on a clean surface butspreads out over a larger area.

E030E01A-AAT

Maintaining BumpersMaintaining BumpersMaintaining BumpersMaintaining BumpersMaintaining BumpersSpecial precautions must be observed to pre-serve the appearance of the bumpers on yourHyundai. They are:

o Be careful not to spill battery electrolyte orhydraulic brake fluid on the bumpers. If youdo, wash it off immediately with clear water.

o Be gentle when cleaning the bumper sur-faces. They are made of soft plastic and thesurface can be damaged if mistreated. Donot use abrasive cleaners. Use warm waterand mild soap or car-washing solution.

o Do not expose the bumpers to high tem-peratures. For example, if you have your carrepainted, do not leave the bumpers on thecar if the car is going to be placed in a high-temperature paint booth.

E040A01A-AAT

CLEANING THE INTERIORCLEANING THE INTERIORCLEANING THE INTERIORCLEANING THE INTERIORCLEANING THE INTERIORTo Clean the Vinyl UpholsteryTo Clean the Vinyl UpholsteryTo Clean the Vinyl UpholsteryTo Clean the Vinyl UpholsteryTo Clean the Vinyl UpholsteryTo clean the vinyl upholstery, first remove loosedirt and dust with a vacuum cleaner. Then applya solution of mild soap or detergent and waterusing a clean sponge or soft cloth. Allow this to

stay on the surface to loosen the dirt, then wipewith a clean damp sponge or cloth. If all the dirtstains are not removed, repeat this procedureuntil the upholstery is clean. Do not use gaso-line, solvent, paint thinner or other strong clean-ers.

E030B01A-AAT

Spot CleaningSpot CleaningSpot CleaningSpot CleaningSpot CleaningDon’t use gasoline, strong solvents or corrosivecleaning agents. These can damage the finishof the car. To remove road tar, use turpentineon a clean, soft cloth. Be gentle.To remove dead insects or tree sap, use warmwater and mild soap or car-washing solution.Soak the spot and rub gently. If the paint haslost its luster, use a commercial car-cleaningpolish.

E030C01A-AAT

Polishing and WaxingPolishing and WaxingPolishing and WaxingPolishing and WaxingPolishing and WaxingAlways wash and dry the car before polishingor waxing or using a combination cleaner andwax. Use a good quality commercial productand follow the manufacturer’s directions on thecontainer. Polish and wax the bright trim piecesas well as the paint.

E040B01A-AAT

To Clean the Leather UpholsteryTo Clean the Leather UpholsteryTo Clean the Leather UpholsteryTo Clean the Leather UpholsteryTo Clean the Leather Upholstery(If installed)(If installed)(If installed)(If installed)(If installed)In the normal course of use, leather upholsteredsurfaces will, like any material, pick-up dust anddirt. This dust and dirt must be cleaned off or itmay work into the surface of the leather, caus-ing damage.

Fine leather needs care, and should be cleanedwhen necessary. Washing leather thoroughlywith soap and water will keep your leatherlustrous, beautiful and ensure you have manyyears of wear.Take a piece of cheese cloth and using anymild soap and lukewarm water, work up a goodlather. Thoroughly wash the leather. Wipe cleanwith a slightly damp cloth and dry with softcloth. Do this as often as the leather becomessoiled.

During tanning operations, sufficient oils areincorporated through processing that none needbe applied during the life of the leather. Oilapplied to the finished surface will in no wayhelp the leather and may do more harm than


4-4

E040E01A-AAT

Cleaning the WindowsCleaning the WindowsCleaning the WindowsCleaning the WindowsCleaning the WindowsYou may use any household window cleaneron the windows. However, when cleaning theinside of the rear window be careful not todamage the rear window defroster wiring.

E050A01A-AAT

Any Questions?Any Questions?Any Questions?Any Questions?Any Questions?If you have any questions about the care ofyour car, consult your Hyundai dealer.

good. Varnishes and furniture polishes shouldnever be used under any conditions.

E040D01A-AAT

Cleaning the Seat BeltsCleaning the Seat BeltsCleaning the Seat BeltsCleaning the Seat BeltsCleaning the Seat BeltsTo clean the seat belts, use a cloth or spongewith mild soap or detergent and warm water. Donot use strong detergents, dye, bleach or abra-sive materials on the seat belts as this mayweaken the fabric.While cleaning the belts, inspect them for ex-cessive wear, cuts, fraying or other signs ofdamage and replace them if necessary.

E040C01A-AAT

Cleaning the CarpetsCleaning the CarpetsCleaning the CarpetsCleaning the CarpetsCleaning the CarpetsUse a foam-type carpet cleaner. Cleaners ofthis type are available in aerosol cans in liquidform or powder. Read the instructions and fol-low them exactly. Using a vacuum cleaner withthe appropriate attachment, remove as muchdirt from the carpets as possible. Apply thefoam following the manufacturer’s directions,then rub in overlapping circles. Do not addwater. These cleaners work best when thecarpet is kept as dry as possible.

VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

5-1

F010C01A-AAT

Specified Scheduled ProceduresSpecified Scheduled ProceduresSpecified Scheduled ProceduresSpecified Scheduled ProceduresSpecified Scheduled ProceduresThese are the procedures such as inspections,adjustments and replacements that are listed inthe maintenance charts starting on page 5-3.These procedures must be performed at theintervals shown in the maintenance schedule toassure that your warranty remains in effect.Although it is strongly recommended that theybe performed by the trained technicians at yourHyundai dealer, these procedures may be per-formed at any qualified service facility.It is suggested that genuine Hyundai serviceparts be used for any required repairs or re-placements. Other parts of equivalent qualitysuch as engine oil, engine coolant, manual orauto transaxle oil, brake fluid and so on whichare not supplied by Hyundai Motor Company orits distributor may be used without affectingyour warranty coverage but you should alwaysbe sure these are equivalent to the quality of theoriginal Hyundai parts. Your Owner's Hand-book provides further information about yourwarranty coverage.

5.5.5.5.5. VEHICLE MAINTE-VEHICLE MAINTE-VEHICLE MAINTE-VEHICLE MAINTE-VEHICLE MAINTE-NANCE REQNANCE REQNANCE REQNANCE REQNANCE REQUIRE-UIRE-UIRE-UIRE-UIRE-MENTSMENTSMENTSMENTSMENTS

F010E01A-AAT

Do-It-Yourself MaintenanceDo-It-Yourself MaintenanceDo-It-Yourself MaintenanceDo-It-Yourself MaintenanceDo-It-Yourself MaintenanceIf you are mechanically inclined, own a few toolsthat are required and want to take the time to doso, you can inspect and service a number ofitems. For more information about doing it your-self, see Section 6.

F010D01A-AAT

General ChecksGeneral ChecksGeneral ChecksGeneral ChecksGeneral ChecksThese are the regular checks you should per-form when you drive your Hyundai or you fill thefuel tank. A list of these items will be found onpage 6-3.

F010A01A-AAT

MAINTENANCE INTERVALSMAINTENANCE INTERVALSMAINTENANCE INTERVALSMAINTENANCE INTERVALSMAINTENANCE INTERVALSService RequirementsService RequirementsService RequirementsService RequirementsService RequirementsTo ensure that you receive the greatest numberof miles of satisfying operation from yourHyundai, certain maintenance procedures mustbe performed. Although careful design and en-gineering have reduced these to a minimum,those that are required are of the utmost impor-tance.It is your responsibility to have these mainte-nance procedures performed to comply with theterms of the warranties covering your newHyundai. The Owner's Handbook supplied withyour new vehicle provides further informationabout these warranties.

F010B01A-AAT

Maintenance RequirementsMaintenance RequirementsMaintenance RequirementsMaintenance RequirementsMaintenance RequirementsThe maintenance required for your Hyundai canbe divided into three main areas:

o Specified scheduled procedureso General everyday checkso Do-it-yourself maintenance

F010F01A-AAT

A Few TipsA Few TipsA Few TipsA Few TipsA Few Tipso Whenever you have your Hyundai serviced,

keep copies of the service records in yourglovebox. This will help ensure that you candocument that the required procedures havebeen performed to keep your warranties ineffect. This is especially important whenservice is not performed by an authorizedHyundai dealer.

o If you choose to do your own maintenanceand repairs, you may find it helpful to havean official Hyundai Shop Manual. A copy ofthis publication may be purchased at yourHyundai dealer's parts department.

F020A02Y-AAT

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCESCHEDULED MAINTENANCESCHEDULED MAINTENANCESCHEDULED MAINTENANCESCHEDULED MAINTENANCEREQUIREMENTSREQUIREMENTSREQUIREMENTSREQUIREMENTSREQUIREMENTSo Inspection should be performed any time a

malfunction is experienced or suspected.o Receipts for all emission control system

services should be retained to demonstrate

55555


5- 2

compliance with conditions of the emissionssystem warranty.

o After 120 months or 150,000 miles (240,000km), continue to follow the prescribed main-tenance intervals.

o For severe usage maintenance require-ments, see page 5-5 of this section.


5-3

F030A01A-AAT

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCESCHEDULED MAINTENANCESCHEDULED MAINTENANCESCHEDULED MAINTENANCESCHEDULED MAINTENANCEThe following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance. Keep receipts for all vehicle emission services toprotect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown, the frequency of service is determined by whichever occurs first.

F030B02Y-AAT

R :Replace I : Inspect and, after Inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary.

EMISSION CONTROL ITEMS

ENGINE OIL AND FILTER

FUEL FILTER

FUEL LINES, FUEL HOSES AND CONNECTIONS

VACUUM AND CRANKCASE VENTILATION HOSES

VAPOR HOSE AND FUEL FILLER CAP

AIR CLEANER FILTER

SPARK PLUGS (PLATINUM COATED)

No. DESCRIPTION

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

MILES X 1000

KILOMETERS X 1000

MONTHS

7.5

12

6

R

15

24

12

R

22.5

36

18

R

30

48

24

R

I

I

R

37.5

60

30

R

45

72

36

R

52.5

84

42

R

R

I

60

96

48

R

I

I

R

R

67.5

108

54

R

75

120

60

R

82.5

132

66

R

90

144

72

R

I

I

R

97.5

156

78

R

105

168

84

R

R

I

112.5

180

90

R

120

192

96

R

I

I

R

R

127.5

204

102

R

135

216

108

R

142.5

228

114

R

150

240

120

R

I

I

R


5- 4

F030C07Y-AAT

R : Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary

GENERAL ITEMS

DRIVE BELT

COOLANT

TIMING BELT

MANUAL TRANSAXLE OIL

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID AND FILTER

BRAKE FLUID

BRAKE HOSES AND LINES

REAR BRAKE DRUMS/LININGS, PARKING BRAKE

BRAKE PADS, CALIPERS AND ROTORS

EXHAUST PIPE AND MUFFLER

SUSPENSION MOUNTING BOLTS

STEERING GEAR BOX, LINKAGE & BOOTS/LOWER ARM

BALL JOINT, UPPER ARM BALL JOINT

POWER STEERING PUMP AND HOSES

DRIVESHAFTS AND BOOTS

AIR CONDITIONING REFRIGERANT

AIR FILTER (For Evaporator and Blower unit)

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

No. DESCRIPTION

MILES X 1000

KILOMETERS X 1000

MONTHS

2.4DOHC (ALT, W/PUMP, P/STR'G, A/CON)

2.7V6 (AUTO-TENSIONER, ALT, P/STR'G, A/CON)

7.5

12

6

15

24

12

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

22.5

36

18

30

48

24

I

I

R

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

37.5

60

30

45

72

36

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

52.5

84

42

60

96

48

R

I

R

R*¹

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

67.5

108

54

75

120

60

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

82.5

132

66

90

144

72

I

R

R

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

97.5

156

78

105

168

84

R

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

112.5

180

90

120

192

96

R

I

R

R*¹

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

127.5

204

102

135

216

108

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

142.5

228

114

150

240

120

I

I

R

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

See Note *2

Note :*1. FOR CALIFORNIA, THIS MAINTENANCE IS RECOMMENDED, BUT NOT REQUIRED.*2. FOR EVERY 12 MONTHS OR 12,000 MILES (20,000 KM), WHICHEVER OCCURS FIRST : "R"


5-5

MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONSMAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONSMAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONSMAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONSMAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONSThe following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriatemaintenance intervals.

R : Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary

F040A04Y-AAT

F - More than 50% driving in heavy city traffic during hot weatherabove 90°F (32°C)

G - Driving in mountainous areasH - Towing a trailerI - Driving for patrol car, taxi, commercial car or vehicle towingJ - Driving over 100mph

SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONSSEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONSSEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONSSEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONSSEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONSA - Repeated short distance drivingB - Extensive idlingC - Driving in dusty, rough roadsD - Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weatherE - Driving in sandy areas

MAINTENANCE ITEM

ENGINE OIL AND FILTER

AIR CLEANER FILTER

SPARK PLUGS

BRAKE PADS, CALIPERS AND ROTORS

REAR BRAKE DRUMS/LININGS,

PARKING BRAKE

STEERING GEAR BOX, LINKAGE & BOOTS/

LOWER ARM BALL JOINT, UPPER ARM BALL JOINT

DRIVESHAFTS AND BOOTS

MANUAL TRANSAXLE OIL

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID AND FILTER

AIR FILTER (FOR EVAP. AND BLOWER UNIT)

A, B, C, F, H

C, E

B, H

C, D, G, H

C, D, G, H

C, D, E, F, G

C, E, F

A,C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J

A, C, E, F, G, H, I

C, E

EVERY 3,000 MILES (4,800 KM) OR 3 MONTHS

MORE FREQUENTLY

MORE FREQUENTLY

MORE FREQUENTLY

MORE FREQUENTLY

MORE FREQUENTLY

EVERY 7,500 MILES (12,000 KM) OR 6 MONTHS

EVERY 60,000 MILES (96,000 KM)

EVERY 30,000 MILES (48,000 KM)

MORE FREQUENTLY

MAINTENANCEOPERATION

R

R

R

I

I

I

I

R

R

R

DRIVINGCONDITIONMAINTENANCE INTERVALS


5- 6

F060A01A-AAT

EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAIN-EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAIN-EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAIN-EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAIN-EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAIN-TENANCE ITEMSTENANCE ITEMSTENANCE ITEMSTENANCE ITEMSTENANCE ITEMSF060M01A-AAT

o Engine Oil and Filtero Engine Oil and Filtero Engine Oil and Filtero Engine Oil and Filtero Engine Oil and FilterThe engine oil and filter should be changed atthe intervals specified in the maintenance sched-ule. If the car is being driven in severe condi-tions, more frequent oil and filter changes arerequired.

F060C01A-AAT

ooooo Fuel FilterFuel FilterFuel FilterFuel FilterFuel FilterA clogged filter can limit the speed at which thevehicle may be driven, damage the emissionsystem and cause hard starting. If an exces-sive amount of foreign matter accumulates inthe fuel tank, the filter may require replacementmore frequently.After installing a new filter, run the engine forseveral minutes, and check for leaks at theconnections. Fuel filters should be installed bytrained technicians.

F060B02A-AAT

ooooo Drive BeltsDrive BeltsDrive BeltsDrive BeltsDrive BeltsInspect all drive belts for evidence of cuts,cracks, excessive wear or oil saturation andreplace if necessary. Drive belts should bechecked periodically for proper tension andadjusted as necessary.

F060D01A-AAT

ooooo Fuel Lines, Fuel Hoses and Connec-Fuel Lines, Fuel Hoses and Connec-Fuel Lines, Fuel Hoses and Connec-Fuel Lines, Fuel Hoses and Connec-Fuel Lines, Fuel Hoses and Connec-tionstionstionstionstions

Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and connec-tions for leakage and damage. Have a trainedtechnician replace any damaged or leaking partsimmediately.

F060G01A-AAT

ooooo Vapor Hose and Fuel Filler CapVapor Hose and Fuel Filler CapVapor Hose and Fuel Filler CapVapor Hose and Fuel Filler CapVapor Hose and Fuel Filler CapThe vapor hose and fuel filler cap should beinspected at those intervals specified in themaintenance schedule. Make sure that a newvapor hose or fuel filler cap is correctly re-placed.

F060F01A-AAT

ooooo Vacuum, CrankcaseVacuum, CrankcaseVacuum, CrankcaseVacuum, CrankcaseVacuum, CrankcaseVentilation HosesVentilation HosesVentilation HosesVentilation HosesVentilation Hoses

Inspect the surface of hoses for evidence ofheat and/or mechanical damage. Hard and brit-tle rubber, cracking, tears, cuts, abrasions, andexcessive swelling indicate deterioration. Par-ticular attention should be paid to examinethose hose surfaces nearest to high heat sourc-es, such as the exhaust manifold.Inspect the hose routing to assure that thehoses do not come in contact with any heatsource, sharp edges or moving componentwhich might cause heat damage or mechanicalwear. Inspect all hose connections, such asclamps and couplings, to make sure they aresecure, and that no leaks are present. Hosesshould be replaced immediately if there is anyevidence of deterioration or damage.

F060H01A-AAT

o Air cleaner filtero Air cleaner filtero Air cleaner filtero Air cleaner filtero Air cleaner filterA Genuine Hyundai air cleaner filter is recom-mended when filter is replaced.

F060J01A-AAT

o Spark plugso Spark plugso Spark plugso Spark plugso Spark plugsMake sure to install new spark plugs of thecorrect heat range.

F060E01A-AAT

ooooo Timing beltTiming beltTiming beltTiming beltTiming beltInspect all parts related to the timing belt fordamage and deformation. Replace any dam-aged parts immediately.

F070C01A-AAT

o Engine coolanto Engine coolanto Engine coolanto Engine coolanto Engine coolantThe coolant should be changed at theintervals specified in the maintenance sched-ule.

F070D01A-AAT

o Manual transaxle oilo Manual transaxle oilo Manual transaxle oilo Manual transaxle oilo Manual transaxle oilInspect the manual transaxle oil according tothe maintenance schedule.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:If the oil level is low, check for possibleIf the oil level is low, check for possibleIf the oil level is low, check for possibleIf the oil level is low, check for possibleIf the oil level is low, check for possibleleaks before adding oil. Do not overfill.leaks before adding oil. Do not overfill.leaks before adding oil. Do not overfill.leaks before adding oil. Do not overfill.leaks before adding oil. Do not overfill.


5-7

F070E04A-AAT

o Automatic Transaxle Fluid and Filtero Automatic Transaxle Fluid and Filtero Automatic Transaxle Fluid and Filtero Automatic Transaxle Fluid and Filtero Automatic Transaxle Fluid and FilterThe fluid level should be in the "HOT" range ofthe dipstick, after the engine and transaxle areat normal operating temperature. Check theautomatic transaxle fluid level with the enginerunning and the transaxle in neutral, with theparking brake properly applied. Use GenuineHyundai ATF or DIAMOND ATF SP-III or SKATF SP-III when adding or changing fluid.

F070F01A-AAT

ooooo Brake Hoses and LinesBrake Hoses and LinesBrake Hoses and LinesBrake Hoses and LinesBrake Hoses and LinesVisually check for proper installation, chafing,cracks, deterioration and any leakage. Replaceany deteriorated or damaged parts immediate-ly.

F070G02A-AAT

o Brake Fluido Brake Fluido Brake Fluido Brake Fluido Brake FluidCheck brake fluid level in the brake fluid reser-voir. The level should be between “MIN” and“MAX” marks on the side of the reservoir. Useonly hydraulic brake fluid conforming to DOT 3or DOT 4.

F070J01A-AAT

o Brake Pads, Calipers and Rotorso Brake Pads, Calipers and Rotorso Brake Pads, Calipers and Rotorso Brake Pads, Calipers and Rotorso Brake Pads, Calipers and RotorsCheck the pads for excessive wear, discs forrun out and wear, and calipers for fluid leakage.

F070K01A-AAT

o Exhaust Pipe and Mufflero Exhaust Pipe and Mufflero Exhaust Pipe and Mufflero Exhaust Pipe and Mufflero Exhaust Pipe and MufflerVisually inspect the exhaust pipes, muffler andhangers for cracks, deterioration, or damage.Start the engine and listen carefully for anyexhaust gas leakage. Tighten connections orreplace parts as necessary.

F070L01A-AAT

o Suspension Mounting Boltso Suspension Mounting Boltso Suspension Mounting Boltso Suspension Mounting Boltso Suspension Mounting BoltsCheck the suspension connections for loose-ness or damage. Retighten to the specifiedtorque.

F070M01Y-AAT

ooooo Steering Gear Box, Linkage & Boots/Steering Gear Box, Linkage & Boots/Steering Gear Box, Linkage & Boots/Steering Gear Box, Linkage & Boots/Steering Gear Box, Linkage & Boots/Lower Arm Ball Joint, Upper ArmLower Arm Ball Joint, Upper ArmLower Arm Ball Joint, Upper ArmLower Arm Ball Joint, Upper ArmLower Arm Ball Joint, Upper ArmBall JointBall JointBall JointBall JointBall Joint

With the vehicle stopped and engine off, checkfor excessive free-play in the steering wheel.Check the linkage for bends or damage. Checkthe dust boots and ball joints for deterioration,cracks, or damage. Replace any damaged parts.

F070N01A-AAT

ooooo Power Steering Pump, Belt andPower Steering Pump, Belt andPower Steering Pump, Belt andPower Steering Pump, Belt andPower Steering Pump, Belt andHosesHosesHosesHosesHoses

Check the power steering pump and hoses forleakage and damage. Replace any damaged orleaking parts immediately. Inspect the powersteering belt for evidence of cuts, cracks, ex-cessive wear, oiliness and proper tension. Re-place or adjust it if necessary.

F070P01A-AAT

o Driveshafts and Bootso Driveshafts and Bootso Driveshafts and Bootso Driveshafts and Bootso Driveshafts and BootsCheck the drive shafts, boots and clamps forcracks, deterioration, or damage. Replace anydamaged parts and, if necessary, repack thegrease.

F070Q01A-AAT

ooooo Air Conditioning RefrigerantAir Conditioning RefrigerantAir Conditioning RefrigerantAir Conditioning RefrigerantAir Conditioning RefrigerantCheck the air conditioning lines and connec-tions for leakage and damage. Check air condi-tioning performance according to the relevantshop manual if necessary.

F070H01A-AAT

ooooo Rear Brake Drums and Linings/Rear Brake Drums and Linings/Rear Brake Drums and Linings/Rear Brake Drums and Linings/Rear Brake Drums and Linings/Parking BrakeParking BrakeParking BrakeParking BrakeParking Brake

Check the rear brake drums and linings forscoring, burning, leaking fluid, broken parts,and excessive wear. Inspect the parking brakesystem including the parking brake lever andcables. For detailed service procedures, referto the Shop Manual.

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-1

6.6.6.6.6. DO-ITDO-ITDO-ITDO-ITDO-IT-Y-Y-Y-Y-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEOURSELF MAINTENANCEOURSELF MAINTENANCEOURSELF MAINTENANCEOURSELF MAINTENANCEG010A02Y-GAT

ENGINE COMPARTMENT (2.4 DOHC)ENGINE COMPARTMENT (2.4 DOHC)ENGINE COMPARTMENT (2.4 DOHC)ENGINE COMPARTMENT (2.4 DOHC)ENGINE COMPARTMENT (2.4 DOHC)

66666

1 2 43 5

6 7 108

1. Engine oil filler cap2. Brake Booster3. Brake fluid reservoir4. Clutch fluid reservoir (If installed)5. Under hood junction box

HEF-064

6. Windshield washer fluid reservoir 7. Power steering fluid reservoir 8. Engine oil level dipstick 9. Engine cover10. Automatic transaxle fluid level dipstick

(If installed)

11. Radiator cap12. Air cleaner13. Coolant reservoir cap14. Battery

1112 139 14


6-2

G010B03Y-AAT

ENGINE COMPARTMENT (2.7 V6 Delta)ENGINE COMPARTMENT (2.7 V6 Delta)ENGINE COMPARTMENT (2.7 V6 Delta)ENGINE COMPARTMENT (2.7 V6 Delta)ENGINE COMPARTMENT (2.7 V6 Delta)

1. Air cleaner2. Brake fluid reservoir3. Brake booster4. Windshield washer fluid reservoir5. Power steering fluid reservoir

6. Engine oil level dipstick7. Engine cover8. Engine oil filler cap9. Automatic transaxle fluid level dipstick

(If installed)

10.Radiator cap11.Battery12.Coolant reservoir cap13.Under hood junction box

G010B04Y

1 2 3

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13


6-3

G020A01A-AAT

GENERAL CHECKSGENERAL CHECKSGENERAL CHECKSGENERAL CHECKSGENERAL CHECKSEngine CompartmentEngine CompartmentEngine CompartmentEngine CompartmentEngine CompartmentThe following should be checked regularly:

o Engine oil level and conditiono Transaxle fluid level and conditiono Brake fluid levelo Clutch fluid levelo Engine coolant levelo Windshield washer fluid levelo Accessory drive belt conditiono Engine coolant hose conditiono Fluid leaks (on or below components)o Power steering fluid levelo Battery condition

G020B01A-AAT

Vehicle ExteriorVehicle ExteriorVehicle ExteriorVehicle ExteriorVehicle ExteriorThe following should be checked monthly:

o Overall appearance and conditiono Wheel condition and wheel nut torqueo Exhaust system conditiono Light condition and operationo Windshield glass conditiono Wiper blade conditiono Paint condition and body corrosiono Fluid leakso Door and hood lock conditiono Tire pressure and condition (including spare

tire)o Air filter condition

G020C01A-AAT

Vehicle InteriorVehicle InteriorVehicle InteriorVehicle InteriorVehicle InteriorThe following should be checked each timewhen the vehicle is driven:

o Lights operationo Windshield wiper operationo Horn operationo Defroster, heating system operation (and air

conditioning, if installed)o Steering operation and conditiono Mirror condition and operationo Turn signal operationo Accelerator pedal operationo Brake operation, including parking brakeo Manual transaxle operation, including clutch

operationo Automatic transaxle operation, including

"Park" mechanism operationo Seat control condition and operationo Seat belt condition and operationo Sunvisor operation

If you notice anything that does not operatecorrectly or appears to be functioning incorrect-ly, inspect it carefully and seek assistance fromyour Hyundai dealer if service is needed.

G030A01A-AAT

CHECKING THE ENGINE OILCHECKING THE ENGINE OILCHECKING THE ENGINE OILCHECKING THE ENGINE OILCHECKING THE ENGINE OILEngine oil is essential to the performance andservice of the engine. It is suggested that youcheck the oil level at least once a week innormal use and more often if you are on a tripor driving in severe conditions.

G030B01A-AAT

Recommended OilRecommended OilRecommended OilRecommended OilRecommended Oil

SH, SG or SG/CD (API) multi-grade and fuelefficient oil is recommended.

G030B01A

°F

°C

20W-40 20W-50

10W-30 10W-40 10W-50

5W-30 5W-40

-20

-29

-9

-23

0

-18

20

-7

32

0

60

16

85

27

95

35

100

38


6-4

G030C01A-AAT

To Check the Oil LevelTo Check the Oil LevelTo Check the Oil LevelTo Check the Oil LevelTo Check the Oil LevelG030D01A-AAT

Adding OilAdding OilAdding OilAdding OilAdding Oil

DOHC V6 DOHC V6

G030C01Y G030D01Y

Before checking the oil, warm up the engine tothe normal operating temperature and be sureyour car is parked on level ground. Turn theengine off.

Wait a minute, then remove the dipstick, wipe itoff, fully reinsert the dipstick and withdraw itagain. Then note the highest level the oil hasreached on the dipstick. It should be betweenthe upper ("FULL") and lower ("LOW") range.

If the oil level is close to or below the "LOW"mark, add oil until it reaches the "FULL" mark.To add oil:

1. Remove the oil filler cap by turning it counter-clockwise.

2. Add oil, then check the level again. Do notoverfill.

3. Replace the cap by turning it clockwise.

The distance between the "FULL" and "LOW"marks is equal to about 1 quart of oil.

G040A02A-AAT

CHANGING THE OIL AND FILTERCHANGING THE OIL AND FILTERCHANGING THE OIL AND FILTERCHANGING THE OIL AND FILTERCHANGING THE OIL AND FILTER

G040A01Y/G040A02Y

DOHC V6

The engine oil and filter should be changed atthose intervals specified in the maintenanceschedule in Section 5. If the car is being drivenin severe conditions, more frequent oil and filterchanges are required.

The procedure for changing the oil and filter isas follows:

1. Park the car on level ground and set theparking brake. Start the engine and let itwarm up until the needle on the coolanttemperature gauge moves above the lowestmark. Turn the engine off and place the gearselector lever in "P" (automatic) or reversegear (manual transaxle). Set the parkingbrake.

2. Open the hood and remove the engine oilfiller cap.


6-5

3. Slide underneath the car and loosen thedrain plug by turning it counterclockwisewith a wrench of the proper size. Be surethat a drain pan is in position to catch the oilas it drains out, then remove the drain plug.

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:Be very careful when draining the engine oilBe very careful when draining the engine oilBe very careful when draining the engine oilBe very careful when draining the engine oilBe very careful when draining the engine oilas it may be hot enough to burn you!as it may be hot enough to burn you!as it may be hot enough to burn you!as it may be hot enough to burn you!as it may be hot enough to burn you!

4. When the oil has stopped draining, replacethe drain plug using a new washer andretighten by turning it clockwise.

Tightening torque is: 3.5 ~ 4.5 kgf.mTightening torque is: 3.5 ~ 4.5 kgf.mTightening torque is: 3.5 ~ 4.5 kgf.mTightening torque is: 3.5 ~ 4.5 kgf.mTightening torque is: 3.5 ~ 4.5 kgf.m

5. Remove the oil filter by turning it counter-clockwise with a oil filter wrench of theproper size. A certain amount of oil willcome out when you remove the filter. So besure to have your drain pan in place under-neath it.

6. Install a new oil filter in accordance with theinstructions on the carton or on the filteritself. Do not over-tighten.

Tightening torque is: 1.2 ~ 1.6 kgf.mTightening torque is: 1.2 ~ 1.6 kgf.mTightening torque is: 1.2 ~ 1.6 kgf.mTightening torque is: 1.2 ~ 1.6 kgf.mTightening torque is: 1.2 ~ 1.6 kgf.m

Be sure that the mounting surface on theengine is clean and that the old gasket isremoved completely. Lubricate the new gas-ket on the filter with clean engine oil beforeinstallation.

7. Refill the crankcase with the recommendedengine oil. Refer to the specification in chap-ter 9 for engine oil capacity.

8. Start the engine and check to be sure no oilis leaking from the drain plug or oil filter.

9. Shut off the engine and recheck the oil level.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:Always dispose of used engine oil in anAlways dispose of used engine oil in anAlways dispose of used engine oil in anAlways dispose of used engine oil in anAlways dispose of used engine oil in anenvironmentally acceptable manner. It is sug-environmentally acceptable manner. It is sug-environmentally acceptable manner. It is sug-environmentally acceptable manner. It is sug-environmentally acceptable manner. It is sug-gested that it be placed in a sealed containergested that it be placed in a sealed containergested that it be placed in a sealed containergested that it be placed in a sealed containergested that it be placed in a sealed containerand taken to a service station for reclama-and taken to a service station for reclama-and taken to a service station for reclama-and taken to a service station for reclama-and taken to a service station for reclama-tion. Do not pour the oil on the ground ortion. Do not pour the oil on the ground ortion. Do not pour the oil on the ground ortion. Do not pour the oil on the ground ortion. Do not pour the oil on the ground orput it into the household trash.put it into the household trash.put it into the household trash.put it into the household trash.put it into the household trash.

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:Used motor oil may cause irritation or can-Used motor oil may cause irritation or can-Used motor oil may cause irritation or can-Used motor oil may cause irritation or can-Used motor oil may cause irritation or can-cer of the skin if left in contact with the skincer of the skin if left in contact with the skincer of the skin if left in contact with the skincer of the skin if left in contact with the skincer of the skin if left in contact with the skinfor prolonged periods of time. Wash yourfor prolonged periods of time. Wash yourfor prolonged periods of time. Wash yourfor prolonged periods of time. Wash yourfor prolonged periods of time. Wash yourhands thoroughly with soap and warm wa-hands thoroughly with soap and warm wa-hands thoroughly with soap and warm wa-hands thoroughly with soap and warm wa-hands thoroughly with soap and warm wa-ter as soon as possible after handling usedter as soon as possible after handling usedter as soon as possible after handling usedter as soon as possible after handling usedter as soon as possible after handling usedoil.oil.oil.oil.oil.

G050A01A-AAT

CHECKING AND CHANGING THE EN-CHECKING AND CHANGING THE EN-CHECKING AND CHANGING THE EN-CHECKING AND CHANGING THE EN-CHECKING AND CHANGING THE EN-GINE COOLANTGINE COOLANTGINE COOLANTGINE COOLANTGINE COOLANT

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:Do not remove the radiator cap when theDo not remove the radiator cap when theDo not remove the radiator cap when theDo not remove the radiator cap when theDo not remove the radiator cap when theengine is hot. When the engine is hot, theengine is hot. When the engine is hot, theengine is hot. When the engine is hot, theengine is hot. When the engine is hot, theengine is hot. When the engine is hot, theengine coolant is under pressure and mayengine coolant is under pressure and mayengine coolant is under pressure and mayengine coolant is under pressure and mayengine coolant is under pressure and mayerupt through the opening if the cap iserupt through the opening if the cap iserupt through the opening if the cap iserupt through the opening if the cap iserupt through the opening if the cap isremoved. You could be seriously burned ifremoved. You could be seriously burned ifremoved. You could be seriously burned ifremoved. You could be seriously burned ifremoved. You could be seriously burned ifyou do not observe this precaution. Do notyou do not observe this precaution. Do notyou do not observe this precaution. Do notyou do not observe this precaution. Do notyou do not observe this precaution. Do notremove the radiator cap until the radiator isremove the radiator cap until the radiator isremove the radiator cap until the radiator isremove the radiator cap until the radiator isremove the radiator cap until the radiator iscool to the touch.cool to the touch.cool to the touch.cool to the touch.cool to the touch.

G050B01A-AAT

Recommended Engine CoolantRecommended Engine CoolantRecommended Engine CoolantRecommended Engine CoolantRecommended Engine Coolant

G050B01Y

Use a high quality ethylene-glycol coolant in a50/50 mix with water. The engine coolant shouldbe compatible with aluminum engine parts.Additional corrosion inhibitors or additives shouldnot be used. The cooling system must be main-tained with the correct concentration and typeof engine coolant to prevent freezing and corro-sion. Never allow the concentration of anti-freeze to exceed the 60% level or go below the35% level, or damage to the cooling systemmay result. For proper concentration when add-ing or replacing the engine coolant, refer to thefollowing table.


6-6

35% 65%

40% 60%

50% 50%

60% 40%

Ambient

temperature

°C ( °F)

-15 (5)

-25 (-13)

-35 (-31)

-45 (-49)

Antifreezesolution

Water

Engine Coolant concentration

G050C01A-AAT

To Check the Coolant LevelTo Check the Coolant LevelTo Check the Coolant LevelTo Check the Coolant LevelTo Check the Coolant Level

G050C01Y

The coolant level can be seen on the side of theplastic coolant reservoir. The level of the cool-ant should be between the "LOW" and "FULL"lines on the reservoir when the engine is cool.If the level is below the "LOW" mark, addengine coolant to bring it up between "LOW"and "FULL". If the level is low, inspect forcoolant leaks and recheck the fluid level fre-

quently. If the level drops again, visit yourHyundai dealer for an inspection and diagnosisof the reason.

G050D02A-AAT

To Change the Engine CoolantTo Change the Engine CoolantTo Change the Engine CoolantTo Change the Engine CoolantTo Change the Engine CoolantThe engine coolant should be changed at thoseintervals specified in the vehicle maintenanceschedule in Section 5.

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:Engine coolant can damage the finish ofEngine coolant can damage the finish ofEngine coolant can damage the finish ofEngine coolant can damage the finish ofEngine coolant can damage the finish ofyour car. If you spill engine coolant on theyour car. If you spill engine coolant on theyour car. If you spill engine coolant on theyour car. If you spill engine coolant on theyour car. If you spill engine coolant on thecar, wash it off thoroughly with clean water.car, wash it off thoroughly with clean water.car, wash it off thoroughly with clean water.car, wash it off thoroughly with clean water.car, wash it off thoroughly with clean water.

1. Park the car on level ground, set the park-ing brake and remove the radiator cap whencool.

2. Be sure your drain receptacle is in place.Open the drain cock on the radiator. Allowall the engine coolant to drain from thecooling system, then securely close the draincock.

3. Check Section 9 for the capacity of thecooling system in your car. Then, followingthe manufacturer’s directions on the enginecoolant container, add the appropriate quan-tity of coolant to the radiator.

4. Turn the radiator cap counterclockwise with-out pressing down on it, until it stops. Thisrelieves any pressure remaining in the cool-ing system. And remove the radiator cap bypushing down and turning counterclockwise.Now fill the radiator with clean demineral-ized or distilled water. Continue to add clean

demineralized or distilled water in small quan-tities until the fluid level stays up in theradiator neck.

5. Replace the radiator and reservoir caps andcheck to be sure the drain cocks are fullyclosed and not leaking.

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:The cooling fan is controlled by engine cool-The cooling fan is controlled by engine cool-The cooling fan is controlled by engine cool-The cooling fan is controlled by engine cool-The cooling fan is controlled by engine cool-ant temperature and may sometimes oper-ant temperature and may sometimes oper-ant temperature and may sometimes oper-ant temperature and may sometimes oper-ant temperature and may sometimes oper-ate even when the engine is not running.ate even when the engine is not running.ate even when the engine is not running.ate even when the engine is not running.ate even when the engine is not running.Use extreme caution when working near theUse extreme caution when working near theUse extreme caution when working near theUse extreme caution when working near theUse extreme caution when working near theblades of the coolant fan so that you are notblades of the coolant fan so that you are notblades of the coolant fan so that you are notblades of the coolant fan so that you are notblades of the coolant fan so that you are notinjured by a rotating fan blade. As the en-injured by a rotating fan blade. As the en-injured by a rotating fan blade. As the en-injured by a rotating fan blade. As the en-injured by a rotating fan blade. As the en-gine coolant temperature decreases, the fangine coolant temperature decreases, the fangine coolant temperature decreases, the fangine coolant temperature decreases, the fangine coolant temperature decreases, the fanwill automatically shut off. This is a normalwill automatically shut off. This is a normalwill automatically shut off. This is a normalwill automatically shut off. This is a normalwill automatically shut off. This is a normalcondition.condition.condition.condition.condition.

G060A02Y-AAT

SPARK PLUGSSPARK PLUGSSPARK PLUGSSPARK PLUGSSPARK PLUGS

YN60100A

V6DOHC


6-7

Your engine was originally equipped with plati-num-tipped spark plugs.Platinum-tipped spark plugs will last longer thanconventional type spark plugs and can be iden-tified by blue lines on the ceramic shell.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:Do not clean or regap platinum-tipped sparkDo not clean or regap platinum-tipped sparkDo not clean or regap platinum-tipped sparkDo not clean or regap platinum-tipped sparkDo not clean or regap platinum-tipped sparkplugs.plugs.plugs.plugs.plugs.

G060B04Y-AAT

Replacing the Spark PlugsReplacing the Spark PlugsReplacing the Spark PlugsReplacing the Spark PlugsReplacing the Spark PlugsThe spark plugs should be changed at theintervals specified in the vehicle maintenanceschedule in Section 5 or whenever engine per-formance indicates they should be changed.Symptoms that suggest poor spark plug perfor-mance include engine misfiring under load, lossof fuel economy, poor acceleration, etc. Whenspark plugs are replaced, always use sparkplugs recommended by Hyundai. The use ofother spark plugs can result in loss of perfor-mance, radio interference or engine damage.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:When replacing the spark plugs, always useWhen replacing the spark plugs, always useWhen replacing the spark plugs, always useWhen replacing the spark plugs, always useWhen replacing the spark plugs, always usethe genuine parts recommended.the genuine parts recommended.the genuine parts recommended.the genuine parts recommended.the genuine parts recommended.

Type

RN10PYP4 (CHAMPION)PGR5C-11 (NGK)

RC10PYPB4(CHAMPION)PFR5N-11 (NGK)

Remark

For 2.4L only

For 2.7L only

G060C04Y-AAT

Changing the Spark PlugsChanging the Spark PlugsChanging the Spark PlugsChanging the Spark PlugsChanging the Spark Plugs

You will find it easier to change spark plugs ifthe engine is cold. Always change one sparkplug at a time. This helps avoid getting the wiresmixed up.

1. Remove the center (2.4 L) cover on theengine rocker cover.

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:It is recommended that the engine be coolIt is recommended that the engine be coolIt is recommended that the engine be coolIt is recommended that the engine be coolIt is recommended that the engine be coolor cold when changing or cold when changing or cold when changing or cold when changing or cold when changing the spark plugs. Ifthe spark plugs. Ifthe spark plugs. Ifthe spark plugs. Ifthe spark plugs. Ifthe engine is hot, you could burn yourselfthe engine is hot, you could burn yourselfthe engine is hot, you could burn yourselfthe engine is hot, you could burn yourselfthe engine is hot, you could burn yourselfon the insulated on the insulated on the insulated on the insulated on the insulated connector, the spark plugconnector, the spark plugconnector, the spark plugconnector, the spark plugconnector, the spark plugor the engine itself.or the engine itself.or the engine itself.or the engine itself.or the engine itself.

G060C02O

G060C01O

Recommended Spark Plugs:Recommended Spark Plugs:Recommended Spark Plugs:Recommended Spark Plugs:Recommended Spark Plugs: NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:It is recommended that the spark plugs (ForIt is recommended that the spark plugs (ForIt is recommended that the spark plugs (ForIt is recommended that the spark plugs (ForIt is recommended that the spark plugs (For2.7L Engines) should be changed by an2.7L Engines) should be changed by an2.7L Engines) should be changed by an2.7L Engines) should be changed by an2.7L Engines) should be changed by anauthorized Hyundai dealer.authorized Hyundai dealer.authorized Hyundai dealer.authorized Hyundai dealer.authorized Hyundai dealer.

2. Using a clean cloth, remove any dirt that hasaccumulated around the base of the sparkplug so it cannot fall into the cylinder whenthe spark plug is removed.

3. To remove the spark plug cable, pull straightup on the insulated connector, not the cable.Pulling on the cable may damage the carboncore conductor.


6-8

4. When preparing to remove the old sparkplug, guide the socket down over the sparkplug, being careful not to damage the ce-ramic insulator.

5. To remove the old spark plug, turn thewrench handle in a counterclockwise direc-tion.

6. To install the new spark plug, guide thesocket down over the spark plug, beingcareful not to damage the ceramic insulator.

G080A02A-AAT

WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADESWINDSHIELD WIPER BLADESWINDSHIELD WIPER BLADESWINDSHIELD WIPER BLADESWINDSHIELD WIPER BLADESG070A03Y-AAT

CHANGING THE AIR CLEANER FIL-CHANGING THE AIR CLEANER FIL-CHANGING THE AIR CLEANER FIL-CHANGING THE AIR CLEANER FIL-CHANGING THE AIR CLEANER FIL-TERTERTERTERTER

SSA6080A

G070A01Y

The replacement of air cleaner filter is per-formed in the following manner.

1. Unsnap the clips around the cover.2. When this is done, the cover can be lifted

off, the old filter removed and the new filterput in its place.

Genuine Hyundai replacement parts are rec-ommended.

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:Operating your vehicle without using aOperating your vehicle without using aOperating your vehicle without using aOperating your vehicle without using aOperating your vehicle without using aproper air cleaner filter in place can result inproper air cleaner filter in place can result inproper air cleaner filter in place can result inproper air cleaner filter in place can result inproper air cleaner filter in place can result inexcessive engine wear.excessive engine wear.excessive engine wear.excessive engine wear.excessive engine wear.

The wiper blades should be carefully inspectedfrom time to time and cleaned to remove accu-mulations of road film or other debris. To cleanthe wiper blades and arms, use a clean spongeor cloth with a mild soap or detergent and water.If the wipers continue to streak or smear theglass, replace them with genuine Hyundai re-placement parts or their equivalent.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:ooooo Do not operate the wipers on dry glass.Do not operate the wipers on dry glass.Do not operate the wipers on dry glass.Do not operate the wipers on dry glass.Do not operate the wipers on dry glass.

This can result in more rapid wear of theThis can result in more rapid wear of theThis can result in more rapid wear of theThis can result in more rapid wear of theThis can result in more rapid wear of thewiper blades and may scratch the glass.wiper blades and may scratch the glass.wiper blades and may scratch the glass.wiper blades and may scratch the glass.wiper blades and may scratch the glass.

ooooo Keep the blade rubber out of contactKeep the blade rubber out of contactKeep the blade rubber out of contactKeep the blade rubber out of contactKeep the blade rubber out of contactwith petroleum products such as enginewith petroleum products such as enginewith petroleum products such as enginewith petroleum products such as enginewith petroleum products such as engineoil, gasoline, etc.oil, gasoline, etc.oil, gasoline, etc.oil, gasoline, etc.oil, gasoline, etc.

G060C03O

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:Spark plugs should be tightened to specifi-Spark plugs should be tightened to specifi-Spark plugs should be tightened to specifi-Spark plugs should be tightened to specifi-Spark plugs should be tightened to specifi-cation. Over-tightening can damage cation. Over-tightening can damage cation. Over-tightening can damage cation. Over-tightening can damage cation. Over-tightening can damage thethethethethethreads in the aluminum cylinder head. Also,threads in the aluminum cylinder head. Also,threads in the aluminum cylinder head. Also,threads in the aluminum cylinder head. Also,threads in the aluminum cylinder head. Also,leaving them too loose can leaving them too loose can leaving them too loose can leaving them too loose can leaving them too loose can cause the sparkcause the sparkcause the sparkcause the sparkcause the sparkplug to get very hot and possibly result inplug to get very hot and possibly result inplug to get very hot and possibly result inplug to get very hot and possibly result inplug to get very hot and possibly result indamage to the damage to the damage to the damage to the damage to the engine.engine.engine.engine.engine.

7. Replace the cable by pushing the insulatedconnector directly down onto the electrode.Check to be sure it has snapped into placeand can’t fall off.


6-9

G090A01A-AAT

FILLING THE WASHER RESERVOIRFILLING THE WASHER RESERVOIRFILLING THE WASHER RESERVOIRFILLING THE WASHER RESERVOIRFILLING THE WASHER RESERVOIR

G230A03Y

The washer fluid reservoir supplies fluid to thewindshield washer system.A good quality washer fluid should be used to fillthe washer reservoir. The fluid level should bechecked more frequently during bad weather orwhenever the washer system is in more fre-quent use.The capacity of the washer reservoir is 3.2 U.S.quarts (3.0 Liters).

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:ooooo Radiator anti-freeze (engine coolant)Radiator anti-freeze (engine coolant)Radiator anti-freeze (engine coolant)Radiator anti-freeze (engine coolant)Radiator anti-freeze (engine coolant)

should not be used in the washer systemshould not be used in the washer systemshould not be used in the washer systemshould not be used in the washer systemshould not be used in the washer systembecause it will damage the car’s finish.because it will damage the car’s finish.because it will damage the car’s finish.because it will damage the car’s finish.because it will damage the car’s finish.

ooooo The washer lever should not be pulledThe washer lever should not be pulledThe washer lever should not be pulledThe washer lever should not be pulledThe washer lever should not be pulledand the washer should not be operatedand the washer should not be operatedand the washer should not be operatedand the washer should not be operatedand the washer should not be operatedif the washer reservoir is empty. This canif the washer reservoir is empty. This canif the washer reservoir is empty. This canif the washer reservoir is empty. This canif the washer reservoir is empty. This candamage the washer fluid pump.damage the washer fluid pump.damage the washer fluid pump.damage the washer fluid pump.damage the washer fluid pump.

G100A03Y-AAT

CHECKING THE TRANSAXLE OILCHECKING THE TRANSAXLE OILCHECKING THE TRANSAXLE OILCHECKING THE TRANSAXLE OILCHECKING THE TRANSAXLE OIL(MANUAL)(MANUAL)(MANUAL)(MANUAL)(MANUAL)

caution to avoid burning yourself on hotcaution to avoid burning yourself on hotcaution to avoid burning yourself on hotcaution to avoid burning yourself on hotcaution to avoid burning yourself on hotengine or exhaust parts.engine or exhaust parts.engine or exhaust parts.engine or exhaust parts.engine or exhaust parts.

Transaxle lubricant in the manual transaxleshould be checked at those intervals specifiedin the vehicle maintenance schedule in Section5.

Recommended OilRecommended OilRecommended OilRecommended OilRecommended OilUse only HYUNDAI GENUINE PARTS MTF75W/90 (API GL-4) or equivalent in the manualtransaxle.

Manual Transaxle Oil CapacityManual Transaxle Oil CapacityManual Transaxle Oil CapacityManual Transaxle Oil CapacityManual Transaxle Oil CapacityThe oil capacity of the manual transaxle is 2.2U.S. quarts (2.1 liters).

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:It is always better to check the transaxle oilIt is always better to check the transaxle oilIt is always better to check the transaxle oilIt is always better to check the transaxle oilIt is always better to check the transaxle oillevel when the engine is cool or cold. If thelevel when the engine is cool or cold. If thelevel when the engine is cool or cold. If thelevel when the engine is cool or cold. If thelevel when the engine is cool or cold. If theengine is hot, you should exercise greatengine is hot, you should exercise greatengine is hot, you should exercise greatengine is hot, you should exercise greatengine is hot, you should exercise great

G100B02A-AAT

To Check the Manual Transaxle FluidTo Check the Manual Transaxle FluidTo Check the Manual Transaxle FluidTo Check the Manual Transaxle FluidTo Check the Manual Transaxle FluidLevelLevelLevelLevelLevel

SSA6100B

Park the car on level ground with the engine off.

1. Using a wrench of the correct size, loosenthe oil filler plug by turning it counterclock-wise and remove it with your fingers.

2. Use your finger or suitable tool to feel insidethe hole. The oil level should be at its bottomedge. If it is not, check for leaks beforeadding oil. To refill the transaxle or bring theoil level up,add oil slowly until it reaches theproper level. Do not overfill.

3. Replace the plug and washer, screw it inwith your fingers and then tighten securelywith the wrench.

G100A03Y

Drain plug

Filler plug


6-10

G110A01A-AAT

CHECKING THE TRANSAXLE FLUIDCHECKING THE TRANSAXLE FLUIDCHECKING THE TRANSAXLE FLUIDCHECKING THE TRANSAXLE FLUIDCHECKING THE TRANSAXLE FLUID(AUTOMATIC)(AUTOMATIC)(AUTOMATIC)(AUTOMATIC)(AUTOMATIC)Transaxle fluid in the automatic transaxle shouldbe checked at those intervals specified in thevehicle maintenance schedule in Section 5.

G110B03A-AAT

Recommended FluidRecommended FluidRecommended FluidRecommended FluidRecommended FluidYour Hyundai automatic transaxle is speciallydesigned to operate with HYUNDAI GENUINEATF or DIAMOND ATF SP-III or SK ATF SP-III. Damage caused by a nonspecified fluid isnot covered by your new vehicle limited war-ranty.G110C01Y-AAT

Transaxle Fluid CapacityTransaxle Fluid CapacityTransaxle Fluid CapacityTransaxle Fluid CapacityTransaxle Fluid CapacityThe fluid capacity of the automatic transaxle is8.2 U.S. quarts.

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:The transaxle fluid level should be checkedThe transaxle fluid level should be checkedThe transaxle fluid level should be checkedThe transaxle fluid level should be checkedThe transaxle fluid level should be checkedwhen the engine is at normal operating tem-when the engine is at normal operating tem-when the engine is at normal operating tem-when the engine is at normal operating tem-when the engine is at normal operating tem-perature. This means that the engine, radia-perature. This means that the engine, radia-perature. This means that the engine, radia-perature. This means that the engine, radia-perature. This means that the engine, radia-tor, exhaust system etc., are very hot so youtor, exhaust system etc., are very hot so youtor, exhaust system etc., are very hot so youtor, exhaust system etc., are very hot so youtor, exhaust system etc., are very hot so youshould exercise great care not to burn your-should exercise great care not to burn your-should exercise great care not to burn your-should exercise great care not to burn your-should exercise great care not to burn your-self during this procedure.self during this procedure.self during this procedure.self during this procedure.self during this procedure.

DOHC V6

G110D02Y-1

G110D01L-AAT

To Check the Transaxle Fluid LevelTo Check the Transaxle Fluid LevelTo Check the Transaxle Fluid LevelTo Check the Transaxle Fluid LevelTo Check the Transaxle Fluid Level

C090A01Y

Park the car on level ground with the parkingbrake engaged. When the transaxle fluid levelis checked, the transaxle fluid should be atnormal operating temperature and the engineidling.

While the engine is idling, apply the brakes andmove the gear selector lever from “P” to each ofits other positions — “R”, “N”, “D” — and thenreturn to “N”. With the engine still idling:

1. Open the hood, being careful to keep hands,long hair and clothing clear of any movingparts.

2. Remove the transaxle dipstick, wipe it clean,reinsert the dipstick as far as it will go, thenremove it again. Now check the fluid level onthe dipstick. It should be in the “HOT” rangeon the dipstick.

3. If the transaxle fluid level is low, use a funnelto add transaxle fluid through the dipsticktube until the level reaches the “HOT” range.Do not overfill.

G110D03Y

Fluid level should be within "HOT" range

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:The cooling fan is controlled by engine cool-The cooling fan is controlled by engine cool-The cooling fan is controlled by engine cool-The cooling fan is controlled by engine cool-The cooling fan is controlled by engine cool-ant temperature and may sometimes oper-ant temperature and may sometimes oper-ant temperature and may sometimes oper-ant temperature and may sometimes oper-ant temperature and may sometimes oper-ate even when the engine is not running.ate even when the engine is not running.ate even when the engine is not running.ate even when the engine is not running.ate even when the engine is not running.


6-11

G120A01A-AAT

CHECKING THE BRAKESCHECKING THE BRAKESCHECKING THE BRAKESCHECKING THE BRAKESCHECKING THE BRAKESCAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:Because brakes are essential to the safeBecause brakes are essential to the safeBecause brakes are essential to the safeBecause brakes are essential to the safeBecause brakes are essential to the safeoperation of the car, it is suggested thatoperation of the car, it is suggested thatoperation of the car, it is suggested thatoperation of the car, it is suggested thatoperation of the car, it is suggested thatthey be checked and inspected by yourthey be checked and inspected by yourthey be checked and inspected by yourthey be checked and inspected by yourthey be checked and inspected by yourHyundai dealer. The brakes should beHyundai dealer. The brakes should beHyundai dealer. The brakes should beHyundai dealer. The brakes should beHyundai dealer. The brakes should bechecked and inspected for wear at thosechecked and inspected for wear at thosechecked and inspected for wear at thosechecked and inspected for wear at thosechecked and inspected for wear at thoseintervals specified in the vehicle mainte-intervals specified in the vehicle mainte-intervals specified in the vehicle mainte-intervals specified in the vehicle mainte-intervals specified in the vehicle mainte-nance schedule in Section 5.nance schedule in Section 5.nance schedule in Section 5.nance schedule in Section 5.nance schedule in Section 5.

G120B01A-AAT

Checking the Brake Fluid LevelChecking the Brake Fluid LevelChecking the Brake Fluid LevelChecking the Brake Fluid LevelChecking the Brake Fluid Level

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:Use caution when handling brake fluid. ItUse caution when handling brake fluid. ItUse caution when handling brake fluid. ItUse caution when handling brake fluid. ItUse caution when handling brake fluid. Itcan damage your vision if it gets into yourcan damage your vision if it gets into yourcan damage your vision if it gets into yourcan damage your vision if it gets into yourcan damage your vision if it gets into youreyes. It will also damage your vehicle’s painteyes. It will also damage your vehicle’s painteyes. It will also damage your vehicle’s painteyes. It will also damage your vehicle’s painteyes. It will also damage your vehicle’s paintif spilled on it and not removed immediately.if spilled on it and not removed immediately.if spilled on it and not removed immediately.if spilled on it and not removed immediately.if spilled on it and not removed immediately.

G120C02A-AAT

Recommended Brake FluidRecommended Brake FluidRecommended Brake FluidRecommended Brake FluidRecommended Brake FluidUse only hydraulic brake fluid conforming toDOT 3 or DOT 4 specifications in your brakingsystem. Follow the instructions printed on thecontainer.

G120D01A-AAT

To Check the Fluid LevelTo Check the Fluid LevelTo Check the Fluid LevelTo Check the Fluid LevelTo Check the Fluid LevelThe fluid level in the brake fluid reservoir shouldbe checked periodically. The level should bebetween the "MIN" and "MAX" marks on theside of the reservoir. If the level is at or belowthe "MIN" mark, carefully add fluid to bring it upto "MAX". Do not overfill.

G120E02A-AAT

Adding Brake FluidAdding Brake FluidAdding Brake FluidAdding Brake FluidAdding Brake Fluid

G120E01Y

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:Handle brake fluid carefully. It can damageHandle brake fluid carefully. It can damageHandle brake fluid carefully. It can damageHandle brake fluid carefully. It can damageHandle brake fluid carefully. It can damageyour vision if it gets into your eyes. Use onlyyour vision if it gets into your eyes. Use onlyyour vision if it gets into your eyes. Use onlyyour vision if it gets into your eyes. Use onlyyour vision if it gets into your eyes. Use onlyDOT 3 or DOT 4 specification fluid from aDOT 3 or DOT 4 specification fluid from aDOT 3 or DOT 4 specification fluid from aDOT 3 or DOT 4 specification fluid from aDOT 3 or DOT 4 specification fluid from asealed container. Do not allow the fluid cansealed container. Do not allow the fluid cansealed container. Do not allow the fluid cansealed container. Do not allow the fluid cansealed container. Do not allow the fluid canor reservoir to remain open any longer thanor reservoir to remain open any longer thanor reservoir to remain open any longer thanor reservoir to remain open any longer thanor reservoir to remain open any longer thanrequired. This will prevent entry of dirt andrequired. This will prevent entry of dirt andrequired. This will prevent entry of dirt andrequired. This will prevent entry of dirt andrequired. This will prevent entry of dirt andmoisture which can damage the brake sys-moisture which can damage the brake sys-moisture which can damage the brake sys-moisture which can damage the brake sys-moisture which can damage the brake sys-tem and cause improper operation.tem and cause improper operation.tem and cause improper operation.tem and cause improper operation.tem and cause improper operation.

To add brake fluid, first wipe away any dirt thenunscrew the fluid reservoir cap. Slowly pour therecommended fluid into the reservoir. Do notoverfill. Carefully replace the cap on the reser-voir and tighten.

G130A01A-AAT

CHECKING THE CLUTCH FLUIDCHECKING THE CLUTCH FLUIDCHECKING THE CLUTCH FLUIDCHECKING THE CLUTCH FLUIDCHECKING THE CLUTCH FLUIDTo Check the Clutch FluidTo Check the Clutch FluidTo Check the Clutch FluidTo Check the Clutch FluidTo Check the Clutch Fluid

G130A01Y

"Max" Level"Min" Level

The clutch fluid level in the master cylindershould be checked when performing other un-der hood services. The system should bechecked for leakage at the same time. Check tomake certain that the clutch fluid level is alwaysbetween the "MAX" and "MIN" level markingson the fluid reservoir. Fill as required. Fluid lossindicates a leak in the clutch system whichshould be inspected and repaired immediately.Consult your Hyundai dealer.

Use extreme caution when working near theUse extreme caution when working near theUse extreme caution when working near theUse extreme caution when working near theUse extreme caution when working near theblades of the cooling fan, so that you are notblades of the cooling fan, so that you are notblades of the cooling fan, so that you are notblades of the cooling fan, so that you are notblades of the cooling fan, so that you are notinjured by a rotating fan blade. As the en-injured by a rotating fan blade. As the en-injured by a rotating fan blade. As the en-injured by a rotating fan blade. As the en-injured by a rotating fan blade. As the en-gine coolant temperature decreases, the fangine coolant temperature decreases, the fangine coolant temperature decreases, the fangine coolant temperature decreases, the fangine coolant temperature decreases, the fanwill automatically shut off. This is a normalwill automatically shut off. This is a normalwill automatically shut off. This is a normalwill automatically shut off. This is a normalwill automatically shut off. This is a normalcondition.condition.condition.condition.condition.


6-12

G130B02A-AAT

To Replace the FluidTo Replace the FluidTo Replace the FluidTo Replace the FluidTo Replace the FluidRecommended brake fluid conforming to DOT3 or DOT 4 specification should be used. Thereservoir cap must be fully tightened to avoidcontamination from foreign matter or moisture.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:Do not allow any other liquids to contami-Do not allow any other liquids to contami-Do not allow any other liquids to contami-Do not allow any other liquids to contami-Do not allow any other liquids to contami-nate the brake fluid. Seal damage will result.nate the brake fluid. Seal damage will result.nate the brake fluid. Seal damage will result.nate the brake fluid. Seal damage will result.nate the brake fluid. Seal damage will result.

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:Use caution when handling brake fluid. ItUse caution when handling brake fluid. ItUse caution when handling brake fluid. ItUse caution when handling brake fluid. ItUse caution when handling brake fluid. Itcan damage your vision if you get it in yourcan damage your vision if you get it in yourcan damage your vision if you get it in yourcan damage your vision if you get it in yourcan damage your vision if you get it in youreyes. It will also damage your vehicle’s painteyes. It will also damage your vehicle’s painteyes. It will also damage your vehicle’s painteyes. It will also damage your vehicle’s painteyes. It will also damage your vehicle’s paintif spilled on it and not removed immediately.if spilled on it and not removed immediately.if spilled on it and not removed immediately.if spilled on it and not removed immediately.if spilled on it and not removed immediately.

G140A01A-AAT

AIR CONDITIONING CAREAIR CONDITIONING CAREAIR CONDITIONING CAREAIR CONDITIONING CAREAIR CONDITIONING CAREKeeping the Condenser CleanKeeping the Condenser CleanKeeping the Condenser CleanKeeping the Condenser CleanKeeping the Condenser CleanThe air conditioning condenser (and engineradiator) should be checked periodically foraccumulation of dirt, dead insects, leaves, etc.These can interfere with maximum cooling effi-ciency. When removing such accumulations,brush or hose them away carefully to avoidbending the cooling fins.

G140B01A-AAT

Checking the Air Conditioning Opera-Checking the Air Conditioning Opera-Checking the Air Conditioning Opera-Checking the Air Conditioning Opera-Checking the Air Conditioning Opera-tiontiontiontiontion1. Start the engine and let it run at a fast idle for

several minutes with the air conditioning setat the maximum cold setting.

2. If the air coming out of the in-dash vents isnot cold, have the air conditioning systeminspected by your Hyundai dealer.

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:Running the air conditioning system forRunning the air conditioning system forRunning the air conditioning system forRunning the air conditioning system forRunning the air conditioning system forextended periods of time with a low refriger-extended periods of time with a low refriger-extended periods of time with a low refriger-extended periods of time with a low refriger-extended periods of time with a low refriger-ant level may damage the compressor.ant level may damage the compressor.ant level may damage the compressor.ant level may damage the compressor.ant level may damage the compressor.

G140C01A-AAT

LubricationLubricationLubricationLubricationLubricationTo lubricate the compressor and the seals inthe system, the air conditioning should be runfor at least 10 minutes each week. This isparticularly important during cool weather whenthe air conditioning system is not otherwise inuse.

G140D01A-AAT

Checking the Compressor Drive BeltChecking the Compressor Drive BeltChecking the Compressor Drive BeltChecking the Compressor Drive BeltChecking the Compressor Drive Belt

G140D01Y/G140D02Y

V6 DOHC

Eng.pulley COMP0.315 in.

Autotensioner

Eng.pulley COMP

When the air conditioning is being used regular-ly, the compressor drive belt tension should bechecked at least once a month with the engineturned off.To check the drive belt tension, press down onthe belt halfway between the engine crankshaftand compressor pulleys. Pressing with yourfinger, you should not be able to deflect this beltanymore than 1/3 of an inch. If you have theinstruments to check it, with a force of 22 lb.(98N), the deflection should be 0.315 inches(approx 8.0 mm). If the belt is too loose, have itadjusted by your Hyundai dealer.


6-13

G150A01A-AAT

CHECKING STEERING WHEELCHECKING STEERING WHEELCHECKING STEERING WHEELCHECKING STEERING WHEELCHECKING STEERING WHEELFREE-PLAYFREE-PLAYFREE-PLAYFREE-PLAYFREE-PLAY

G160A01A-AAT

CHECKING CLUTCH PEDALCHECKING CLUTCH PEDALCHECKING CLUTCH PEDALCHECKING CLUTCH PEDALCHECKING CLUTCH PEDALFREE-PLAYFREE-PLAYFREE-PLAYFREE-PLAYFREE-PLAY

SSA6160AG150A01Y

Max

imum

1.1

8 in

. (3

0 m

m)

0.24~0.51 in.(6~13 mm)

To check the steering wheel free-play, stop thecar with the wheels pointed straight ahead andgently move the steering wheel back and forth.Use very light finger pressure and be sensitiveto changes in resistance that mark the limits ofthe free-play. If the free-play is greater thanspecified, have it inspected by your Hyundaidealer and adjusted or repaired if necessary.

With the engine off, press lightly on the clutchpedal until you feel a change in resistance. Thisis the clutch pedal free-play. The free-play shouldbe within the limits specified in the illustration. Ifit is not, have it inspected by your Hyundaidealer and adjusted or repaired if necessary.

G170A02A-AAT

CHECKING BRAKE PEDALCHECKING BRAKE PEDALCHECKING BRAKE PEDALCHECKING BRAKE PEDALCHECKING BRAKE PEDALFREE-PLAYFREE-PLAYFREE-PLAYFREE-PLAYFREE-PLAY

SSA6170A

0.12~0.31 in.(3~8 mm)

With the engine off, press down on the brakepedal several times to reduce the vacuum in thebrake booster.Then, using your hand, press down slowly onthe brake pedal until you feel a change inresistance. This is the brake pedal free-play.The free-play should be within the limits speci-fied in the illustration above. If it is not, have itinspected by your Hyundai dealer and adjustedor repaired if necessary.


6-14

G180A01A-AAT

CHECKING BRAKE PEDALCHECKING BRAKE PEDALCHECKING BRAKE PEDALCHECKING BRAKE PEDALCHECKING BRAKE PEDALCLEARANCECLEARANCECLEARANCECLEARANCECLEARANCE

G190A01A-AAT

CHECKING DRIVE BELTSCHECKING DRIVE BELTSCHECKING DRIVE BELTSCHECKING DRIVE BELTSCHECKING DRIVE BELTSG200A01Y-GAT

CHECKING AND REPLACINGCHECKING AND REPLACINGCHECKING AND REPLACINGCHECKING AND REPLACINGCHECKING AND REPLACINGFUSESFUSESFUSESFUSESFUSESReplacing a Fusible LinkReplacing a Fusible LinkReplacing a Fusible LinkReplacing a Fusible LinkReplacing a Fusible Link

SSA6180A

2.95 in. (75 mm)

You need a helper to check the brake pedalclearance. With the engine running, have yourhelper press down on the brake pedal severaltimes and then hold it down with a force of about110 lbs (50 kg, 490 N). The brake pedal clear-ance is the distance from the top surface of thebrake pedal to the asphalt sheeting under thefloor mat.If the brake pedal clearance is not within thelimits specified in the illustration, have it in-spected by your Hyundai dealer and adjustedor repaired if necessary.

G140D01Y/G140D02Y

V6 DOHC

Power steeringAutotensioner

Generator

Eng.pulleyCOMP

Power steering

COMPEng.pulley

Generator

Eng.coolant0.30 ~ 0.48 in. 0.24~0.35 in.

Drive belts should be checked periodically forproper tension and adjusted if necessary. At thesame time, belts should be examined for cracks,wear, fraying or other evidence of deteriorationand replaced if necessary.Belt routing should also be checked to be surethere is no interference between the belts andother parts of the engine. After a belt is re-placed, the new belt should be adjusted againafter two or three weeks to eliminate slackresulting from initial stretching after use.

G200A01Y

Bad Good

A fusible link will melt if the electrical circuitsfrom the battery are ever overloaded, thus pre-venting damage to the entire wiring harness.(This could be caused by a short in the systemdrawing too much current.) If this ever happens,have a Hyundai dealer determine the cause,repair the system and replace the fusible link.The fusible links are located in a under hoodjunction box for easy inspection.

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:When replacing a fusible link, never useWhen replacing a fusible link, never useWhen replacing a fusible link, never useWhen replacing a fusible link, never useWhen replacing a fusible link, never useanything but a new fusible link with theanything but a new fusible link with theanything but a new fusible link with theanything but a new fusible link with theanything but a new fusible link with thesame or lower amperage rating. Never use asame or lower amperage rating. Never use asame or lower amperage rating. Never use asame or lower amperage rating. Never use asame or lower amperage rating. Never use apiece of wire or a higher-rated fusible link.piece of wire or a higher-rated fusible link.piece of wire or a higher-rated fusible link.piece of wire or a higher-rated fusible link.piece of wire or a higher-rated fusible link.This could result in serious damage andThis could result in serious damage andThis could result in serious damage andThis could result in serious damage andThis could result in serious damage andcreate a fire hazard.create a fire hazard.create a fire hazard.create a fire hazard.create a fire hazard.


6-15

G200B01Y-GAT

Replacing Accessory FuseReplacing Accessory FuseReplacing Accessory FuseReplacing Accessory FuseReplacing Accessory Fuse

G200B01Y

The instrument panel junction box for the lightsand other electrical accessories will be found lowon the dashboard on the driver’s side. Inside thebox you will find a list showing the circuits pro-tected by each fuse.If any of your car’s lights or other electricalaccessories stop working, a blown fuse couldbe the reason. If the fuse has burned out, youwill see that the metal strip inside the fuse hasburned through. If you suspect a blown fuse,follow this procedure:

1. Turn off the ignition and all other switches.2. Open the instrument panel junction box and

examine each fuse. Remove each fuse bypulling it toward you (a small "fuse puller"tool is contained in the fuse box to simplifythis operation).

SSA6201B

GoodG200B03Y

Burned out

3. Be sure to check all other fuses even if youfind one that appears to have burned out.

4. Replace the blown fuse by pressing a newfuse of the same rating into place. The fuseshould be a snug fit. If it is not, have the fuseclip repaired or replaced by a Hyundaidealer. If you do not have a spare fuse, youmay be able to borrow a fuse of the same orlower rating from an accessory you cantemporarily get along without (the radio orcigarette lighter, for example). Always re-member to replace the borrowed fuse.

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:A burned-out fuse indicates that there is aA burned-out fuse indicates that there is aA burned-out fuse indicates that there is aA burned-out fuse indicates that there is aA burned-out fuse indicates that there is aproblem in the electrical circuit. If you re-problem in the electrical circuit. If you re-problem in the electrical circuit. If you re-problem in the electrical circuit. If you re-problem in the electrical circuit. If you re-place a fuse and it blows as soon as theplace a fuse and it blows as soon as theplace a fuse and it blows as soon as theplace a fuse and it blows as soon as theplace a fuse and it blows as soon as theaccessory is turned on, the problem is seri-accessory is turned on, the problem is seri-accessory is turned on, the problem is seri-accessory is turned on, the problem is seri-accessory is turned on, the problem is seri-ous and should be referred to a Hyundaious and should be referred to a Hyundaious and should be referred to a Hyundaious and should be referred to a Hyundaious and should be referred to a Hyundaidealer for diagnosis and repair. Never re-dealer for diagnosis and repair. Never re-dealer for diagnosis and repair. Never re-dealer for diagnosis and repair. Never re-dealer for diagnosis and repair. Never re-place a fuse with anything except a fuseplace a fuse with anything except a fuseplace a fuse with anything except a fuseplace a fuse with anything except a fuseplace a fuse with anything except a fusewith the same or a lower amperage rating. Awith the same or a lower amperage rating. Awith the same or a lower amperage rating. Awith the same or a lower amperage rating. Awith the same or a lower amperage rating. Ahigher capacity fuse could cause damagehigher capacity fuse could cause damagehigher capacity fuse could cause damagehigher capacity fuse could cause damagehigher capacity fuse could cause damageand create a fire hazard.and create a fire hazard.and create a fire hazard.and create a fire hazard.and create a fire hazard.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:See page 6-20 for the junction box descrip-See page 6-20 for the junction box descrip-See page 6-20 for the junction box descrip-See page 6-20 for the junction box descrip-See page 6-20 for the junction box descrip-tions.tions.tions.tions.tions.

Fuse Puller


6-16

G210A01A-AAT

CHECKING THE BATTERYCHECKING THE BATTERYCHECKING THE BATTERYCHECKING THE BATTERYCHECKING THE BATTERY

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:Batteries can be dangerous! When workingBatteries can be dangerous! When workingBatteries can be dangerous! When workingBatteries can be dangerous! When workingBatteries can be dangerous! When workingwith batteries, carefully observe the follow-with batteries, carefully observe the follow-with batteries, carefully observe the follow-with batteries, carefully observe the follow-with batteries, carefully observe the follow-ing precautions to avoid serious injuries.ing precautions to avoid serious injuries.ing precautions to avoid serious injuries.ing precautions to avoid serious injuries.ing precautions to avoid serious injuries.

The fluid in the battery contains a strong solu-tion of sulfuric acid, which is poisonous andhighly corrosive. Be careful not to spill it onyourself or the car. If you do spill battery fluid onyourself, immediately do the following:

o If battery fluid is on your skin, flush theaffected areas with water for at least 15minutes and then seek medical assistance.

o If battery fluid is in your eyes, rinse out youreyes with water and get medical assistanceas soon as possible. While you are beingdriven to get medical assistance, continueto rinse your eyes by using a sponge or softcloth saturated with water.

o If you swallow battery fluid, drink a largequantity of water or milk followed by milk ofmagnesia, eat a raw egg or drink vegetableoil. Get medical assistance as soon aspossible.

While batteries are being charged (either by abattery charger or by the vehicle’s generator),they produce explosive gases. Always observethese warnings to prevent injuries from occur-ring:

o Charge batteries only in a well ventilatedarea.

o Do not permit flames, sparks or smoking inthe area.

o Keep children away from the area.

G220B01A-AAT

Checking Engine Cooling FanChecking Engine Cooling FanChecking Engine Cooling FanChecking Engine Cooling FanChecking Engine Cooling FanThe engine cooling fan should come on auto-matically if the engine coolant temperature ishigh.

G220C01A-AAT

Checking Condenser Cooling FanChecking Condenser Cooling FanChecking Condenser Cooling FanChecking Condenser Cooling FanChecking Condenser Cooling FanThe condenser coolant fan should come onautomatically whenever the air conditioning isin operation.

G220A01A-AAT

CHECKING ELECTRIC COOLINGCHECKING ELECTRIC COOLINGCHECKING ELECTRIC COOLINGCHECKING ELECTRIC COOLINGCHECKING ELECTRIC COOLINGFANSFANSFANSFANSFANS

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:The cooling fan is controlled by engine cool-The cooling fan is controlled by engine cool-The cooling fan is controlled by engine cool-The cooling fan is controlled by engine cool-The cooling fan is controlled by engine cool-ant temperature and may sometimes oper-ant temperature and may sometimes oper-ant temperature and may sometimes oper-ant temperature and may sometimes oper-ant temperature and may sometimes oper-ate even when the engine is not running.ate even when the engine is not running.ate even when the engine is not running.ate even when the engine is not running.ate even when the engine is not running.Use extreme caution when working near theUse extreme caution when working near theUse extreme caution when working near theUse extreme caution when working near theUse extreme caution when working near theblades of the coolant fan, so that you are notblades of the coolant fan, so that you are notblades of the coolant fan, so that you are notblades of the coolant fan, so that you are notblades of the coolant fan, so that you are notinjured by a rotating fan blade. As the en-injured by a rotating fan blade. As the en-injured by a rotating fan blade. As the en-injured by a rotating fan blade. As the en-injured by a rotating fan blade. As the en-gine coolant temperature decreases the fangine coolant temperature decreases the fangine coolant temperature decreases the fangine coolant temperature decreases the fangine coolant temperature decreases the fanwill automatically shut off. This is a normalwill automatically shut off. This is a normalwill automatically shut off. This is a normalwill automatically shut off. This is a normalwill automatically shut off. This is a normal

G230A03A-AAT

POWER STEERING FLUID LEVELPOWER STEERING FLUID LEVELPOWER STEERING FLUID LEVELPOWER STEERING FLUID LEVELPOWER STEERING FLUID LEVEL

G230A02Y

The power steering fluid level should be checkedregularly. To check the power steering fluidlevel, be sure the engine is "OFF", then checkto make certain that the power steering fluidlevel is between the "MAX" and "MIN" levelmarkings on the fluid reservoir.

condition.condition.condition.condition.condition.

G210B02A-AAT

Checking the BatteryChecking the BatteryChecking the BatteryChecking the BatteryChecking the BatteryKeep the battery clean. Any evidence of corro-sion around the battery posts or terminals shouldbe removed using a solution of household bak-ing soda and warm water. After the batteryterminals are dry, cover them with a light coat-ing of grease.

PROPOSITION 65 WARNING:PROPOSITION 65 WARNING:PROPOSITION 65 WARNING:PROPOSITION 65 WARNING:PROPOSITION 65 WARNING:Battery posts, terminals and related acces-Battery posts, terminals and related acces-Battery posts, terminals and related acces-Battery posts, terminals and related acces-Battery posts, terminals and related acces-sories contain lead and lead compounds,sories contain lead and lead compounds,sories contain lead and lead compounds,sories contain lead and lead compounds,sories contain lead and lead compounds,chemicals known to the state of Californiachemicals known to the state of Californiachemicals known to the state of Californiachemicals known to the state of Californiachemicals known to the state of Californiato cause cancer and reproductive harm.to cause cancer and reproductive harm.to cause cancer and reproductive harm.to cause cancer and reproductive harm.to cause cancer and reproductive harm.Wash hands after handling.Wash hands after handling.Wash hands after handling.Wash hands after handling.Wash hands after handling.


6-17

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:Grinding noise from the power steeringGrinding noise from the power steeringGrinding noise from the power steeringGrinding noise from the power steeringGrinding noise from the power steeringpump may be heard immediately after thepump may be heard immediately after thepump may be heard immediately after thepump may be heard immediately after thepump may be heard immediately after theengine is started in extremely cold condi-engine is started in extremely cold condi-engine is started in extremely cold condi-engine is started in extremely cold condi-engine is started in extremely cold condi-tions (below - 4°F). If the noise stops duringtions (below - 4°F). If the noise stops duringtions (below - 4°F). If the noise stops duringtions (below - 4°F). If the noise stops duringtions (below - 4°F). If the noise stops duringwarm up, there is no abnormal function inwarm up, there is no abnormal function inwarm up, there is no abnormal function inwarm up, there is no abnormal function inwarm up, there is no abnormal function inthe system. It is due to a power steeringthe system. It is due to a power steeringthe system. It is due to a power steeringthe system. It is due to a power steeringthe system. It is due to a power steeringfluid characteristic in extremely cold condi-fluid characteristic in extremely cold condi-fluid characteristic in extremely cold condi-fluid characteristic in extremely cold condi-fluid characteristic in extremely cold condi-tions.tions.tions.tions.tions.

Recommended FluidRecommended FluidRecommended FluidRecommended FluidRecommended FluidUse PSF-3 type fluid

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:Do not start the engine when the powerDo not start the engine when the powerDo not start the engine when the powerDo not start the engine when the powerDo not start the engine when the powersteering oil reservoir is empty.steering oil reservoir is empty.steering oil reservoir is empty.steering oil reservoir is empty.steering oil reservoir is empty.

G240A01A-AAT

POWER STEERING HOSESPOWER STEERING HOSESPOWER STEERING HOSESPOWER STEERING HOSESPOWER STEERING HOSESIt is suggested that you check the power steer-ing hose connections for fluid leakage at regularintervals. The power steering hoses should bereplaced if there is severe surface cracking,scuffing or worn spots. Deterioration of thehose could cause premature failure.

G250A01A-AAT

FOR MORE INFORMATION ABOUTFOR MORE INFORMATION ABOUTFOR MORE INFORMATION ABOUTFOR MORE INFORMATION ABOUTFOR MORE INFORMATION ABOUTYOUR HYUNDAIYOUR HYUNDAIYOUR HYUNDAIYOUR HYUNDAIYOUR HYUNDAIIf you desire additional information about main-taining and servicing your Hyundai, you maypurchase a factory Shop Manual at your Hyundaidealer's parts department. This is the same

manual used by dealership technicians andwhile it is highly technical it can be useful inobtaining a better understanding of your carand how it works.

G260A02A-AAT

REPLACING HEADLIGHT BULBSREPLACING HEADLIGHT BULBSREPLACING HEADLIGHT BULBSREPLACING HEADLIGHT BULBSREPLACING HEADLIGHT BULBSBefore attempting to replace a headlight bulb,be sure the switch is turned to the "OFF"position.The next paragraph shows how to reach head-light bulbs so they may be changed. Be sure toreplace the burned-out bulb with one of thesame number and wattage rating.

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:Keep the lamps out of contact with petro-Keep the lamps out of contact with petro-Keep the lamps out of contact with petro-Keep the lamps out of contact with petro-Keep the lamps out of contact with petro-leum products such as oil, gasoline etc.leum products such as oil, gasoline etc.leum products such as oil, gasoline etc.leum products such as oil, gasoline etc.leum products such as oil, gasoline etc.

G270A02Y-AAT

HEADLIGHT BULBHEADLIGHT BULBHEADLIGHT BULBHEADLIGHT BULBHEADLIGHT BULB

Replacement instructions:Replacement instructions:Replacement instructions:Replacement instructions:Replacement instructions:

1. Allow the bulb to cool. Wear eye protection.2. Always grasp the bulb by its plastic base,

avoid touching the glass.3. Disconnect the power cord from the bulb

base in the back of the headlight.4. Push the bulb spring for removing the head-

light bulb.5. Remove the protective cap from the re-

placement bulb and install the new bulb bymatching the plastic base with the headlighthole. Retighten the bulb spring and recon-nect the power cord.

6. Use the protective cap and carton to dis-pose of the old bulb.

7. Check for proper headlight aim.

G270A03Y

High BeamLow Beam

Turn signal Light

G270A04Y

High Beam (H1) Low Beam (H7)

T/Signal Light


6-18

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:The halogen bulb contains gas under pres-The halogen bulb contains gas under pres-The halogen bulb contains gas under pres-The halogen bulb contains gas under pres-The halogen bulb contains gas under pres-sure and if impacted sure and if impacted sure and if impacted sure and if impacted sure and if impacted could shatter, resultingcould shatter, resultingcould shatter, resultingcould shatter, resultingcould shatter, resultingin flying fragments. Always wear eye pro-in flying fragments. Always wear eye pro-in flying fragments. Always wear eye pro-in flying fragments. Always wear eye pro-in flying fragments. Always wear eye pro-tection when tection when tection when tection when tection when servicing the bulb. Protect theservicing the bulb. Protect theservicing the bulb. Protect theservicing the bulb. Protect theservicing the bulb. Protect thebulb against abrasions or scratches andbulb against abrasions or scratches andbulb against abrasions or scratches andbulb against abrasions or scratches andbulb against abrasions or scratches andagainst against against against against liquids when lighted. Turn the bulbliquids when lighted. Turn the bulbliquids when lighted. Turn the bulbliquids when lighted. Turn the bulbliquids when lighted. Turn the bulbon only when installed in a headlight. on only when installed in a headlight. on only when installed in a headlight. on only when installed in a headlight. on only when installed in a headlight. Re-Re-Re-Re-Re-place the headlight if damaged or cracked.place the headlight if damaged or cracked.place the headlight if damaged or cracked.place the headlight if damaged or cracked.place the headlight if damaged or cracked.Keep the bulb out of the reach Keep the bulb out of the reach Keep the bulb out of the reach Keep the bulb out of the reach Keep the bulb out of the reach of childrenof childrenof childrenof childrenof childrenand dispose of the used bulb with care.and dispose of the used bulb with care.and dispose of the used bulb with care.and dispose of the used bulb with care.and dispose of the used bulb with care.

G290A05Y-AAT

HEADLIGHT AIMING ADJUSTMENTHEADLIGHT AIMING ADJUSTMENTHEADLIGHT AIMING ADJUSTMENTHEADLIGHT AIMING ADJUSTMENTHEADLIGHT AIMING ADJUSTMENT

Before performing aiming adjustment, make sureof the following.1. Keep all tires inflated to the correct pres-

sure.2. Place the vehicle on level ground and press

the front bumper & rear bumper down sev-eral times. Place vehicle at a distance of 118in. (3m) from the test wall.

3. See that the vehicle is unloaded (except forfull levels of coolant, engine oil and fuel, andspare tire, jack, and tools).

4. Clean the head light lenses and turn on theheadlights (Low beam).

5. Open the hood.6. Draw the vertical line (through the center of

each headlight beam pattern) and the hori-zontal line (through the center of each head-light beam pattern) on the aiming screen.And then, draw the parallel line at 0.827 in.(21 mm) under the horizontal line.

7. Adjust each cut-off line of the low beam tothe parallel line with a phillips screwdriver -VERTICAL AIMING

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:Horizontal aiming should be adjusted by anHorizontal aiming should be adjusted by anHorizontal aiming should be adjusted by anHorizontal aiming should be adjusted by anHorizontal aiming should be adjusted by anauthorized Hyundai Dealer.authorized Hyundai Dealer.authorized Hyundai Dealer.authorized Hyundai Dealer.authorized Hyundai Dealer.

Verticalaiming

G290A03Y

G290B02Y-AAT

Adjustment After Headlight AssemblyAdjustment After Headlight AssemblyAdjustment After Headlight AssemblyAdjustment After Headlight AssemblyAdjustment After Headlight AssemblyReplacementReplacementReplacementReplacementReplacement

If the vehicle has had front body repair and theheadlight assembly has been replaced, theheadlight aiming should be checked using theaiming screen as shown in the illustration. Turnon the headlight switch.1. Adjust headlights so that main axis of light is

parallel to center line of the body and isaligned with point "P" shown in the illustra-tion.

2. Dotted lines in the illustration show the cen-ter of headlights.

G290B02Y-1

Verticalline

Cut-off line

Ground line

Horizontal line

L

W

H

H

"P"

0.827 in. (21 mm)


6-19

SPECIFICATION:SPECIFICATION:SPECIFICATION:SPECIFICATION:SPECIFICATION:"H"Horizontal center line of headlights from ground :Low Beam: 25.55 in. (649mm)High Beam: 25.31 in. (643mm)

"W"Distance between each headlight center :Low Beam: 51.97 in. (1,320mm)High Beam: 39.05 in. (992mm)

"L"Distance between the headlights and the wallthat the lights are tested against : 118 in. (3,000mm)


6-20

Wattage

3.2 (LED type)

5

27/8

27

27

5

Part Name

High Mounted Rear Stop Light

Luggage Compartment Light

Rear Combination Light

Stop / Tail Light

Turn Signal Light

Back up Light

License Plate Light

Part Name

Head Light (High/Low)

Map Light

Interior Light

Front Fog Light (If installed)

Turn Signal Light/Front Position Light

Side Mark Light

Front Door Edge Light

No.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

No.

8

9

10

11

Wattage

55(H1)/55(H7)

5

5

10

55

28/8

5

5

With Sunroof

Without Sunroof

G280A04Y-AAT

G280A04Y

1 3 8 921

(High) (Low)

5 74 11106


6-21

PROTECTED COMPONENTSCondenser fanPower window

ABSIgnition switch

ABSIgnition switch

Radiator fan motorFuel pump

Headlights (LO)ABS

InjectorAir-con compressor

ATM RelayEngine control unit relayIgnition coil

Oxygen sensorEngine control unit

HornHeadlights (HI)

-DRL

Front fog lightsHeadlight (Low)

Diode 1Spare fuseSpare fuseSpare fuseSpare fuse

Diode 2Blower

Power fuse 2Power amp

SunroofTail lights

Power fuse 1ECU

Rear window defroster

DESCRIPTIONCOND FANPWR WIND

ABS 2IGN SW-1

ABS 1IGN SW-2

RAD FAN MTRFUEL PUMP

HD LP LOABS

INJECTORA/C COMPR

ATM RLYECU RLYIG COIL

O2 SNSRECU

HORNHEAD LP HI

HEAD LP WASHDRL

FR FOGHEAD LP LO RH

DIODE-1SPARESPARESPARESPARE

DIODE-2BLOWER

PWR FUSE-2PWR AMPSUNROOF

TAIL LPPWR FUSE-1

ECURR HTD

G200C02Y-GAT

JUNCTION BOX DESCRIPTIONJUNCTION BOX DESCRIPTIONJUNCTION BOX DESCRIPTIONJUNCTION BOX DESCRIPTIONJUNCTION BOX DESCRIPTION

HEF-165

FUSE RATING20A40A30A30A30A30A30A20A15A10A10A10A20A30A20A15A15A10A15A20A15A15A15A

-30A20A15A10A

-30A30A20A15A20A30A10A30A

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:Not all junction box description in this manual may be applicable to yourNot all junction box description in this manual may be applicable to yourNot all junction box description in this manual may be applicable to yourNot all junction box description in this manual may be applicable to yourNot all junction box description in this manual may be applicable to yourvehicle. It is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect thevehicle. It is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect thevehicle. It is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect thevehicle. It is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect thevehicle. It is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect thejunction box on your vehicle, refer to the junction box labeljunction box on your vehicle, refer to the junction box labeljunction box on your vehicle, refer to the junction box labeljunction box on your vehicle, refer to the junction box labeljunction box on your vehicle, refer to the junction box label

Under hood junction boxUnder hood junction boxUnder hood junction boxUnder hood junction boxUnder hood junction box


6-22

DESCRIPTION FUSE RATING PROTECTED COMPONENTSRR HTD IND 10A Rear window defroster, Outside rear view mirror heater

HAZARD 10A Hazard light, Turn signal lightsRR FOG 15A Rear fog lightA/CON 10A Air conditioning systemETACS 10A ETACS, Keyless entry system, Door lock system

DR LOCK 15A Power door lockP/SEAT 25A Power seat

T/LID OPEN 15A Remote trunk lidSTOP LP 15A Stop lights

H/LP 10A Head lightA/BAG IND 10A Air-bag

T/SIG 10A Turn signal lightsA/CON SW 10A Air conditioning system

ACC SOCKET 15A Power outletS/HTR 15A Seat heaterA/BAG 15A Air-bagB/UP 10A Backup lights

CLUSTER 10A ClusterSTART 10A Engine switch

SP1 15A Spare fuseSP2 15A Spare fuseSP3 15A Spare fuseSP4 15A Spare fuse

D/CLOCK 10A Digtal clockTAIL(LH) 10A Position lights, License plate lights, Tail lightsAUDIO 10A AudioWIPER 20A Wiper

ROOM LP 10A Dome lights, Front door edge warning lightsTAIL(RH) 10A Position lights, License plate lights, Tail lights

C/LIGHTER 15A Cigar lighterEPS 10A

G200D01Y-GAT

Instrument panel junction boxInstrument panel junction boxInstrument panel junction boxInstrument panel junction boxInstrument panel junction box

G200C01Y

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMSEMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMSEMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMSEMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMSEMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMS

7-1

7.7.7.7.7. EMISSION CON-EMISSION CON-EMISSION CON-EMISSION CON-EMISSION CON-TRTRTRTRTROL SYSTEMSOL SYSTEMSOL SYSTEMSOL SYSTEMSOL SYSTEMS

H010A01L-AAT

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMEMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMEMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMEMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMEMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMYour Hyundai is equipped with an emissioncontrol system to meet all requirements of theU.S. Environmental Protection Agency or Cali-fornia Air Resources Board.There are three emission control systems whichare as follows.

(1) Crankcase emission control system(2) Evaporative emission control system(3) Exhaust emission control system

In order to assure the proper function of theemission control systems, it is recommendedthat you have your car inspected and main-tained by an authorized Hyundai dealer in ac-cordance with the maintenance schedule in thismanual.

Caution for Inspection and Maintenance TestCaution for Inspection and Maintenance TestCaution for Inspection and Maintenance TestCaution for Inspection and Maintenance TestCaution for Inspection and Maintenance Test(2.7 V6 Vehicle with Traction Control Sys-(2.7 V6 Vehicle with Traction Control Sys-(2.7 V6 Vehicle with Traction Control Sys-(2.7 V6 Vehicle with Traction Control Sys-(2.7 V6 Vehicle with Traction Control Sys-tem)tem)tem)tem)tem)

ooooo To prevent the vehicle from misfiringTo prevent the vehicle from misfiringTo prevent the vehicle from misfiringTo prevent the vehicle from misfiringTo prevent the vehicle from misfiringduring dynamometer testing, disconnectduring dynamometer testing, disconnectduring dynamometer testing, disconnectduring dynamometer testing, disconnectduring dynamometer testing, disconnectthe ABS connector located on the leftthe ABS connector located on the leftthe ABS connector located on the leftthe ABS connector located on the leftthe ABS connector located on the leftside of the engine compartment.side of the engine compartment.side of the engine compartment.side of the engine compartment.side of the engine compartment.

ooooo For more information, see shop manualFor more information, see shop manualFor more information, see shop manualFor more information, see shop manualFor more information, see shop manual(BR-67, Wheel Speed Sensor)(BR-67, Wheel Speed Sensor)(BR-67, Wheel Speed Sensor)(BR-67, Wheel Speed Sensor)(BR-67, Wheel Speed Sensor)

H010B01A-AAT

1.1.1.1.1. Crankcase Emission ControlCrankcase Emission ControlCrankcase Emission ControlCrankcase Emission ControlCrankcase Emission ControlSystemSystemSystemSystemSystem

The positive crankcase ventilation system isemployed to prevent air pollution caused byblow-by gases being emitted from the crank-case. This system supplies filtered air to thecrankcase through the air intake hose. Insidethe crankcase, the fresh air mixes with blow-bygases, which then pass through the PCV valveand into the induction system.

H010C02S-AAT

2. Evaporative Emission Control (In-2. Evaporative Emission Control (In-2. Evaporative Emission Control (In-2. Evaporative Emission Control (In-2. Evaporative Emission Control (In-cluding ORVR: Onboard Refuelingcluding ORVR: Onboard Refuelingcluding ORVR: Onboard Refuelingcluding ORVR: Onboard Refuelingcluding ORVR: Onboard RefuelingVapor Recovery) SystemVapor Recovery) SystemVapor Recovery) SystemVapor Recovery) SystemVapor Recovery) System

The Evaporative Emission Control System isdesigned to prevent fuel vapors from escapinginto the atmosphere.(The ORVR system is designed to allow the(The ORVR system is designed to allow the(The ORVR system is designed to allow the(The ORVR system is designed to allow the(The ORVR system is designed to allow thevapors from the fuel tank to be loaded intovapors from the fuel tank to be loaded intovapors from the fuel tank to be loaded intovapors from the fuel tank to be loaded intovapors from the fuel tank to be loaded intoa canister while refueling at the gas station,a canister while refueling at the gas station,a canister while refueling at the gas station,a canister while refueling at the gas station,a canister while refueling at the gas station,preventing the escape of fuel vapors intopreventing the escape of fuel vapors intopreventing the escape of fuel vapors intopreventing the escape of fuel vapors intopreventing the escape of fuel vapors intothe atmosphere.)the atmosphere.)the atmosphere.)the atmosphere.)the atmosphere.)

CanisterCanisterCanisterCanisterCanisterFuel vapors generated inside the fuel tank areabsorbed and stored in the onboard canister.When the engine is running, the fuel vaporsabsorbed in the canister are drawn into thesurge tank through the purge control solenoidvalve.

Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)The purge control solenoid valve is controlledby the Engine Control Module (ECM); when theengine coolant temperature is low during idling,the PCSV closes so that evaporated fuel is nottaken into the engine. After the engine warms-up during ordinary driving, the PCSV opens tointroduce evaporated fuel to the engine.

H010D01A-AAT

3.3.3.3.3. Exhaust Emission Control SystemExhaust Emission Control SystemExhaust Emission Control SystemExhaust Emission Control SystemExhaust Emission Control SystemThe Exhaust Emission Control System is ahighly effective system which controls exhaustemissions while maintaining good vehicle per-formance.

H010E01Y-AAT

EGR System (If installed)EGR System (If installed)EGR System (If installed)EGR System (If installed)EGR System (If installed)This system helps reduce nitrogen oxides byrecirculating a part of the exhaust gas into theengine, thereby reducing cylinder combustiontemperature, which results in lower output ofoxides of nitrogen.

77777

7-2

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMSEMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMSEMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMSEMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMSEMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMS

H020A01A-AAT

CATALYTIC CONVERTERCATALYTIC CONVERTERCATALYTIC CONVERTERCATALYTIC CONVERTERCATALYTIC CONVERTERooooo If your engine stalls, pings, knocks, or isIf your engine stalls, pings, knocks, or isIf your engine stalls, pings, knocks, or isIf your engine stalls, pings, knocks, or isIf your engine stalls, pings, knocks, or is

hard to start, have your Hyundai dealerhard to start, have your Hyundai dealerhard to start, have your Hyundai dealerhard to start, have your Hyundai dealerhard to start, have your Hyundai dealerinspect and repair the problem as sooninspect and repair the problem as sooninspect and repair the problem as sooninspect and repair the problem as sooninspect and repair the problem as soonas possible.as possible.as possible.as possible.as possible.

ooooo Avoid driving with a very low fuel level.Avoid driving with a very low fuel level.Avoid driving with a very low fuel level.Avoid driving with a very low fuel level.Avoid driving with a very low fuel level.Running out of gasoline may cause theRunning out of gasoline may cause theRunning out of gasoline may cause theRunning out of gasoline may cause theRunning out of gasoline may cause theengine to misfire and result in damage toengine to misfire and result in damage toengine to misfire and result in damage toengine to misfire and result in damage toengine to misfire and result in damage tothe catalytic converter.the catalytic converter.the catalytic converter.the catalytic converter.the catalytic converter.

ooooo Avoid idling the engine for periods long-Avoid idling the engine for periods long-Avoid idling the engine for periods long-Avoid idling the engine for periods long-Avoid idling the engine for periods long-er than 10 minutes.er than 10 minutes.er than 10 minutes.er than 10 minutes.er than 10 minutes.

ooooo The vehicle should not be pushed orThe vehicle should not be pushed orThe vehicle should not be pushed orThe vehicle should not be pushed orThe vehicle should not be pushed orpulled to get started. This may cause thepulled to get started. This may cause thepulled to get started. This may cause thepulled to get started. This may cause thepulled to get started. This may cause thecatalytic converter to overheat and cre-catalytic converter to overheat and cre-catalytic converter to overheat and cre-catalytic converter to overheat and cre-catalytic converter to overheat and cre-ate a fire hazard.ate a fire hazard.ate a fire hazard.ate a fire hazard.ate a fire hazard.

ooooo Do not touch the catalytic converter orDo not touch the catalytic converter orDo not touch the catalytic converter orDo not touch the catalytic converter orDo not touch the catalytic converter orany other part of the exhaust systemany other part of the exhaust systemany other part of the exhaust systemany other part of the exhaust systemany other part of the exhaust systemwhile the catalytic converter is hot. Shutwhile the catalytic converter is hot. Shutwhile the catalytic converter is hot. Shutwhile the catalytic converter is hot. Shutwhile the catalytic converter is hot. Shutoff the engine, wait for at least one houroff the engine, wait for at least one houroff the engine, wait for at least one houroff the engine, wait for at least one houroff the engine, wait for at least one hourbefore touching the catalytic converterbefore touching the catalytic converterbefore touching the catalytic converterbefore touching the catalytic converterbefore touching the catalytic converteror any other part of the exhaust system.or any other part of the exhaust system.or any other part of the exhaust system.or any other part of the exhaust system.or any other part of the exhaust system.

ooooo Remember that your Hyundai dealer isRemember that your Hyundai dealer isRemember that your Hyundai dealer isRemember that your Hyundai dealer isRemember that your Hyundai dealer isyour best source of assistance.your best source of assistance.your best source of assistance.your best source of assistance.your best source of assistance.

ooooo Do not stop your Hyundai over any com-Do not stop your Hyundai over any com-Do not stop your Hyundai over any com-Do not stop your Hyundai over any com-Do not stop your Hyundai over any com-bustible material such as grass, paper,bustible material such as grass, paper,bustible material such as grass, paper,bustible material such as grass, paper,bustible material such as grass, paper,leaves or rags. These materials mightleaves or rags. These materials mightleaves or rags. These materials mightleaves or rags. These materials mightleaves or rags. These materials mightcontact the hot catalytic converter and acontact the hot catalytic converter and acontact the hot catalytic converter and acontact the hot catalytic converter and acontact the hot catalytic converter and afire might result.fire might result.fire might result.fire might result.fire might result.

YN70010A

Catalytic Converter

All Hyundai vehicles are equipped with a mono-lith type three-way catalytic converter to re-duce the carbon monoxide, hydrocarbons andnitrogen oxides contained in the exhaust gas.Exhaust gases passing through the catalyticconverter cause it to operate at a very hightemperature. The introduction of large amountsof unburned gasoline into the exhaust maycause the catalytic converter to overheat andcreate a fire hazard. This risk may be reducedby observing the following:

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:ooooo Use unleaded fuel only.Use unleaded fuel only.Use unleaded fuel only.Use unleaded fuel only.Use unleaded fuel only.ooooo Maintain the engine in good operatingMaintain the engine in good operatingMaintain the engine in good operatingMaintain the engine in good operatingMaintain the engine in good operating

condition. Extremely high catalytic con-condition. Extremely high catalytic con-condition. Extremely high catalytic con-condition. Extremely high catalytic con-condition. Extremely high catalytic con-verter temperatures can result from im-verter temperatures can result from im-verter temperatures can result from im-verter temperatures can result from im-verter temperatures can result from im-proper operation of the electrical, igni-proper operation of the electrical, igni-proper operation of the electrical, igni-proper operation of the electrical, igni-proper operation of the electrical, igni-tion or multiport electronic fuel injection.tion or multiport electronic fuel injection.tion or multiport electronic fuel injection.tion or multiport electronic fuel injection.tion or multiport electronic fuel injection.

CONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS

8-1

8.8.8.8.8. CONSUMERCONSUMERCONSUMERCONSUMERCONSUMERINFORMAINFORMAINFORMAINFORMAINFORMATION &TION &TION &TION &TION &REPORREPORREPORREPORREPORTING SAFE-TING SAFE-TING SAFE-TING SAFE-TING SAFE-TY DEFECTSTY DEFECTSTY DEFECTSTY DEFECTSTY DEFECTS I010B01A-AAT

Engine NumberEngine NumberEngine NumberEngine NumberEngine Number

The engine number is stamped on the engineblock as shown in the drawing.

I020A01A-AAT

TIRE INFORMATIONTIRE INFORMATIONTIRE INFORMATIONTIRE INFORMATIONTIRE INFORMATIONThe tires supplied on your new Hyundai arechosen to provide the best performance fornormal driving.

I030A02Y-AAT

RECOMMENDED INFLATION PRES-RECOMMENDED INFLATION PRES-RECOMMENDED INFLATION PRES-RECOMMENDED INFLATION PRES-RECOMMENDED INFLATION PRES-SURESSURESSURESSURESSURES

I030A01Y

The tire label located on the driver's door edgegives the tire pressures recommended for yourvehicle.

2. On the left top side of the instrument panelwhere it can be seen by looking down throughthe windshield.

3. On the lower side of the center pillar outerpanel.

I010A01L-AAT

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATIONVEHICLE IDENTIFICATIONVEHICLE IDENTIFICATIONVEHICLE IDENTIFICATIONVEHICLE IDENTIFICATIONNUMBER (VIN)NUMBER (VIN)NUMBER (VIN)NUMBER (VIN)NUMBER (VIN)

The vehicle identification number (VIN) is thenumber used in registering your car and in alllegal matters pertaining to its ownership, etc. Itcan be found in three different places on yourcar:

1. On the bulkhead between the engine andpassenger compartments.

88888HEF-173A

I010B01Y

DOHCV6

These pressures were chosen to provide themost satisfactory combination of ride comfort,tire wear and stability under normal conditions.Tire pressures should be checked at leastmonthly. Proper tire inflation pressures shouldbe maintained for these reasons:

TIRE SIZE

TIRE PRESSURE-COLD, kPa (PSI)

P205/65R15, P205/60R16

T125/70D15, T125/70R15

REAR

210(30)

420(60)

FRONT

230(33)

420(60)

LOAD UP TO

2 PERSONS

MAX.VEHICLE

WEIGHT LIMIT

REAR

230(33)

420(60)

FRONT

210(30)

420(60)


8-2

o Lower-than-recommended tire pressurescause uneven tread wear and poor han-dling.

o Higher-than-recommended tire pressuresincrease the chance of damage from im-pacts and cause uneven tread wear.

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:Always observe the following:Always observe the following:Always observe the following:Always observe the following:Always observe the following:

ooooo Check pressures when the tires are cold.Check pressures when the tires are cold.Check pressures when the tires are cold.Check pressures when the tires are cold.Check pressures when the tires are cold.That is, after the car has been parked forThat is, after the car has been parked forThat is, after the car has been parked forThat is, after the car has been parked forThat is, after the car has been parked forat least three hours and hasn't been driv-at least three hours and hasn't been driv-at least three hours and hasn't been driv-at least three hours and hasn't been driv-at least three hours and hasn't been driv-en more than one mile or 1.6 km sinceen more than one mile or 1.6 km sinceen more than one mile or 1.6 km sinceen more than one mile or 1.6 km sinceen more than one mile or 1.6 km sincestarting up.starting up.starting up.starting up.starting up.

ooooo Check the pressure of your spare tireCheck the pressure of your spare tireCheck the pressure of your spare tireCheck the pressure of your spare tireCheck the pressure of your spare tireeach time you check the pressure ofeach time you check the pressure ofeach time you check the pressure ofeach time you check the pressure ofeach time you check the pressure ofother tires.other tires.other tires.other tires.other tires.

ooooo Never overload your car. Be especiallyNever overload your car. Be especiallyNever overload your car. Be especiallyNever overload your car. Be especiallyNever overload your car. Be especiallycareful about overloading if you equipcareful about overloading if you equipcareful about overloading if you equipcareful about overloading if you equipcareful about overloading if you equipyour car with a luggage rack or car topyour car with a luggage rack or car topyour car with a luggage rack or car topyour car with a luggage rack or car topyour car with a luggage rack or car topcarrier.carrier.carrier.carrier.carrier.

I040A01S-AAT

SNOW TIRESSNOW TIRESSNOW TIRESSNOW TIRESSNOW TIRESIf you equip your car with snow tires, theyshould be the same size and have the sameload capacity as the original tires. Snow tiresshould be installed on all four wheels; other-wise, poor handling may result.Snow tires should carry 4 psi (28 kPa) more airpressure than the pressure recommended forthe standard tires on the tire label on the driver'sdoor edge , or up to the maximum pressureshown on the tire sidewall whichever is less.Do not drive faster than 75 mph (120 km/h)when your car is equipped with snow tires.

I050A02Y-AAT

TIRE CHAINSTIRE CHAINSTIRE CHAINSTIRE CHAINSTIRE CHAINSTire chains, if necessary, should be installed onthe front wheels. Be sure that the chains are theproper size and that they are installed in accor-dance with the manufacturer’s instructions.To minimize tire and chain wear, do not con-tinue to use tire chains when they are no longerneeded.

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:When driving on roads covered with snowWhen driving on roads covered with snowWhen driving on roads covered with snowWhen driving on roads covered with snowWhen driving on roads covered with snowor ice, drive at less than 20 mph (30 km/h).or ice, drive at less than 20 mph (30 km/h).or ice, drive at less than 20 mph (30 km/h).or ice, drive at less than 20 mph (30 km/h).or ice, drive at less than 20 mph (30 km/h).

I060A02A-AAT

TIRE ROTATIONTIRE ROTATIONTIRE ROTATIONTIRE ROTATIONTIRE ROTATION

SSA8050A

Tires should be rotated every 7,500 miles(12,000 km). If you notice that tires are wearingunevenly between rotations, have the carchecked by a Hyundai dealer so the cause maybe corrected.After rotating, adjust the tire pressures and besure to check the wheel nut tightness.

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:ooooo Do not use the temporary spare tire forDo not use the temporary spare tire forDo not use the temporary spare tire forDo not use the temporary spare tire forDo not use the temporary spare tire for

tire rotation.tire rotation.tire rotation.tire rotation.tire rotation.ooooo Do not mix bias ply and radial ply tiresDo not mix bias ply and radial ply tiresDo not mix bias ply and radial ply tiresDo not mix bias ply and radial ply tiresDo not mix bias ply and radial ply tires

under any circumstances. This may causeunder any circumstances. This may causeunder any circumstances. This may causeunder any circumstances. This may causeunder any circumstances. This may causeunusual handling characteristics thatunusual handling characteristics thatunusual handling characteristics thatunusual handling characteristics thatunusual handling characteristics thatcould result in death, serious injury, orcould result in death, serious injury, orcould result in death, serious injury, orcould result in death, serious injury, orcould result in death, serious injury, orproperty damage.property damage.property damage.property damage.property damage.


8-3

I070A01A-AAT

TIRE BALANCINGTIRE BALANCINGTIRE BALANCINGTIRE BALANCINGTIRE BALANCINGA tire that is out of balance may affect handlingand tire wear. The tires on your Hyundai werebalanced before the car was delivered but mayneed balancing again during the years you ownthe car.Whenever a tire is dismounted for repair, itshould be rebalanced before being reinstalledon the car.

I090A01A-AAT

WHEN TO REPLACE TIRESWHEN TO REPLACE TIRESWHEN TO REPLACE TIRESWHEN TO REPLACE TIRESWHEN TO REPLACE TIRES

I080A01A-AAT

TIRE TRACTIONTIRE TRACTIONTIRE TRACTIONTIRE TRACTIONTIRE TRACTIONTire traction can be reduced if you drive onworn tires, tires that are improperly inflated oron slippery road surfaces. Tires should be re-placed when tread wear indicators appear. Toreduce the possibility of losing control, slowdown whenever there is rain, snow or ice on theroad.

SSA8060C

0.06 in. (1.6 mm)

Wear indicator

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:Driving on worn-out tires is dangerous!Driving on worn-out tires is dangerous!Driving on worn-out tires is dangerous!Driving on worn-out tires is dangerous!Driving on worn-out tires is dangerous!Worn-out tires can cause loss of brakingWorn-out tires can cause loss of brakingWorn-out tires can cause loss of brakingWorn-out tires can cause loss of brakingWorn-out tires can cause loss of brakingeffectiveness, steering control and traction.effectiveness, steering control and traction.effectiveness, steering control and traction.effectiveness, steering control and traction.effectiveness, steering control and traction.When replacing tires, never mix radial andWhen replacing tires, never mix radial andWhen replacing tires, never mix radial andWhen replacing tires, never mix radial andWhen replacing tires, never mix radial andbias ply tires on the same car. If you replacebias ply tires on the same car. If you replacebias ply tires on the same car. If you replacebias ply tires on the same car. If you replacebias ply tires on the same car. If you replaceradial tires with bias-ply tires, they must beradial tires with bias-ply tires, they must beradial tires with bias-ply tires, they must beradial tires with bias-ply tires, they must beradial tires with bias-ply tires, they must beinstalled in sets of four.installed in sets of four.installed in sets of four.installed in sets of four.installed in sets of four.

The original tires on your car have tread wearindicators. The tread wear indicators appearwhen the tread depth is 0.06 in. (1.6 mm). Thetire should be replaced when these appear as asolid bar across two or more grooves of thetread. Always replace your tires with those ofthe recommended size. If you change wheels,the new wheel's rim width and offset must meetHyundai specification.

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:ooooo Using tires and wheels of other than theUsing tires and wheels of other than theUsing tires and wheels of other than theUsing tires and wheels of other than theUsing tires and wheels of other than the

recommended sizes could cause unusu-recommended sizes could cause unusu-recommended sizes could cause unusu-recommended sizes could cause unusu-recommended sizes could cause unusu-al handling characteristics that couldal handling characteristics that couldal handling characteristics that couldal handling characteristics that couldal handling characteristics that couldcause death, serious injury, or propertycause death, serious injury, or propertycause death, serious injury, or propertycause death, serious injury, or propertycause death, serious injury, or propertydamage.damage.damage.damage.damage.

ooooo Wheels that do not meet Hyundai's di-Wheels that do not meet Hyundai's di-Wheels that do not meet Hyundai's di-Wheels that do not meet Hyundai's di-Wheels that do not meet Hyundai's di-mensional specifications may fit poorlymensional specifications may fit poorlymensional specifications may fit poorlymensional specifications may fit poorlymensional specifications may fit poorlyand result in damage to the vehicle, in-and result in damage to the vehicle, in-and result in damage to the vehicle, in-and result in damage to the vehicle, in-and result in damage to the vehicle, in-cluding broken wheel studs.cluding broken wheel studs.cluding broken wheel studs.cluding broken wheel studs.cluding broken wheel studs.

I100A02Y-AAT

SPARE TIRE AND TOOLSSPARE TIRE AND TOOLSSPARE TIRE AND TOOLSSPARE TIRE AND TOOLSSPARE TIRE AND TOOLS

D040B01Y

Your Hyundai is delivered with the following:

Spare tire and wheelJackWheel nut wrenchWrench Bar


8-4

I110A01A-AAT

SHOP MANUALSHOP MANUALSHOP MANUALSHOP MANUALSHOP MANUALA Hyundai Shop Manual is available from yourauthorized Hyundai dealer. It's written for pro-fessional technicians, but is simple enough formost mechanically-inclined owners to under-stand.

I120A02A-AAT

WARRANTIES FOR YOUR HYUNDAIWARRANTIES FOR YOUR HYUNDAIWARRANTIES FOR YOUR HYUNDAIWARRANTIES FOR YOUR HYUNDAIWARRANTIES FOR YOUR HYUNDAIVEHICLEVEHICLEVEHICLEVEHICLEVEHICLEo New vehicle 60 Months/60,000 Miles Limit-

ed Warranty.o New vehicle 120 Months/100,000 Miles Lim-

ited Powertrain Warranty (first owner only).o Anti-Perforation Limited Warrantyo Emission Defect Warranty - Federal Vehicleo California Emission Control System War-

ranty (if applicable)o Emission Performance Warranty Federal

vehicleo Replacement Parts and Accessories Limit-

ed Warranty

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:Detailed warranty information is provided inDetailed warranty information is provided inDetailed warranty information is provided inDetailed warranty information is provided inDetailed warranty information is provided inyour Hyundai Owner's Handbook.your Hyundai Owner's Handbook.your Hyundai Owner's Handbook.your Hyundai Owner's Handbook.your Hyundai Owner's Handbook.

provides the purchasers and/or prospectivepurchasers of Hyundai automobiles with infor-mation on uniform tire quality grading. YourHyundai dealer will help answer any questionsyou may have as you read this information.

I130B02A-AAT

Uniform tire quality gradingUniform tire quality gradingUniform tire quality gradingUniform tire quality gradingUniform tire quality gradingDepartment of Transportation quality grades -All passenger vehicle tires must conform toFederal Safety Standards in addition to thesegrades. These quality grades are molded on thesidewall.

Treadwear -Treadwear -Treadwear -Treadwear -Treadwear - The tread wear grade is a com-parative rating based on the wear rate of the tirewhen tested under controlled conditions on aspecified government test course. For exam-ple, a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half(1 - 1/2) times as well on the governmentcourse as a tire graded 100. The relative perfor-mance of tires depends upon the actual condi-tions of their use, however, and may departsignificantly from the norm due to variations indriving habits, service practices and differenc-es in road characteristics and climate.

Traction AA, A, B, C -Traction AA, A, B, C -Traction AA, A, B, C -Traction AA, A, B, C -Traction AA, A, B, C - The traction grades,from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C.Those grades represent the tire's ability to stopon wet pavement as measured under controlledconditions on specified government test surfac-es of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked Cmay have poor traction performance.

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:The traction grade assigned to this tire isThe traction grade assigned to this tire isThe traction grade assigned to this tire isThe traction grade assigned to this tire isThe traction grade assigned to this tire isbased on straight-ahead braking based on straight-ahead braking based on straight-ahead braking based on straight-ahead braking based on straight-ahead braking tractiontractiontractiontractiontractiontests, and does not include acceleration,tests, and does not include acceleration,tests, and does not include acceleration,tests, and does not include acceleration,tests, and does not include acceleration,cornering, hydroplaning, or peak tractioncornering, hydroplaning, or peak tractioncornering, hydroplaning, or peak tractioncornering, hydroplaning, or peak tractioncornering, hydroplaning, or peak tractioncharacteristics.characteristics.characteristics.characteristics.characteristics.

Temperature A, B, C -Temperature A, B, C -Temperature A, B, C -Temperature A, B, C -Temperature A, B, C - The temperature gradesare A (the highest), B, and C, representing thetire's resistance to the generation of heat andits ability to dissipate heat when tested undercontrolled conditions on a specified indoor lab-oratory test wheel. Sustained high temperaturecan cause the material of the tire to degenerateand reduce tire life, and excessive temperaturecan lead to sudden tire failure. The grade Ccorresponds to a level of performance which allpassenger car tires must meet under the Fed-eral Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109.Grades B and A represent higher levels ofperformance on the laboratory test wheel thanthe minimum required by law.

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:The temperature grade for this tire is estab-The temperature grade for this tire is estab-The temperature grade for this tire is estab-The temperature grade for this tire is estab-The temperature grade for this tire is estab-lished for a tire that is properly lished for a tire that is properly lished for a tire that is properly lished for a tire that is properly lished for a tire that is properly inflated andinflated andinflated andinflated andinflated andnot overloaded. Excessive speed,not overloaded. Excessive speed,not overloaded. Excessive speed,not overloaded. Excessive speed,not overloaded. Excessive speed,underinflation, or excessive underinflation, or excessive underinflation, or excessive underinflation, or excessive underinflation, or excessive loading, eitherloading, eitherloading, eitherloading, eitherloading, eitherseparately or in combination, can cause heatseparately or in combination, can cause heatseparately or in combination, can cause heatseparately or in combination, can cause heatseparately or in combination, can cause heatbuildup and possible buildup and possible buildup and possible buildup and possible buildup and possible tire failure.tire failure.tire failure.tire failure.tire failure.

I130A01A-AAT

CONSUMER INFORMATIONCONSUMER INFORMATIONCONSUMER INFORMATIONCONSUMER INFORMATIONCONSUMER INFORMATIONThis consumer information has been preparedin accordance with regulations issued by theNational Highway Traffic Safety Administrationof the U.S. Department of Transportation. It


8-5

I130D01A-AAT

Hyundai motor vehicles are designed and man-ufactured to meet or exceed all applicable safe-ty standards.

For your safety, however, we strongly urge youto read and follow all directions in this Owner'sManual, particularly the information under theheadings "NOTE", "CAUTION" and "WARN-"NOTE", "CAUTION" and "WARN-"NOTE", "CAUTION" and "WARN-"NOTE", "CAUTION" and "WARN-"NOTE", "CAUTION" and "WARN-ING".ING".ING".ING".ING".

If, after reading this manual, you have anyquestions regarding the operation of your vehi-cle, please contact your nearest Hyundai MotorAmerica Regional Office as listed below:

Eastern Region :Eastern Region :Eastern Region :Eastern Region :Eastern Region : Connecticut, Delaware,Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, New Hamp-shire, New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvanina,Rhode Island, Vermont, Virginia, West Virginia.

Eastern Region1100 Cranbury South River RoadJamesburg, NJ 08831(800) 633-5151

Southern Region:Southern Region:Southern Region:Southern Region:Southern Region: Alabama, Arkansas, Flori-da, Georgia, Louisiana, Mississippi, North Caro-lina, South Carolina, Oklahoma, Tennessee,Texas.

270 Riverside Parkway, Suite AAustell, GA 30168(800) 633-5151

Central Region:Central Region:Central Region:Central Region:Central Region: Illinois, Indiana, Missouri, lowa,Kansas, Kentucky, Michigan, Minnesota, Ne-braska, North Dakota, South Dakota, Ohio,Wisconsin.

Central Region700 No. Enterprise StreetAurora, Illinois 60504(800) 633-5151

Western Region:Western Region:Western Region:Western Region:Western Region: Alaska, Hawaii, Arizona,California, Colorado, ldaho, Montana, Nevada,New Mexico, Oregon, Texas, Utah, Washing-ton, Wyoming.

Western Region10550 Talbert AvenueP.O.Box 20850Fountain Valley, California 92728-0850(800) 633-5151


8-6

I130C01A-AAT

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSREPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSREPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSREPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSREPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSIf you believe that your vehicle has adefect which could cause a crash orcould cause injury or death, you shouldimmediately inform the National High-way Traffic Safety Administration(NHTSA) in addition to notifyingHYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA. IfNHTSA receives similar complaints, itmay open an investigation, and if itfinds that a safety defect exists in agroup of vehicles, it may order a recalland remedy campaign. However,NHTSA cannot become involved inindividual problems between you, yourdealer, or HYUNDAI MOTORAMERICA.

To contact NHTSA, you may either callthe Auto Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 or write to: NHTSA. U.S.Department of Transportation. Wash-ington. D.C. 20590. You can also ob-tain other information about motor ve-hicle safety from the Hotline.

VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONSVEHICLE SPECIFICATIONSVEHICLE SPECIFICATIONSVEHICLE SPECIFICATIONSVEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS

9-1

9.9.9.9.9. VEHICLE SPECIFICAVEHICLE SPECIFICAVEHICLE SPECIFICAVEHICLE SPECIFICAVEHICLE SPECIFICATIONSTIONSTIONSTIONSTIONSJ010A03Y-AAT

MEASUREMENTMEASUREMENTMEASUREMENTMEASUREMENTMEASUREMENT

186.9 in. (4747 mm)

71.7 in. (1820 mm)

55.9 in. (1422 mm)

106.3 in. (2700 mm)

60.6 in. (1540 mm)

60.2 in. (1530 mm)

Overall length

Overall width

Overall height (unladen)

Wheel base

Wheel tread Front

Rear

J020A01Y-AAT

POWER STEERINGPOWER STEERINGPOWER STEERINGPOWER STEERINGPOWER STEERING

Tire pressure

J030A03Y-AAT

TIRETIRETIRETIRETIRE

Tire

Standard

Spare

P 205/65R15

P205/60R16

T125/70 D15 60 (414)

30 (207)

Item

Battery

Generator

2.4L

MF 60AH (12V)

2.7L (V6)

MF 68 AH (12V)

95A (13.5 V)

J040A03Y-AAT

ELECTRICALELECTRICALELECTRICALELECTRICALELECTRICAL

J050A02Y-AAT

BRAKEBRAKEBRAKEBRAKEBRAKE

Dual hydraulic with brake booster

solid disc

Disc type (with ABS)

Drum type (without ABS)

Cable operated on rear wheel

Type

Front brake type

Rear brake type

Parking brake

J060A01Y-AAT

FUEL SYSTEMFUEL SYSTEMFUEL SYSTEMFUEL SYSTEMFUEL SYSTEM

Fuel tank capacity 17.2 us.gal (14.3 imp.gal, 65 liter)

psi (kpa) 99999

Type

Wheel free play

Rack stroke

Oil pump type

Rack and pinion

0 ~ 1.18 in. (0 ~ 30 mm)

5.75 in. (146 mm)

5.6 in. (142 mm)

Vane type

15" tire

16" tire


9-2

J070A03Y-AAT

ENGINEENGINEENGINEENGINEENGINE

ITEMS

Engine Type

Bore x Stroke. in. (mm)

Displacement. cc

Firing order

Spark plug Type

Gap

Oil pan capacity us.qt. (lmp.qt., liter)

Oil filter capacity us.qt. (lmp.qt., liter)

Idle speed (rpm)

Ignition timing (Base)

Oil grade (API)

2.4L (DOHC)

4-Cyl., In-line DOHC

3.41x 3.94 (86.5 x 100)

2,351

1 - 3 - 4 - 2

CHAMPION : RN10PYP4

NGK : PGR5C-11

4.2 (3.5, 4.0)

0.31 (0.26, 0.3)

700 ± 100

BTDC 5° ± 2°

2.7L (V6)

6-Cyl., V-type DOHC

3.41 x 2.95 (86.7 x 75.0)

2,656

1 - 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 6

CHAMPION : RC10PYPB4

NGK : PFR5N-11

4.4 (3.68, 4.2)

0.31 (0.26, 0.3)

700 ± 100

BTDC 12° ± 5°

SPECIFICATIONS

0.039 - 0.043 in. (1.0 - 1.1 mm)

SH, SG or SG/CD and ABOVE multigrade and fuel-efficient oil


9-3

J080A08Y-AAT

LUBRICATION CHARTLUBRICATION CHARTLUBRICATION CHARTLUBRICATION CHARTLUBRICATION CHART

Engine

Transaxle Manual

Auto

Coolant

Power steering

Brakes and clutch fluid

Quantity (US.qts) (lmp.qts, liter)

2.2 (1.8, 2.1)

8.2 (6.9, 7.8)

0.95 (0.9)

As required

API SH, Hot Climate: SAE 20W-40, 20W-50 (ABOVE 32°F OR 0°C)

SG or Normal Climate:SAE 10W-30 10W-40, 10W-50 (ABOVE -10°F OR -23°C)

SG/CD Cold Climate:SAE 5W-30 5W-40 (BELOW 95°F OR 35°C)

HYUNDAI GENUINE PARTS MTF 75W/90 (API GL-4)

HYUNDAI GENUINE ATF, DIAMOND ATF SP-III or SK ATF SP-III

Ethylene glycol base for aluminum radiator

PSF-3 type fluid

DOT 3 or DOT 4 Equivalent

Item Oil & Coolant Standard2.4L 2.7L (V6)

Drain & refill;Without oil filter :4.2 (3.5, 4.0)With oil filter :4.5 (3.76, 4.3)

Drain & refill;Without oil filter :4.45 (3.69, 4.2)With oil filter :4.77 (3.96, 4.5)

7.7 (6.4, 7.3) 9.0 (7.6, 8.6)

INDEXINDEXINDEXINDEXINDEX

10-1

AAAAAAir bag .............................................................................................. 1-21Air Cleaner Filter ................................................................................. 6-8Air Conditioning

Care .............................................................................................. 6-12Operation .............................................................................. 1-56, 6-12Switch ............................................................................................ 1-56

Antenna ............................................................................................. 1-85Ashtray .............................................................................................. 1-38Audio (H240, H260, H290) ............................................. 1-65, 1-70, 1-75

BBBBBBattery ...................................................................................... 2-11, 6-16Brake

Anti-lock system .............................................................................. 2-8Checking the brakes ..................................................................... 6-11Fluid ............................................................................................... 6-11Pedal clearance ............................................................................ 6-14Pedal free-play .............................................................................. 6-13Practices .............................................................................. 2-9 ~ 2-10

Breaking-In your New Hyundai ........................................................... 1-2

CCCCCCare of Cassette Tapes ................................................................... 1-83Cassette Tape Player Operation (H240, H290) ...................... 1-68, 1-78Catalytic Converter ............................................................................. 7-3

Child Restraint System ..................................................................... 1-16Child-Protector Rear Door Lock ......................................................... 1-5Cigarette Lighter ................................................................................ 1-37Clock ................................................................................................. 1-37Clutch

Checking fluid ................................................................................ 6-11Pedal free-play .............................................................................. 6-13

Combination LightHeadlight flasher ........................................................................... 1-34Headlight switch ............................................................................ 1-34High-beam switch .......................................................................... 1-34Lane change signal ....................................................................... 1-34Turn signal operation .................................................................... 1-34

Compact Disk Player Operation (H260, H290) ....................... 1-73, 1-80Consumer Information ......................................................................... 8-4Cooling Fans ..................................................................................... 6-16Corrosion protection

Cleaning the interior ........................................................................ 4-3Protecting your Hyundai from corrosion ......................................... 4-1Washing and waxing ....................................................................... 4-2

Cruise Control ................................................................................... 1-49

DDDDDDefrosting/Defogging ......................................................................... 1-55Door

Door locks ....................................................................................... 1-3Front door edge warning light ....................................................... 1-47Locking, unlocking front door with a key ........................................ 1-3

10. INDEX10. INDEX10. INDEX10. INDEX10. INDEX

1010101010


10-2

Drink Holder ...................................................................................... 1-38Drive Belts ............................................................................... 6-12, 6-14Driving

Economical driving ........................................................................ 2-10Smooth cornering .......................................................................... 2-10Winter driving ................................................................................ 2-11

EEEEEEmission Control System ................................................................... 7-1Engine

Before starting the engine ............................................................... 2-2Compartment (2.4 DOHC) .............................................................. 6-1Compartment (2.7 V6) ..................................................................... 6-2Coolant ............................................................................................ 6-5Coolant temperature gauge ........................................................... 1-31If the engine overheats ................................................................... 3-2Number ............................................................................................ 8-1Oil .................................................................................................... 6-3Starting ............................................................................................ 2-3

Engine Exhaust Can Be Dangerous ................................................... 2-1

FFFFFFan Speed Control ............................................................................ 1-52Floor Mat Anchor .............................................................................. 1-48Fog Light

Front .............................................................................................. 1-35Front Seats

Adjustable front seats ..................................................................... 1-8

Adjustable headrests ....................................................................... 1-9Adjusting seat forward and rearward .............................................. 1-8Adjusting seatback angle ................................................................ 1-8

FuelCapacity .......................................................................................... 9-1Gauge ............................................................................................ 1-31Unleaded gasoline ........................................................................... 1-1

Fuel Filler LidRemote release ............................................................................. 1-46

Fuses ................................................................................................ 6-14

GGGGGGeneral Everyday Checks .................................................................. 6-3Glove Box ......................................................................................... 1-41

HHHHHHazard Warning System ................................................................... 1-36Headlight .................................................................................. 1-34, 6-17Heating and Cooling Control

Rotary and push Button type ........................................................ 1-51Automatic type .............................................................................. 1-57

Heating and VentilationAir flow control .............................................................................. 1-53Temperature control ...................................................................... 1-52

High-Mounted Rear Stop Light ......................................................... 1-45Hood Release ................................................................................... 1-46Horn 1-48


10-3

IIIIIIgnition Switch ..................................................................................... 2-2Instrument Cluster and Indicator Lights ............................................ 1-28Instrument Panel Light Control (Rheostat) ....................................... 1-37Instruments and Controls .................................................................. 1-27Interior Light ...................................................................................... 1-41Intermittent Wiper .............................................................................. 1-36

JJJJJJump Starting ...................................................................................... 3-1Junction Box Description .................................................................. 6-20

KKKKKKey ...................................................................................................... 1-2

If you lose your keys ...................................................................... 3-9Positions ................................................................................. 2-2 ~ 2-3

LLLLLLight Bulbs Replacement .................................................................. 6-17

MMMMMMaintenance Intervals

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ................................. 5-6Maintenance under severe usage conditions ................................. 5-5Scheduled maintenance .................................................................. 5-3Service requirements ...................................................................... 5-1

Map lamp .......................................................................................... 1-40

MirrorsDay-night inside rearview .............................................................. 1-43Outside rear view .......................................................................... 1-41

OOOOOOdometer .......................................................................................... 1-32Outside rear view mirror heater ........................................................ 1-42

PPPPPParking Brake ................................................................................... 1-44Passenger Presense Detection ........................................................ 1-24Power Driver seat ............................................................................... 1-9Power Outlet ..................................................................................... 1-48Power Steering Fluid Level ............................................................... 6-16

RRRRRRadio (H240, H260, H290) ............................................. 1-65, 1-70, 1-75Rear Seat

Fold down ...................................................................................... 1-11Rear View Mirror ............................................................................... 1-43Rear Window Defroster Switch ......................................................... 1-36Reporting Safety Defects .................................................................... 8-6

SSSSSSeat

Front ................................................................................................ 1-8Seat Belts

3-Point system .............................................................................. 1-14


10-4

Adjusting your seat belt ................................................................ 1-15Care of seat belts ......................................................................... 1-13Precautions ................................................................................... 1-12

Shop Manual ....................................................................................... 8-4Spark Plugs ........................................................................................ 6-6Speedometer ..................................................................................... 1-32Starting Procedure .............................................................................. 2-3Steering Wheel

Free play ....................................................................................... 6-13Steering Wheel Tilt Lever ................................................................. 1-48Stereo Radio Operation (H240, H260, H290) .................. 1-65, 1-70,1-75Stereo Sound System ....................................................................... 1-63Sun Visor .......................................................................................... 1-47Sunroof .............................................................................................. 1-39

TTTTTTachometer ....................................................................................... 1-32Theft-Alarm system ............................................................................. 1-5Tires

Balancing ......................................................................................... 8-3Chains ............................................................................................. 8-2Changing a flat tire .......................................................................... 3-4If you have a flat tire ....................................................................... 3-3Information ....................................................................................... 8-1Pressure .......................................................................................... 8-1Replacement ................................................................................... 8-3Rotation ........................................................................................... 8-2Snow tires ....................................................................................... 8-2

Spare tire ......................................................................................... 3-3Traction ........................................................................................... 8-3

TowingA trailer (or vehicle) ...................................................................... 2-12Emergency ...................................................................................... 3-9If your car must be towed ............................................................... 3-7

Traction Control System ............................................................ 2-8 ~ 2-9Transaxle

Automatic ........................................................................................ 2-5Automatic transaxle fluid checking ............................................... 6-10Manual ............................................................................................. 2-4Manual transaxle oil checking ......................................................... 6-9

Trip Computer ................................................................................... 1-33Trip Odometer ................................................................................... 1-32Trunk Lid ........................................................................................... 1-44

VVVVVVehicle Identification Number ............................................................. 8-1

WWWWWWarning Lights ....................................................................... 1-29 ~ 1-31Windows

Manual ............................................................................................. 1-7Power .............................................................................................. 1-7

Windshield Wiper and Washer ......................................................... 1-35Windshield Wiper Blades .................................................................... 6-8

Seoul Korea

Printing: MAY. 17. 2002Publication No.: A38O-EU25EPrinted in Korea

SERVICE STATION INFORMATIONFUEL:UNLEADED gasoline onlyPump Octane Rating of 87 (Research Octane Number 91) or higher.

FUEL TANK CAPACITYUS.gal (Imp.gal., liter) 17.2 (14.3, 65)

TIRE PRESSURE:See the label on the driver's door edge.

OTHER TIRE INFORMATION:See pages 8-1 through 8-3

HOOD RELEASE:Pull handle under left side of dash.

ENGINE OIL:API grade SH, SG or SG/CD multigrade and fuel efficient oil. Use SAE10W-30, 10W-40 or 10W-50 if normal temperatures are above -10°F(-23°C). For other viscosity recommendations, see page 6-3 or 9-3.

MANUAL TRANSAXLE:HYUNDAI GENUINE PARTS MTF 75W/90 (API GL-4) Oil levelshould be up to filler-bolt hole in housing beside differential.

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE:Apply the parking brake, with the engine running, shift the selectorlever through all ranges and return to “N” (Neutral) position. Thencheck the level of fluid on the dipstick. Use only HYUNDAI GENU-INE ATF available at your dealer or DIAMOND ATF SP-III or SKATF SP-III.

QUICK INDEXo Car will not start ........................................................................ 3-1o Flat tire ...................................................................................... 3-3o Warning light/chime comes on ................................................ 1-29o Engine overheats ....................................................................... 3-2o Towing of your vehicle ............................................................. 3-7o Starting the engine ..................................................................... 2-2o Driving tips for first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) ............................ 1-2o Scheduled maintenance ............................................................. 5-3o Reporting safety defects ............................................................ 8-6

2002 Sonata Manual

Documents

Transcript of 2002 Sonata Manual